United States Environmental Protection Agency Office of Toxic Substances Washington, D.C. 20460 EPA 560/5-85^ August 1985^ HWRiC LIB Toxic Substances Methods for Assessing^ Exposure to Chemical ^ Substances Volume 6 Methods for Assessing Occupational Exposure to Chemical Substances O 04 EPA METHODS FOR fT60 ASSESS I MG E X POSURE 5-B'5 TO CHEMICAL 006 SUBSTANCES 6 Hazardous Waste Research and Information Center Library One East Hazelwood Drive Champaign, IL 61820 217/333-8957 onco EPA 560/5-85-006 August 1985 METHODS FOR ASSESSING EXPOSURE TO CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES Volume 6 Methods for Assessing Occupational Exposure to Chemical Substances by H. Lee Schultz, Gina H. Dixon, Stephen H. Nacht, Clay E. Carpenter, William Christie, Gayaneh Contos, Puma Desai, James N. DiClementi, John J. Doria, Walter A. Palmer, Kate Richter, David Sullivan, Patricia H. Wood EPA Contract No. 68-01-6271 Project Officer Michael A. Callahan Exposure Evaluation Division Office of Toxic Substances Washington, D.C. 20460 U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY OFFICE OF PESTICIDES AND TOXIC SUBSTANCES WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460 Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2018 with funding from University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign Alternates https://archive.org/details/methodsforassessOOschu DISCLAIMER This document has been reviewed and approved for publication by the Office of Toxic Substances, Office of Pesticides and Toxic Substances, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. The use of trade names or commercial products does not constitute Agency endorsement or recommendation for use. FOREWORD This document 1s one of a series of volumes, developed for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Office of Toxic Substances (OTS), that provides methods and Information useful for assessing exposure to chemical substances. The methods described In these volumes have been Identified by EPA-OTS as having utility In exposure assessments on existing and new chemicals In the OTS program. These methods are not necessarily the only methods used by OTS, because the state-of-the-art In exposure assessment Is changing rapidly, as Is the availability of methods and tools. There Is no single correct approach to performing an exposure assessment, and the methods In these volumes are accordingly discussed only as options to be considered, rather than as rigid procedures. Perhaps more Important than the optional methods presented In these volumes Is the general Information catalogued. These documents contain a great deal of non-chemical-specif1c data which can be used for many types of exposure assessments. This Information Is presented along with the methods In Individual volumes and appendices. As a set, these volumes should be thought of as a catalog of Information useful In exposure assessment, and not as a "how-to" cookbook on the subject. The definition, background, and discussion on planning of exposure assessments are discussed In the Introductory volume of the series (Volume 1). Each subsequent volume addresses only one general exposure setting. Consult Volume 1 for guidance on the proper use and Interrelations of the various volumes and on the planning and Integration of an entire assessment. The titles of the nine basic volumes are as follows: Volume 1: Methods for Assessing Exposure to Chemical Substances (EPA 560/5-85-001) Volume 2: Methods for Assessing Exposure to Chemical Substances In the Ambient Environment (EPA 560/5-85-002) Volume 3: Methods for Assessing Exposure from Disposal of Chemical Substances (EPA 560/5-85-003) Volume 4: Methods for Enumerating Exposure from Disposal of Chemical Substances (EPA 560/5-85-004) Volume 5: Methods for Assessing Exposure to Chemical Substances In Drinking Water (EPA 560/5-85-005) V Volume 6: Methods for Assessing Occupational Exposure to Chemical Substances (ERA 560/5-85-006) Volume 7: Methods for Assessing Consumer Exposure to Chemical Substances (ERA 560/5-85-007) Volume 8: Methods for Assessing Environmental Rathways of Food Contamination (ERA 560/5-85-008) Volume 9: Methods for Assessing Exposure to Chemical Substances Resulting from Transportation-Related Spills (ERA 560/5-85-009) Because methods and exposure assessment Is a rapidly developing field. Its analytical tools are quite dynamic. ERA-OTS Intends to Issue periodic supplements for Volumes 2 through 9 to describe significant Improvements and updates for the existing Information, as well as adding short monographs to the series on specific areas of Interest. The first four of these monographs are as follows: Volume 10: Methods for Estimating Uncertainties In Exposure Assessments (ERA 560/5-85-014) Volume 11: Methods for Estimating the Migration of Chemical Substances from Solid Matrices (ERA 560/5-85-015) Volume 12: Methods for Estimating the Concentration of Chemical Substances In Indoor Air (ERA 560/5-85-016) Volume 13: Methods for Estimating Retention of Liquids on Hands (ERA 560/5-85-017) Michael A. Callahan, Chief Exposure Assessment Branch Exposure Evaluation Division (TS-798) Office of Toxic Substances VI ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS { This report was prepared by Versar Inc. of Springfield, Virginia, for the EPA Office of Toxic Substances, Exposure Evaluation Division, Exposure Assessment Branch (EAB) under EPA Contract No. 68-01-6271 (Task 10) and No. 68-02-3968 (Task No. 41). The EPA-EAB Task Managers for this task were Stephen H. Nacht, and Greg Schweer, the EPA Program Manager was Michael Callahan; their support and guidance Is gratefully acknowledged. A number of Versar personnel have contributed to this task over the three year period of performance, as shown below: Program Management Gayaneh Contos Task Management H. Lee Schultz Gina H. Dixon Technical Support Clay E. Carpenter William Christie James N. DeClementI Puma Desal John J. Dorla Walter A. Palmer Kate Richter David Sullivan Patricia H. Wood Editing Juliet Crumrine Barbara Malczak Secretarial/Clerical Shirley Harrison Donna Barnard Lucy Gentry ’*4 j 5&c,'r- ,' ' ' ^ :;i,r'a«5'‘syiJ'fii!'r<.-arf».;jf'^:: a ‘i»v»> ^■* •- !; I-3'■• {iv s' jHf'Tf *>>r ., I :■ * ' • “5 { df«? v1 . C^> trUi 9n ^'.c ■ f1/ "?t5 S6 'j'.;,.--- ?#i r: ■: '.-^potu/f » # • ii a4tII, ' l ♦ne t»- cniW'C^^ S< t’4ni4t V-lW li^c‘,V.O U'. '(.^«4llf;« I '3-* Clto«Hll r V ' ai#(y^»V-Jt4l ;. : *' -; *• v'^ lA'>M»r5VUi"»»*3np!#2 iif |ai ne. MTf'H \5'5-.f'>*f^ &' k ■ /.•ofc**1 », WH v.»n, #posto^ir,#•**<» '! •>- 'i' wrtP j^-.' ♦ t * ■ ’t< ‘ • ^ i TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. FOREWORD . V ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS . v11 TABLE OF CONTENTS . 1x LIST OF TABLES . x11 1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose and Scope . 1 1.2 Methodology Framework . 1 1.3 Organization of the Report . 4 2. Sources . 5 2.1 Determining Chemical Manufacturing, Processing, and Use Locations . 8 2.2 Identifying Production and Use Processes and Activities . 8 2.2.1 Manufacturing . 8 2.2.2 Processing . 13 2.2.3 General Industrial Worker Activities . 16 2.2.4 Activities of Wholesale and Retail Trade .... 19 3. MONITORING DATA . 21 3.1 QA/QC Considerations . 22 3.1.1 Sample Design . 23 3.1.2 Sample Collection . 23 3.1.3 Analytical Measurement Systems . 24 3/1/4 Data Entry and Processing . 24 3.2 Types of Monitoring . 25 3.2.1 Personal/Breathing Zone Monitoring . 25 3.2.2 Workplace or Area Monitoring . 25 3.2.3 Biological Monitoring . 25 3.3 Sample Collection Techniques . 2b 3.3.1 Types of Samples . 26 3.3.2 Employees Sampled . 27 IX TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) Page No. 3.4 Exposure Measurement Strategies . 28 3.4.1 Sample Measurement . 29 3.4.2 Length and Duration of Measurement . 29 3.5 Available Information on Occupational Exposure . 31 3.5.1 National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health . 33 3.5.2 Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 36 3.6 Summary . 38 4. ESTIMATING CONTAMINANT RELEASES IN THE OCCUPATIONAL SETTING . 41 4.1 Introduction . 41 4.1.1 Types of Contaminated Releases . 41 4.1.2 The Mass Balance Approach . 43 4.1.3 Estimating Releases . 45 5. ENVIRONMENTAL FATE AND EXPOSURE PATHWAYS . 66 5.1 Workplace Air Contaminant Fate Processes . 66 5.1.1 Indoor Transport Processes . 66 5.1.2 Indoor Air Contaminant Removal Mechanisms. 65 5.1.3 Outdoor Airborne Contaminant Fate Processes... 71 5.2 Estimating Air Concentrations In the Indoor Occupational Setting . 73 5.3 Estimating Air Concentrations In the Outdoor Occupational Setting . 80 5.3.1 Ground Level Releases . 81 5.3.2 Vent Releases . 83 6. EXPOSED POPULATIONS ANALYSIS . 85 6.1 Identification and Enumeration of Exposed Populations . 85 X TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) Page No. 6.1.1 Generic Identification and Enumeration Data ... 86 6.1.2 Specific Identification and Enumeration Data . 86 6.2 Population Characterization . 87 6.3 Frequency and Duration of Occupational Exposure . 88 6.3.1 Frequency and Duration . 88 6.3.2 Workllfe . 96 7. CALCULATING EXPOSURE . 99 7.1 Introduction . 99 7.2 Inhalation Exposure . 100 7.3 Dermal Exposure . 101 7.3.1 Exposure to a Film of Liquid Deposited on the Skin . 104 7.3.2 Immersion In Liquids . Ill 7.4 Ingestion Exposure . 112 8. REFERENCES . 113 APPENDIX A - PROCESSES AND EXPOSURE POTENTIAL . 121 APPENDIX B - INFORMATION RESOURCE MATRIX . 255 xi LIST OF TABLES Page No. Table 2-1. References Used to Obtain a General Overview of Chemical Manufacture . 7 Table 2-2. Unit Processes Used in the Manufacture of Organic Chemicals . 9 Table 2-3. Information Resources for Synthesis Routes and Their Diagrams . 10 Table 2-4. Operations Used in Processing Industries and Characteristic Types of Releases . 14 Table 2-5. Specific Operations That Require Hoods and May Lead to Occupational Exposure From Indirect Process Releases . 17 Table 3-1. Types of Measurement Samples to be Obtained for Assessment of Occupational Exposure . 30 Table 3-2. Guidelines for Comparing an Eight-Hour TWA Standard . 32 Table 4-1. Commercial Use Industries . 62 Table 5-1. Mixing Factor (m) Values for 1000 ft^ Room ... 66 Table 5-2. Dynamical Shape Factor a (Ratio of Termal Velocity of Equivalent Sphere to That of Particle) . 70 Table 5-3. Resuspension Factors for Various Room Activities . 72 Table 5-4. Occupational Indoor Air Contaminant Estimation Algorithms . 74 Table 6-1. Average Weekly Hours of Production Workers on Manufacturing Payrolls in 1979 . 89 Table 6-2. Average Weekly Hours of Workers in Nonmanufac¬ turing Industry in 1979 . 91 Table 6-3. Frequency and Duration of Occupational Exposure for Specific Activities, Derived From a Random Sample of PMNs . 92 Table 6-4. Length of Working Life for Men and Women . 97 Table 7-1. Summary of Human Inhalation Rates for Men, Women, and Children by Activglty Group (m^/hour) 102 Table 7-2. Film Thickness and Density of Selected Liquids Under Various Experimental Conditions . 106 Table 7-3. Experimentally Determined Values for Density and Kinematic Viscosity for Six Selected Liquids. 109 Table 7-4. Surface Area of Body Regions . 104 LIST OF FIGURES Page No. Figure 1-1. Framework for Occupational Exposure Assessment... 2 Figure 5-1. Gravational Settling Speeds for Particles With Density 5 gm/cm^ Near the Earth's Surface (from Engelman 1968, as presented by Hanna and Hosker 1980) . 68 Figure 5-2. Theoretical Settling Velocities of Fibers . 69 Figure 7-1. ICRP Model of Regional Respiratory Tract Deposition as a Function of Particle Size . 103 xi i i INTRODUCTION 1 . 1.1 Purpose and Scope Sections 4, 5, and 6 of the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) direct the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to assess human and environmental exposure to toxic substances. TSCA Includes provisions for EPA to obtain production and test data from Industry and to regulate both new and existing substances, If necessary. This necessity Is based on the risk to those Involved In the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, and disposal of the chemical. Occupational exposure assessments have historically been limited by a lack of complete and reliable data, resulting In large data gaps for some worker populations. This document presents a generalized approach to occupational exposure assessment. It specifically deals with assessment of exposure occurring as a direct result of workplace activities; exposure to outdoor workers that results from contaminants In the ambient environment Is not addressed In this report. For procedures appropriate to the assessment of worker exposure to contaminants In the ambient environment, the analyst Is referred to Volumes 2 and 4 of this report series. Methods for Assessing Exposure to Chemical Substances In the Ambient Environment (Freed et al. 1983) and Methods for Enumerating and Characterizing Populations Exposed to Chemical Substances (Dixon et al. 1983), respectively. 1.2 Methodology Framework The generalized approach to assessing worker exposure to chemicals In the occupational environment Is Illustrated In Figure 1-1. As the figure shows, the first step In the analysis Involves determining which occupational settings are sources of exposure to workers. This Includes consideration of chemical manufacturing facilities (those facilities where the chemical Is produced) as well as Industrial, commercial, and trade facilities that store, use, or handle the chemical or products containing the chemical. This analysis Is of critical Importance because It Is the basis for determining the amount of chemical released to the occupational environment and for Identifying and enumerating the exposed population. Upon completion of the source determination step. It will be useful for the assessor to obtain relevant monitoring data. For occupational exposure assessments, two types of monitoring data will be useful: personal/breathing zone monitoring data and workplace monitoring data. If no monitoring data are available, or If such data are available but are not useful In the study because of (1) problems with data quality, or (2) Inability to relate the monitored values to specific sources, the 1 r — — GIVEN — — CHEMICAL IDENTITY PRODUCTION VOLUME r /SECTION 2) ■ SOURCE DETERMINATION. ~I L J IDENTIFY MANUFAC¬ TURING ACTIVITIES IDENTIFY PROCESSING ACTIVITIES IDENTIFY ACTIVITIES IDENTIFY COMMERCIAL USE ACTIVITIES /SECTION 3) YES (SECTION 5 j ^O/v* DEVELOP I MATERIALS . BALANCE AND ESTIMATE I RELEASES FROM EACH SOURCE I ANALYZE I ENVIRONMENTAL I TRANSPORT, I TRANSFORMATION, i AND FATE ESTIMATE CONCENTRATIONS IN WORKPLACE J (SECTION 6) — EXPOSED POPULATIONS ANALYSIS . r IDENTIFY AND EVALUATE WORKER ACTIVITIES ENUMERATE CHARACTERIZE WORKERS IN WORKERS IN ACTIVITIES ACTIVITIES J (SECTION 7) f--- i EXPOSURE CALCULATION — i DETERMINE EXPOSED EVALUATE USE SKIN AREA, AND EFFICACY OF BREATHING RATE, PROTECTIVE INGESTION RATE MEASURES CALCULATE EXPOSURE FOR EACH WORKER POPULATION FIGURE 1-1. FRAMEWORK FOR OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT 2 assessor can develop an exposure estimate by progressing through the full sequence of analyses Indicated In the figure. For each source of exposure (or source category), a materials balance should be developed to determine all sources of release of the chemical to the workplace environment and to estimate the level of release from each source. In addition, any chemical or physical processes that may affect the chemical once It Is released should be considered In order to determine Its potential for transport or transformation within the workplace. The results of these two analyses, quantification of the level of chemical release and a determination of the chemical's fate within the workplace following release, provide a basis for estimating concentrations of the chemical within specified media In the workplace. These estimates of contaminant concentrations can then be used In conjunction with data quantifying worker Inhalation rates. Ingestion rates, and affected skin surface area to estimate the degree of potential exposure. The worker activity analysis step Is useful In determining the amount of air Inhaled, contaminant Ingested, or chemical contacted by the skin; such factors are highly dependent on both the length of time the worker spends In a contaminated area and the type of activity that he or she Is performing. Occupational exposure assessments also consider the effect of protective measures used specifically to limit or reduce worker exposure. Any protective measures (equipment and/or clothing) should be Identified and their expected degree of effectiveness quantified. This Information allows the assessor to adjust the exposure values to estimate the actual level of exposure Incurred by workers using such measures. The activity analysis Identifies those categories of workers that are exposed as a result of each specific activity. This Information directly Identifies exposed worker subpopulatlons. Once Identified, each exposed subpopulatlon Is then enumerated, or counted, to determine the number of workers experiencing exposure In each activity category. The exposed worker populations are also characterized by age and sex In order to provide such additional Information as susceptibility to specific toxic effects of certain classes of substances (e.g., mutagens or teratogens with respect to pre- versus post-menopausal working women). Inhalation rates, and skin surface area available for contact. Such determinations will actually be executed In conjunction with the calculation of exposure. Population characterization also Identifies subpopulatlons that may experience a greater risk from a given level of exposure than the population at large, because of the toxicity characteristics of the contaminants. 3 In some cases, workplace monitoring data or personal/breathing zone monitoring data may be available for the chemlcal(s) and occupational situations being assessed (see Section 3). In such cases, the assessment process described above can be significantly streamlined, as Is Illustrated In Figure 1-1. As the name suggests, workplace monitoring measures the ambient concentration of contaminants at particular locations In the workplace. Personal or breathing zone monitoring provides a more direct determination of contaminant concentrations to which Individual workers are exposed than does workplace monitoring. Therefore, If such data are available and determined to be of acceptable quality, they can replace estimated concentrations that are based on a materials balance and fate analysis. It Is Important to note that monitoring data can be used In conjunction with estimates of exposure that are based on source strength when an exposure reductlon/control options analysis Is conducted. The analytical framework described above can be applied to assessment of exposure to existing chemicals as well as to new chemicals (such as those evaluated by EPA In the Premanufacturing Notice, or PMN, assessment process). For existing chemicals, monitoring data may be available, thereby allowing a more direct analysis. Monitoring data will not be available for some new chemicals. 1.3 Organization of the Report As Indicated In Figure 1-1, the remaining sections of this report address specific components of the occupational exposure assessment process. Following this Introduction, Section 2 addresses determination of sources of occupational exposure. The acquisition, application, and limitations of monitoring data pertinent to occupational exposure assessments are discussed In Section 3. Section 4 describes the estimation of contaminant releases to the workplace and the development of a source mass balance. In Section 5, contaminant transport and transformation processes that may affect the fate of chemicals released to the occupational environment are described, and means of calculating (estimating) workplace contaminant concentrations resulting from estimated releases are detailed. Section 6 deals with the Identification, enumeration, and characterization of exposed worker populations, and Section 7 addresses calculation of the level of exposure experienced by workers. References used In developing this document are presented In Section 8, which Is followed by two appendices. Appendix A provides Information on certain processes and Industries, Including details on the organic chemical, lubricant, and plastics manufacturing Industries. Appendix B Is a general data source reference covering a broad range of Information sources useful In conducting occupational exposure assessments. 4 2 . SOURCES Characterization of sources is a key step in performing an occupational exposure assessment. Source Information includes the amount of the chemical produced, its products, where and how it is produced and used, and the releases of the chemical from production, transportation, use, and disposal. In this report, the source analysis has been divided into two separate sections. This section discusses only the amount of the chemical produced, its products, and where and how it is produced and used. The intention of this section is to serve as an organizing tool for the gathering and analysis of monitoring data (information on monitoring data is presented in Section 3). Section 4 discusses the generation of release estimates, which are necessary to estimate concentrations if monitoring data are not available. The sources of exposure to a chemical in the occupational environment are manufacturing, processing, trade, commercial use, transportation, and disposal. Manufacturing Includes not only modifying raw materials to produce an Intermediate or finished product but also the mining (extraction) of raw materials (e.g., iron ore). Processing is the modification of a chemical or material from manufacturing to other products; processing may Involve several Industries. Trade is the distribution of products to commercial concerns or consumers. Commercial use is the application of chemicals or products in a commercial or business setting. In the occupational setting, the two most Important routes of entry of chemicals into the body are inhalation and chemical contact with skin (dermal exposure). Although the gastrointestinal tract is a potential site of absorption, the direct ingestion of significant amounts of chemicals is rare in occupational situations (Proctor and Hughes 1978). The sources section in this document, therefore, emphasizes the potential sources of the toxic chemical for inhalation and dermal exposures. It should be noted, however, that although relatively minor in magnitude compared with inhalation or dermal exposure, gastrointestinal exposure can indirectly occur in occupational settings as a result of inhalation of contaminant particles that are too large to penetrate to the alveoli in the lung. Such particles are removed from the respiratory system by ciliary movement of the mucous in which they become trapped. This contaminated mucous is then either eliminated from the body via expectoration or swallowed. In the latter case, such contaminants do become a gastrointestinal exposure problem. If the toxicological properties of a given chemical differ depending on whether the chemical is inhaled or ingested, distinguishing the degree of exposure via each route is critical to conducting an adequate exposure assessment. Section 7 of this report addresses means of calculating exposure to contaminants Ingested either directly or indirectly. 5 In general, there are two broad categories of occupational releases, both of which are very closely tied to worker activities and exposure. These categories are direct releases and Indirect releases. Direct releases are emissions that result In direct exposure to workers Involved In activltes that cause the release. Examples Include releases associated with such activities as maintenance, cleanup, or sampling. Indirect releases are emissions that result In Indirect exposure to workers, such as process vent, fugitive, and storage emissions. For example, a worker standing near a pumping operation can be Indirectly exposed to emissions from a leaking pump seal. Examination of the sources of a chemical substance In the occupational environment requires the following major steps: • Determine manufacturing, processing, and use sites. • Identify manufacturing, processing, and use processes. • Characterize worker activities. • Estimate releases. • Characterize the substance at the release point. Characterizing worker activities Is briefly discussed In this section; It Is discussed In detail In Section 4. Release estimates and the characterization of the substance at the release point are also discussed In Section 4. The remaining two steps are discussed below In subsections 2.1 and 2.2. To perform each of the above steps, assessors acquire Information from the following general sources: direct measurements, review articles, encyclopedias, scientific Journal articles, basic research reports, government publications, computerized bibliographic systems and other guides to the published literature, ERA offices and other federal agencies, state or International organizations, custodians of unpublished materials (especially Industry contacts), and guides to research In progress. The data sources applicable to the first two steps listed are discussed In the following sections along with guidance on how they are used. The first step of this exposure assessment method Is to review readily accessible Information on the chemical. Some references are suggested In Table 2-1; notice that these are mostly encyclopedias which provide a general overview. Information that should be obtained In this step Includes the type of chemical. Its physical state at ambient conditions, the production volume, manufacturing (or mining) methods, and the chemical's uses. If the chemical Is a PMN chemical, this Information should be obtained from the Premanufacturing Notice or an analysis of surrogates. 6 Table 2-1. References Used to Obtain a General Overview of Chemical Manufacture^ Title Author/Date Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology (24 volumes) Kirk-Otfwner 1978-1984^, third edition^ Chemical Process Industries Shreve 1967 Chemical and Process Technology Encyclopedia Considine 1974^ Faith, Keyes, and Clark Industrial Chemicals Lowenheim & Moran 1975 Riegel's Handbook of Industrial Chemistry Kent 1974 Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Technology (16 volumes) Gaylord and Mark 1964- 1976t>.c Modern Plastics Encyclopedia Agranoff 1980^ Pesticide Manufacturing and Toxic Materials Control Encyclopedia Sittig 1980^ Mineral Corrmodity Profiles Bureau of Mines 1980 (Annual Publication) “ The choice of which references to examine first can be decided in part by the titles; the first five references are for general chemicals while the last four references are for special products or substances. ^Individual volumes in the series are published separately. ^Revised or updated editions of these publications should be consulted as they become available. 7 2.1 Determining Chemical Manufacturing. Processing, and Use Locations Geographic location Information aids In the Identification of applicable monitoring and population data; such site specific data are usually the best available for use In occupational exposure assessments. Volume 1 of this report series (Methods for Assessing Exposure to Chemical Substances: Introduction; Versar 1984a) details the Information sources to be used In this evaluation. 2.2 Identifying Production and Use Processes and Activities 2.2.1 Manufacturing (1) Examining Manufacturing Processes . In general, processes used to synthesize the chemical Include manufacturing processes or mining and benefIclatlon operations. The unit processes used In the manufacture of major organic chemicals and lubricants are listed In Table 2-2 and discussed In Appendix A. Usually more than one direct synthesis route exists. For example, there are two synthesis routes for the production of cyclohexane: catalytic hydrogenation of benzene, which accounts for approximately 85 percent of the cyclohexane capacity In the United States, and separation from petroleum liquids, which constitutes the remaining 15 percent (ITE 1980). All synthesis routes must be analyzed because each route has a different exposure potential. Table 2-3 presents references for Information on synthesis routes. This Information can also be found In the Introductory chapters of other published studies on the chemical. The first two sources of Information are usually sufficient to find the synthesis routes for existing chemicals. The other sources of Information on this table are used primarily to construct the process flow diagrams for use In process mass balance development (see Section 4). The assessor should check to see whether the chemical or Its Industry has been reviewed by the government agencies mentioned In part 2 of Table 2-3, especially the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Such publications will generally present process flow diagrams. If the chemical Is a new substance or a low volume production chemical, such as a dye or a pigment, the process flow diagram may be unavailable In the literature. In that case, a specialty literature search (I.e., review of files that are not normally searched) will be necessary. An example would be checking the patent files, which often contain process Information with diagrams. The Information from different sources may not be totally consistent; this Is usually because process variations occur within synthesis routes from process to process. The flow diagram shows points of potential release and exposure: locations of vents, valves, and pumps; points at which water contacts the process stream; and operations, such as grinding, that may release 8 Table 2-2. Unit Processes Used in the Manufacture of Organic Chemicals Alkylation Amination by anmonolysis Ammoxidation Carbonylation (oxo) Condensation Cracking (catalytic) Dehydration Dehydrogenation Dehydroha1ogena tion Esterification Halogenation Hydrodealkylation Hydrogenation Hydrolysis (hydration) Nitration Oxidation Oxyha1ogenation Phosgenation Polymerization Pyrolysis Reforming Sulfonation 9 Table 2-3. Information Resources for Synthesis Routes and Their Flow Diagrams ■o o t- ITJ O i/> 4-> 0^ c 01 &. o 01 u l«- 1/) -o t/) 01 > P Q JZ & A3 o • o. rrj tA 21 21 4-» > O. o c p o o o i. C 3 • C P u- Oi 1. V4> Of o A3 o (A O 0 • O) o. u ^4- U Of u Qi 01 OJ 01 Of 'O A 4-» O u 1. u u u u lA 0> 0) C (A C tA c tA Of o. • £ 1. c u • u O O o 1. •Q ■o o s. l/> L. •4-> lA Of * Of C 4-» (A C S Q 4-> 3 0 ^ 5 c t4- > •4^ » o O Ol o S o O. o o. 0 o. Of Of U *U (A o ^0 (A O) a> c/> lA Oi O) u u 4-» U Z. > u t- lA U » >» o 1. u >> u >> u Of E "D (A 3 o •4-» >» E 4^ u u tA Q 0) Q (A t. (A 1. tA u 5 P A3 ■o (A 9 iA OJ > 0) > <3 > o a 01 01 > *0 0) > K LU u s 'q- c £ C O H o <0 00 iT> T 00 r- O' s r—. O' •o c Ifl (TJ O 00 O' 0) O' p— CT> O) ON r— >> 4^ A3 4-> o S- iA c o • «k 4-> O A3 'o 00 Of iA T3 Of c c C 3 CL t. JZ o • p— ■o E H4 A3 A3 o iO u 00 f— c Of 0^ /—N O' Of i4- O' A3 o U »— »— i4- o A3 Of CO >> O U U >> Of T3 c UJ 03 iA iA c D) > C A3 »— c A3 E A3 UJ o Of A3 U H-l Of CO A3 t. C7) 4-> U C U QC >» 'o Of < Of 4-> o o •*“ to o c to U 03 iA 4-^ E o SMif c io C u o A3 o A3 4-> u Of r— A3 A3 •o /-N O sz o Of iA u z: c uo c iA c u o c h- Of *u F— ’■5 3 »-4 r— A3 o JZ to 1 Of 4-> r— O' 03 U o s. u u o. O A3 1 L. Of i4- o TD Of A3 4-> s. o o u c c H- U iA 03 a> u- U c O' o A3 A3 3 B u 3 4-> t- o r— ■o E X iA e •o % C iA A3 u O' o «4- o i. iA lA Of A3 J= c 1-4 o u u c £ O “O O £ ■s u 0. o U o O Q. A3 UJ c • iA i4- o r- iA s: 1-4 "O *0 Of c t. O' v». iA i4- iA ro c c o A3 O iA O a. O Of O ■o U U 1 A3 o (J &. c U c iA iA 4-^ 3 O O "O Of A3 O A3 A3 4-> E iA E Of E o c u c c u iA Of Of Of iA Of t/> Of UJ A3 T3 Q. “D T3 A3 z: -o >y Of Of '■5 Of Of (. u Of > ‘i >» A3 a i. Of c A3 £ 4-> o 4-> £ c w & (j u •o Oi 03 I-I JZ u a c UJ o c UJ £ U o A3 U. c 3 u O 10 >> 1. t. u o o • 44 u- t«- Cl 00 3 3 ■o "O tA ■o Cl Cl 4-> • tA c lA to c lA (A 3 3 • Cl to tA • o Cl 44 c U Cl Cl (/) 44 03 O 3 3 c Cl o £ 3 c L. O' O' « o u t. s O *1- O. (/) 4-> 44 s. & E c c o c o £1 c a. &- o o lA u s- u U 3 Cl o t. o. o Cl Cl o T! 4^ 44 to > 44 44 u o c s. Cl o lA iA Q tA o Cl O) »— 0> r- (/» s 44 t- u o. C 03 c fO • e* 44 *44 (A c o u •**“ o u (/) (A Cl >> t«- 3 • c C 0^ to (A (A o lA •3 e •3 E £ to 3 • to lA C £ & £ O 4-» Cl a >» 3 to (J 3 O C a iO o> O 44 L. -g to u to o >» O Cl o (A to 03 5 tA *44 ^ {/> Cl iA u (A u Cl o Cl o. ^ - 3 3 (/> 3 0) c "u S- t- o s- O 4-> Al O >% >» 44 >» o o •— O to c to ■D u r— (A u 44 oo (/) t. iA S. O C Of C c 3 Cl t- Cl 5 2 tn o ■►> O O x: > < TJ T3 0) 3 C C CO CM (U 5 »— •o > o L. a m rtj o o u -o tA •«-> l/l (/) 0) 4^ o S- to to Q> >> to X X X X X XXX X X X X XXX 00 ^ i/i o Cl m c Cl • r* 44 O' X "D 3 c 44 4> 03 • r- • O o 44 Cl •t iA c 3 lA C 4—1 03 iA 44 ci 1-4 Cl s Cl S- 03 o c iA 3 U fi. 03 t. CD GO •r— rC Cl O Cl >-✓ a> £ X 01 ^— L. c iA * • 1“ Qi Cl to o iA > 03 Cl 01 to < c c C c c UJ i4. • P- o 03 03 o> c o X CD o £ CA c K—S u 44 S_ rvi 03 3 X u- !S 03 44 o r- to (J Cl 03 o 44 to c OO o C >» d 03 3 lA 03 X *0 (- 44 3 o O -o u C c. 3 • •— 03 i4- c Cl c iA i. ■o 44 O *o Cl c >> H4 »— & 3 c Cl •*-o Q U O) Cl O X s 3 o i4- A 44 C O B CD i«- o to to >1 iA ■o to Q O o »— c to cn p— c o o 3 c 03 03 03 tA • F- Q u O 44 1. i. >» Q Cl X O L. U iA 44 Cl Cl t- g u o £ CD 3 r-» Cl c 03 c 44 is L. H- •o 01 Smi« TD a> • 1— U to c. 3 c O s. X X 3 03 o CD r-* u iA U 03 O) T3 Cl t/0 O X a> o U a. iA X. r— {. C >- H- *— &. 44 03 3 03 4-4 V* (A 44 £ u iA CA - 44 01 o 03 3 03 L. *U r— Cl c Cl X c o U E O 44 iA 44 44 to 03 u 03 U -J O) • u *i U £ 3 £ 3 Cl Cl O oo UJ & Q. •o •o c c UJ (U • c c X QC 3 o u h-l 4-4 X X 11 Methodology for Material Balance (Slimak et al. 1982) Lists other references that may be useful. _ Data provided _ Sources of information Lists different Provides process Comments synthesis routes flow diagrams 0) C f— o c X o *0 c I o o V4- » 01 1 - 3 (/) R X 0^ o (/> •— 3 14- >> 0 ) O) l/> •— -«-> 0) O <4^ u iA (/> • 4 ^ 3 3 c -o -o 5 .^ lA *5 QJ fO ^ U U 4-» 4- 0 ; m 0, A3 u 1 . E ^ 0 ) c E E *u • u iA iA ►— > 0 a) 0) >» iA iA A3 U U -o -o c c rrj AJ lA i/I i/I i/I 0 ; 2 ? CL CL iA iA Oj 0) (A C z 0 A3 ■0 0^ U C s • m < A3 03 •-H A3 r— 3) to A3 0 o> X (A A3 3 c C X 03 c a A3 *c £ C 0 im 03 (A c lA c 4-> A3 03 A3 03 03 u L. U •4^ U 4 - L. E 03 C lA •f— 0 A3 C A3 > 03 lA 01 3 03 u tA C a (A 4-> 03 0 *0 lA to 03 03 A3 •»“ 1 3 c A3 L. t. lA 4-> to A3 3 c 3 3 4-» iA 03 0 & (- *0 g CD •4^ U A3 03 03 5 • * L. &. *u X U 4-> X A3 U 03 A3 •4-» C 0 A3 0 < 0 lA CA 0 03 1— < 3 to -D X 03 a C to u AS A3 4- 4- 4- 4 - A3 0 03 0 0 0 0 4-> > 4- F— 4-> • * C •4-> A3 a c 03 03 03 03 4-> s. ►H 4-» 0 U U U U f—• 0 C > c A3 03 03 E u s *4- 1^ vZ *4- 03 A3 4^ 03 4 ^ u 4- 4- 4- 4 . X _J u fO (A 03 > 0 0 0 0 4- 4- 4. CL 0 :? "O s 1 0 0 0 to c 1-4 < • • a. 4-> 4-> • • LU D. 0 . CL h-4 • 1-^ l-l to z> 8 H-l > 1-4 12 Examples of company brochures: x x Company brochures on chemicals Polypropylene (Amoco Chemicals Corporation 1980a) and/or processes are useful in Polystyrene (Amoco Chemicals Corporation 1980b) confirming information from other sources. particulates. The physical state of emissions Is an Important determinant of the chemical's properties affecting exposure. It should be known at this point whether the plant Is Indoors or outdoors, whether the process Is batch or continuous, whether the system Is open or closed, and whether the transfers are manual or mechanical. These parameters determine some of the potential occupational exposure. 2.2.2 Processing Processing Industries are those Industries that use the product from manufacturing and further process, modify, or fabricate It to produce either another Intermediate product (to be further processed or fabricated Into a finished product by other processing Industries) or a finished product. Table 2-4 lists some of the processes characterized In Appendix A-4. Several steps may be Involved In manufacturing a finished product. For example, production of a resin product might Involve the following five manufacturing and processing steps: organic chemical manufacturing, resin formulation, resin compounding, resin molding, and resin decorating. There are two categories of uses: consumptive and nonconsumptive. A consumptive use occurs when the chemical undergoes a chemical reaction to form a new chemical. Nonconsumptive uses are those where the chemical does not react but remains Intact, e.g., as a solvent, a deodorizer, or a pesticide (JRB 1980). Generally, subsequent processing Involving a chemical that Is used consumptively should be examined by the assessor If leaching or off-gassing of residual, unreacted chemical Is suspected, or If degradation of the new chemical to form the original chemical Is suspected. Examples are leaching of residual vinyl chloride monomers from polyvinyl chloride pipes or formaldehyde off-gassing from particleboards due to hydrolytic degradation of urea-formaldehyde resins used as wood binders. If It Is known that no additional releases of the given chemical will occur from such uses, then no additional analysis Is necessary. All nonconsumptive uses must be examined up to and Including disposal. The uses of the chemical should be determined In order to Identify the type of processing that occurs after It Is produced. For most major chemicals, the references listed In Tables 2-1 and 2-3 should provide that Information. However, a specialty literature search (usually via DIALOG or ORBIT) may be needed to find obscure uses and to verify the uses found In the references. Product formulations are usually trade secrets; as a result, determining uses and corresponding amounts Is extremely difficult. 13 Table 2-4. Operations Used in Processing Industries and Characteristic Types of Releases Contaminant type Process types categories Contaminant examples (type) Hot operations Welding Gases (g) Chromates (p) Chemical reactions Particulates (p) Zinc and compounds (p) Soldering (dust, fumes, mists) Manganese and compounds (p) Melting Metal oxides (p) Molding Carbon monoxide (g) Burning Ozone (g) Cacknium oxide (p) Fluorides (p) Lead (p) Vinyl chloride (g) Liquid operations Painting Vapors (v) Benzene (v) Degreasing Gases (g) Trichloroethylene (v) Dipping Mists (m) Methylene chloride (v) Spraying 1,1,1-Trichloroethane (v) Brushing Hydrochloric acid (m) Coating Sulfuric acid (m) Etching Hydrogen chloride (g) Cleaning Cyanide salts (m) Dry cleaning Chromic acid (m) Pickling Hydrogen cyanide (g) Plating TDI, MDI (v) Mixing Hydrogen sulfide (g) Galvanizing Sulfur dioxide (g) Chemical reactions Carbon tetrachloride (v) Solid operations Pouring Particulates Cement Mixing ()uartz (free silica) Separations Extraction Crushing Conveyi ng Loading Bagging Fibrous glass 14 Table 2-4. (continued) Process types Contaminant type categories Contaminant examples (type) Pressurized spraying Cleaning parts Vapors (v) Organic solvents (v) Applying pesticides Dusts (d) Chlordane (m) Degreasing Mists (m) Parathion (m) Sand blasting Trichloroethylene (v) Painting 1,1,1-trichloroethane (v) Methylene chloride (v) Quartz (free silica) (d) Shaping operations Cutting Dusts Asbestos Grinding Beryliurn Filing Uranium Hilling Zinc Molding Sawing Lead Source: Olishifski et al. 1979. 15 After a substance's uses are Identified, the relevant processes should be described. The processes employed In the conversion of the products of manufacturing to other products are numerous. Appendix A-2, Table 25, and Appendix A-4, list and characterize the processes used In the manufacture of plastics as well as some general manufacturing steps. Table 2-5 lists some unit operations with Indirect process releases that have a high potential for exposing workers In the manufacturing Industries. 2.2.3 General Industrial Worker Activities It Is Important for exposure assessors to be familiar with general Industrial worker activities as an aid In the selection of monitoring data; detailed information on the relationship between worker activities and releases is presented In Section 4. The general worker activities associated with industrial operations (manufacturing and processing) Include the following: 1. Drumming of Liquids - Liquids are drained into a drum by either splash loading or subsurface loading. Splash loading Is used for most applications and typically leads to more emissions than subsurface loading. 2. Drumming and Bagging of Solids - This operation can be either manual or automated. Automated systems are only economical for larger operations; they significantly reduce worker exposure. 3. Cleaning of Process Equipment - Cleaning of process equipment Involves the removal of residual material from such equipment as storage tanks, holding tanks, stills, reaction vessels, and pipework. Although this is generally a short-term activity. It may result In significant levels of exposure. 4. Maintenance - Maintenance Involves the mechanical adjustment, alteration, repair, or replacement of process equipment. These operations may be performed externally to the process equipment, through openings, or within process enclosures. 5. Sampling and Analysis - Sampling and analysis operations are used to check the quality of products and Intermediates and to check for material losses. A broad range of potential worker exposure Is possible because of the diverse procedures used during sampling and analysis. 6. Supervising Equipment Operations - In manufacturing and processing operations, engineers and technicians are needed to monitor and control equipment. In most plants, process controls 16 Table 2-5. Specific Operations That Require Hoods and May Lead to Occupational Exposure from Indirect Process Releases k a 3 o u C3 o> c 4-> O) » >» to c t~ « Q. > l/> O O) <0 Q. m O) (/> ^0 o> c O) •— c •— O) c ’-5 O) ^ *o 0) > ■ 0> -r- a C ^ g '"1 -a c <0 01 O) o >> u •o o u. o> c i/t Oi C O) o> O O) o c C C C O C 9) •r* •p- C C "O C o*»- •>- c ra s- 4 -> N O ^ 3 ‘ *3 Q- 1/1 R ■o c 91 91 9) C C C •f- .r- "9 >> ^ C .3 ^ ^ CD O i/1 91 91 C C 91 91 C C U •a 4J Q. ^ o O 91 S- fd £ O) c <0 c c» c .— c o o> V» t- 0) R t- o to > 0) ■o ITJ o u 01 91 9 c u (/) 01 91 o 91 C o •o • 1“ OJ C S r— o c 01 01 c L. 01 S- S- s. X 9 03 01 4> 91 u 5 3 LL '£ £ CO h~ jC i/1 Q 5 CD 03 CD t- o. R XI c c z c o u 0) R JD •— 91 01 01 o 3 CO u 01 > c c 01 01 1. o in 91 *9 C fO fO u 01 CM fO 01 s. 4-> 91 C ^ • f- o i/1 XJ O rrQQ.-Mt-UF^c _ fl| 4J < o £ CO o. 91 c 01 91 o CO jQ •4-> 91 »— C ro 91 91 i/1 N C C •r— •»— C S- f— £ !o <0 <0 I a 5^ o u C a> c oi c L. 4-> E Q 1/1 3 0/ ■o 31 c C O • t- c o a> O) o 0/ Ol #0 01 CO c c 4-> O) c c O' Q • P" oi £ i. 1/1 0/ >» C 1/1 o 3 u s. c 31 3) 31 31 C 31 31 3 *o 4^ o o 31 C C C c •f— 3 C C 31 S. 31 u 1/1 c • V • »“ c C C 5 N r—• •o 1/1 c 4-> o c /o -3 1/1 »— c 1/1 S O c 1/1 > 0/ S. 0/ o S. 3 0/ &- S u 4-» ro s- • r» i/i i/i < 1/1 S c fMyh 4)011 ^ i-1 ^ r>c4Mj6l» WIi !|^ i|r)W(3^V]5l» ,r4n&lit >HO'' -'id V bj .}rt1iB0lDp« ^ •lO'H lliioa i - '‘ J i^^li WlY'nsi > '' I ' ' % L f ^ a» •'.‘i Kfuo4£ jnr-i; ii(r^ tA iffJt\*^fyt i4*i, - !»•« •flofif.l^'Ki anUl»iO*!qM|^if» gniialj^lwil. *'• ^0 i,:-; ■ J , i«<.iT tufj.'. {.«»<;irtf^i%_.,«Hf»»Ay *.>.t -r ^ 3if hjbji fbsii fr<^‘>t i>06 vf4z«f0*iw », ? 15 . r#wUJi «’t7 j»i F • .jjr?I^f^d4 *t'1'4r^36Q .l^ftii-7 ufz'rr ..^yrt| tA.^i\of\ffqu!>'Hd U) inifjtct 6ct ‘tti* Aoa iHi' :** AriititA ’: I- »■ 'f>jSf. 1 to ajiol ■ ■' ? V f ’. ■'•.. 101 / , pi^ i i ^4 t’^iHtfflia (tAtitSt \^rtAinp7 ifiBht^'fU^Jtt it 0flf|2l>^:>. <1 Id jb4i j. (vet 107a ,i»io/uioJ rrto(4a*^> ahttMui^'>i vi it* tv > • I .enlftJt-'iii *5nfbto* /!1 fVt f HOfl »%v A# Mi*** vtcsii 1^ Oli I j ■ *♦ .“< inafifftlia av»fvl"3W Jt. 'r .i'Mi ' f fljpfvnw?' f aton'inptt ' ‘tJsl afif 4o ftfNb.' < r i 0 (1 Xi« *l< f ttiHi A!ii 4 Avljf Joo 01$ v£4^'Jf1i lot-i(i/n f^l^^1i ptU - /oiiiki'i-OT ^i». .i it sattv^vd ^ •' ■sNNfi.va - T A ‘ 'I. ^ : c?- gxnpn*Ti: ;, •!• V t • 2 r ? 1 ^ - • <* -. I IiP C fcS,l J. *• ; r I yAja *k ■*• 4 * 3. MONITORING DATA The assessment of exposure to a chemical substance should quantitatively describe the level, duration, and frequency of human contact with the substance, as well as the route of such exposure. Quantitative estimates of exposure are generally based on monitoring data or simulation models. Where sufficient monitoring data exist. It may be possible to trace the pathway of a substance from the point at which exposure occurs to Its source. Limited monitoring data are also useful. They can Indicate the quantity of a chemical at a particular location, at a specific point In time. They can also be used to evaluate the validity of model-generated estimates. To be properly utilized, monitoring data must be placed In perspective as to their validity. Even In situations where some data have already been collected, supplemental data will often be necessary because certain deficiencies In existing data will limit applicability and reliability. Quality assurance/quality control measures used may be unknown or Inadequate. Data may be obsolete because of changes In operating conditions or control technologies. Therefore, before using monitoring data, the assessor should ask the following questions: • Are the data representative of current normal conditions, or do they reflect obsolete conditions or temporary aberrations resulting In high or low concentrations? • Are the data accurate and precise? Were sampling and measurements performed In the most appropriate manner? • Does the sampling design result In statistically valid data? • Where was the monitoring device located with respect to the source(s)? Data quality Is a function of the accuracy, precision, representativeness, comparability, and completeness of the data collected. In general, data quality requirements (In terms of defensiblllty of the results obtained) In monitoring studies usually Increase according to the Intended data use In the following sequence: (1) screening studies to determine the presence or absence of pollutants; (2) quantitative studies to determine concentrations of pollutants for source characterization, analysis of environmental fate, and exposure assessment; (3) quantitative studies to determine concentrations of pollutants for use In development of control strategies; and (4) quantitative studies to determine concentrations for the purpose of supporting enforcement actions. It should be noted, however, that this 21 hierarchy does not necessarily apply to the quantification level required by these four use categories. For example, enforcement monitoring may only require quantification of values over an action level, and the data generated In such cases may thus not be detailed enough to support a detailed exposure assessment. Data quality aspects pertinent to the use of monitoring data In occupational exposure assessment are discussed below In Section 3.1. In addition, the type of monitoring conducted and the sample collection techniques used also have a significant effect on how monitoring data are Interpreted and exposure Is measured. Section 3.2 discusses the types of monitoring used In the workplace; the following section (3.3) describes commonly used sample collection techniques. Exposure measurement strategies are delineated In Section 3.4, and Section 3.5 summarizes readily available occupational monitoring data sources. 3.1 QA/QC Considerations Whether newly generated data or existing data are used In an occupational exposure assessment, the data must meet the quality criteria dictated by their proposed use. In the case of new data, satisfying quality requirements may be a rather straightforward undertaking. Data quality goals In terms of precision and accuracy can be achieved by adhering to a well-structured monitoring program designed from a statistically sound sampling plan. Quality standards are prescribed In relation to the research questions and study objectives; monitoring activities are then organized and planned to ensure that these standards are met. Detailed guidance for Implementing QA/QC procedures In the design and conduct of monitoring studies can be obtained from USEPA 1980a and USEPA 1980b. Each of the potential data quality problems listed above should be addressed before available data are applied to an occupational exposure assessment. Evaluation guidelines to help determine the relative significance of each of these problem Issues are presented In this section. Existing data sets should be evaluated against these guidelines, which pertain to: • Sample design. • Sample collection activities In the field. • Data entry and processing. The major consideration In evaluating existing monitoring data Is the motivating factor or objective for which the data were generated. To address this consideration, this section assumes that documentation for the data sets being evaluated Is available; that Information relevant to each major component of the study In which the data was developed can be extracted; and that a QA/QC plan adequate to resolve any question of data 22 quality 1s available. Without the appropriate documentation, a discussion of existing data evaluation Is futile, and the use of such data will, at best, be limited. 3.1.1 Sample Design This component requires an evaluation of the data's applicability to the physical problem (research question) under Investigation and the appropriateness of the col lection/measurement systems or processes used. The following questions should be answered: • What were the specific research objectives for which answers were sought through data development? • Old the parameters monitored reflect the research objectives? • Did the media In which the parameters were monitored reflect the research objectives? • Were the sampling methods proposed suitable for the media and parameters monitored? • Were QC elements such as Inter-lab analyses and peer review of analyses results Incorporated Into the design? • Did the study attempt to correlate source and pathway monitoring activities? • Were sampling frequency and duration adequate and representative of the conditions surrounding the research objectives? • Was allowable survey error specified? 3.1.2 Sample Collection Adherence to established protocols during sample collection should be determined. The following questions should be answered: • Were standard operating procedures employed? • Were established sample collection, preservation, storage, and transport protocols used? • Were control, blank, and spiked samples provided? • Were replicate samples provided? 23 3.1.3 Analytical Measurement Systems The laboratory procedures through which monitoring samples were analyzed must be evaluated for adherence to established protocols. Specific questions that should be answered are: • Were proper protocols used In the analysis of samples? • Were standard operating procedures used? • Were Issues surrounding the limits of detection addressed? • Were positives confirmed by other means of analysis? • Were Instruments calibrated accurately? • Were results of blank, control, spiked, and replicate sample analyses maintained? • Were precision and accuracy determinations documented? 3.1.4 Data Entry and Processing Evaluations of the data entry and processing aspects of the existing data as well as of data documentation and review should be conducted. Significant questions In this portion of the evaluation Include: • Were data entry QC checks performed? • Does the number of significant figures presented In the data set correspond to the observed variance of the measurements? • Were confidence Interval estimates made? • Was sampling program documentation given peer review? Are results available? • Was an estimate of total sampling measurement error made? From a pragmatic standpoint. It Is likely that existing data will often not meet the current QA/QC requirements for development of new data. In such cases, the assessor should exercise extreme caution and considerable professional judgement In deciding to what extent (and for what purpose) the data can be used. 24 3.2 Types of Monitoring Occupational exposure can occur from manufacturing, transportation, storage, processing, disposal, or industrial use of a chemical substance or a material containing that substance. To determine exposure from a chemical substance, two categories of air monitoring are generally used: personal/breathing zone monitoring and workplace monitoring (area monitoring or environmental surveillance). Biological contaminant body burden monitoring is a third type of occupational exposure monitoring. 3.2.1 Personal/Breathing Zone Monitoring Personal monitoring is the measurement of an employee's exposure to airborne contaminants by a device worn by the person being sampled and placed as close to the contaminant's route of entry to the human body as possible. In breathing zone monitoring, a second person holds the sampling device in the breathing zone of the person being sampled. 3.2.2 Workplace or Area Monitoring Occupational environmental monitoring is the measurement of contaminant concentrations in the workplace (which may or may not be enclosed); measurement devices are placed close to the worker's normal work area. Samplers are usually stationary and may remain in place for an extended period of time. 3.2.3 Biological Monitoring Biological measurements usually determine the concentration of a specific agent in the blood, adipose tissue, or urine, although samples of other biological material such as hair or nails may also be useful. Such measurements represent the body burden of that agent and can be used as a monitor of the worker's exposure to a specific substance. Biological levels of a substance will indicate the combined level of worker exposure; they can be used to assess where excessive exposures have occurred and when protection from further exposure is necessary (Piotrowski 1977). There is currently no straightforward way to relate body burden to exposure, although work is underway to identify and quantify such relationships. There is similarly no method to determine the pathway from which each increment of exposure, measured by body burden, was derived. Biological measurements are best used at present as a qualitative indicator that exposure has occurred. 25 3.3 Sample Collection Techniques The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) health regulations require that an employee's exposure be measured by any combination of long-term or short-term samples that represent the employee's actual exposure. The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) Manual of Sampling Data Sheets and Its supplement describe sampling methods for nearly 30 substances. It Is the only available compendium of such methods. Most of these methods have been recommended to OSHA for use In their compliance program. Except for a few compounds, occupational exposure to these 30 substances Is regulated by 29 CFR, Part 1910. 3.3.1 Types of Samples As mentioned above, the three basic types of occupational environmental sample collection techniques are personal/breathing zone, general area, and biological samples: 1. Personal/breathing zone - In personal monitoring, the sampling device (a dosimeter) Is directly attached to the employee (clipped to the worker's collar or lapel, for example), who wears It continuously during all work and rest operations. To obtain breathing zone samples, the sampling device Is simply held at the "breathing zone" of the employee; the "breathing zone" Is that air that would most likely be Inhaled by that employee. 2. General area ("general air") - the sampler Is placed In a fixed location In the work area generally occupied by employees. 3. Biological samples - For occupational body burden monitoring studies, breath, urine, and hair samples can be collected fairly easily and without excessive Imposition on the persons sampled. A subject's exhaled breath can be collected by a portable spirometer, and the samples analyzed In the same fashion as other air samples. Other possible body burden samples that can be useful In occupational exposure assessments Include blood and, where lactating mothers are Involved, mother's milk. However, obtaining such samples Is considerably more Invasive than Is the case for the sample types addressed above. Therefore, such data may only be generated In occupational exposure verification studies or for assessment of exposure to especially high risk contaminants. 26 For the determination of employee exposure, 1t 1s preferable to use exposure data obtained by the personal or breathing zone methods; these are direct methods. If exposure data obtained by the less direct "general air" method are used, an analysis to determine how accurately the general air data represent employee exposures should be Included. This may be accomplished by comparison between general air and personal or breathing zone samples to demonstrate equivalency, which Is very difficult (Leldel et al. 1977). If this analysis of equivalency Is not Included, use of "general air" data for exposure assessment may make the estimates Inaccurate enough to allow only a screening level assessment to be made. 3.3.2 Employees Sampled Occupational monitoring data are often collected by OSHA or by employers using OSHA's guidelines. Among those guidelines are recommendations regarding which employees should be monitored. A less-than-random choice In sampling strategy may Introduce biases In the resultant data that must be taken Into account In an exposure assessment. The following three categories of employee sampling are required by OSHA: (1) Maximum risk employee . Once exposure above the action level has been Identified, OSHA requires that employers sample the "maximum risk employee." Generally, the employee closest to the source of hazardous material Is selected to be at maximum risk. OSHA suggests that employee mobility and work habits and air movement patterns be considered as well (Leldel et al. 1977). These factors are difficult to evaluate and may be neglected by most exposure samplers. Monitoring data based on the maximum risk employees' exposure will be skewed to the high end of the range of concentrations In the workplace. It may be difficult to ascertain that the data were based on the maximum risk employee. If such a determination Is possible. It should be stated that the exposure approximates worst-case conditions. (2) Random sampling of a group of workers . If a maximum risk worker Is not Identified for a given operation, random sampling of a group of workers Is performed. The objective of the method Is to select a subgroup of adequate size; the probability that the random sample will contain at least one worker with high exposure will then be high.' This procedure Is carried out by (1) determining the number of employees to be sampled, then (2) randomly selecting the employees to be sampled (Leldel et al. 1977). Data collected In this manner are fairly representative of conditions throughout the workplace. 27 (3) Sampling for periodic exposure , OSHA recognizes that Infrequent exposure to toxic substances may occur during operations such as process/product sampling or cleaning. Employers are required to sample during those activities If they believe that significant exposures are likely to occur. It may not be possible to distinguish such data from other OSHA data. 3.4 Exposure Measurement Strategies Although there Is no "best" strategy applicable to all occupational situations, some strategies are clearly better than others. Guidelines are presented In this section to aid assessors In comparing data obtained via alternative strategies. The accuracy required of airborne concentration measurements In the OSHA health standards considers (Leldel et al. 1977): 1. The random variations In the sampling device (repeatability of the sampling device). 2. Random variations In the analytical procedure (repeatability of the replicate analyses of a given sample). 3. Systematic errors In the sampling method (determinate errors or bias In the collection technique). 4. Systematic errors In the analytical procedure (determinate errors or bias In the analysis). The term "accuracy" refers to the difference between a measured concentration and the true concentration of the sample. It Includes both the random variation of the method (referred to as precision) and the difference between the average result from the method and the true value. The accuracy of a sample collection method should generally have a statistically-determined confidence level of at least 90 percent. To gauge the accuracy of the sampling and analytical methods used In obtaining exposure measurements, the following evidence should be sought: 1. The use of NIOSH-certIfled detector tubes. 2. Field calibration procedures for sampling equipment. 3. The analysis of samples at a laboratory participating In an Industrial hygiene quality control program, for example one conducted by American Industrial Hygiene Association. 28 Data collected under the auspices of NIOSH and OSHA can usually be easily evaluated for accuracy. Exposure concentrations are usually reported as 15-m1nute "celling standard" measurements or as an eight-hour time-weighted average. Each Is defined and discussed In the following section. 3.4.1 Sample Measurement Table 3-1 describes the four types of measurements taken to determine exposure. Grab samples are taken when It Is Impossible (due to limitations In measurement methods, e.g., direct reading meters or colorimetric detector tubes) to collect either a single sample or a series of consecutive samples whose total duration approximates the period for which the standard Is defined. 3.4.2 Length and Duration of Measurement (1) Time-weighted average (TWA) . To determine the time-weighted average exposure of an employee, a detailed description of "where he Is when" must be obtained. Typically, the employee may be exposed to several different short-term concentrations during a workshift due to changes In job assignment, workload, ventilation, and Industrial processes. The TWA evolved as a method of calculating dally or full-shift average exposure by weighing the various short-term average concentrations. This method Is the equivalent of Integrating the concentration values over the total time base of the TWA, which can be determined by the following formula: 1 = r I (T^) . (C^) (Equation 3-1) 1 = 1 _ = TWA ^total where T^ = Duration of Incremental exposure. = Concentration of a specific air contaminant during the Incremental time period T1. T^Q^gl = Total work time per shift; eight-hour workday. Guidelines for comparing different exposure measurement strategies for the TWA standard are presented In Table 3-2. Occupational exposure variation (Intraday or Interday) of specific work operations Is practically Impossible to predict. Intraday and Interday variations, as measured by the geometric standard deviation (GSD), typically lie between 1.25 and 2.5 (Leldel et al. 1977, Ayer and 29 Table 3-1. Types of Measurement Sanples To Be Obtained for Assessment of Occupational Exposure Type of sample Definition Full period, single sample measurement Sample taken for the full period of 8 hours for the 8-hour TWA standard and 15 minutes for a ceiling standard. Full period, consecutive samples measurement Several samples (equal or unequal time duration) obtained during entire period appropriate to the standard. Partial period, consecutive samples measurement One or several samples (equal or unequal time duration) obtained for only a portion of the period appropriate to the standard. Grab samples measurement A number of samples taken for short periods of time (less than 1 hour each and generally only minutes or seconds). Taken at random intervals over the period of time for which the standard is defined. Source: Leidel et a1. 1977 30 Burg 1973). Exposure variation and the precision and accuracy of sampling and analytical methods were taken into consideration in developing the guidelines by Leidel et al. (1977) presented in Table 3-2. (2) Strategy for a ceiling standard . Samples obtained for the determination of compliance with ceiling standards are treated in a manner similar to that used with samples taken for comparison with TWA standards. However, two important differences should be noted. First, the samples obtained for comparison with ceiling standards are best taken in a nonrandom fashion. For example, available knowledge relating to the area, individual, and process being sampled should be used to obtain samples during periods of maximum expected concentrations of the substance. Second, samples taken for comparison with ceiling standards are usually taken for a much shorter time period than those obtained for calculating TWAs. Measurements for ceiling standards should consist of 15-minute samples obtained in an employee's breathing zone; alternatively, consecutive samples totaling 15 minutes can be used. A minimum of three measurements should have been obtained during one work shift to provide a good estimation of the worker's exposure for that shift (Leidel et al. 1977). 3.5 Available Information on Occupational Exposure It may be helpful to the exposure assessor to be aware of the various exposure limits and standards in effect when monitoring data are collected. For example, a recognized hazardous substance will be subject to an occupational exposure standard; knowledge that such a standard exists may lead to the identification of useful information that has been gathered by a public agency such as NIOSH. The following organizations are involved with occupational exposure standards: • American Conference of Government Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) - Can provide information on Threshold Limit Values (TLVs), industrial ventilation guidance, and air sampling and analysis instrumentation. Background information and the rationale underlying the TLVs are also available. • American National Standards Institute (ANSI) - Can provide industry voluntary health and safety standards (as contrasted against governmental mandatory standards). Background information and underlying rationale for such standards may be available in some cases. 31 Table 3-2. Guidelines for Conparing an Eight-hour TWA Standard Type of measurement Basis for ranking (in order of decreasing desirability) Full period, consecutive samples Yields narrowest confidence limits on exposure estimate. Two consecutive, full period samples (about 4 hours each for an 8-hour TWA standard) provide sufficient precision and are recommended as the "best" measurement to make. Full period, single sample (one 8-hour sample) Appropriate sampling and analytical method must be available. Partial period consecutive samples Major problem is how to handle the unsampled portion of the period. In reality, the measurements are valid only for the duration of the period that the measurements cover (as 6 out of 8 hours). Professional judgfnent can be used to infer exposure during unsampled period. Knowledge of operations(s) is required. Sampled portion of period should cover at least 70-80 percent of the full period. Grab sample Confidence on exposure estimate is very low, and one has to have a low exposure average to statistically demonstrate compliance. Optimum number of samples to take is between 8 and 11 if employee's operation and work exposure are relatively constant during the day. If employee's operation and work exposure are not constant throughout the day, then at least 8 to 11 grab samples should be taken during each period of expected differing exposure. It is desirable to choose the sampling periods in a statistically random fashion.* * Random sampling is sampling any portion of the work shift, each portion having the same chance of being sampled as any other. Source: Leidel et al. 1977 32 • American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) - Develops Hygienic Guides for specific chemicals. These contain chemical and physical property Information, summaries of chemical toxicity testing, summaries of recommended standards (NIOSH, etc.), and reference sources for this Information. • National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH). • Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). Readily available data from NIOSH and OSHA are summarized In the following sections. 3.5.1 National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health Much Information has been collected by NIOSH concerning employee exposure to chemical substances. Of most Importance are: 1. Various reports dealing with exposure to substances in specific work settings. These Include Health Hazard Evaluation Reports, Industrywide Studies, and Control Technology Assessments. These reports are prepared by NIOSH and Its contractors and Include actual sampling and analysis data gathered In the workplace. In order to most efficiently determine what documentation Is available through NIOSH concerning given occupational exposure situations (chemical-specific, plant-specific. Industry-specific), the assessor should contact Mr. Rodger Tatken, NIOSH Technical Information Branch, Cincinnatti, Ohio, 513-684-8328. The Health Hazard Evaluation (HHE) reports are developed at the request of either employers or employees. They are based on Information obtained by NIOSH through actual site visits. Companies know when NIOSH will conduct such Inspections, and the reports reflect the conditions observed by NIOSH Inspectors at the time of the visit.* They contain a range of plant-specific and chemical-specific Information Including a description of the plant and Its workforce, an Identification of the products produced, description of the health and safety program In force at the plant, toxicological Information for the chemlcal(s) under evaluation, the sampling and analytical methods used and analytical results obtained, and conclusions and recommendations.+ *Personal communication between James (Jay) Jones, NIOSH, and L. Schultz, Versar Inc., November 28, 1984. '^‘Personal communication between Thomas Bloom, NIOSH, and L. Schultz, Versar Inc., November 28, 1984. 33 Industrywide Studies are primarily epidemiological studies of the effects of specific workplace chemicals throughout given industries. However, monitoring data generated by NIOSH in developing these reports are presented, as is any existing exposure incidence information generated by the Industry under scrutiny.* Control Technology Assessments are usually conducted on a process-specific or industry-specific basis, although occasionally chemical-specific reports are also generated. These studies evaluate the effectiveness of various types of exposure controls used in actual workplace settings. In developing these documents, NIOSH may conduct monitoring in the workplace to identify the best control technology for given situations. Process controls, equipment controls (ventilation, etc.), and work practices are all evaluated to varying degrees in these studies. 2. NIOSH Criteria Documents. Annually, about 24 criteria documents are produced. They cover single chemicals, classes of chemicals, physical agents, and industrial processes, and they recommend standards for occupational exposure. These documents, which are probably the single best source of information on occupational exposure, are in-depth reviews of information from the National Occupational Health (NOHS) Survey (described below), other investigations carried out by NIOSH, and international scientific literature. They consider both published Information and new research findings and sometimes reveal that a hazard is more severe than was initially thought. 3. The National Occupational Hazard Survey. This two-year field study, initiated in 1972, was intended to describe the health and safety conditions in the American work environment. A chief concern was the determination of the extent of worker exposure to chemical and physical agents. The survey involved the examination of 4,636 business establishments in 67 metropolitan areas selected by the Bureau of Labor Statistics as representative of the nonagricultural businesses covered by the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970. The survey identified approximately 8,000 chemical substances and physical agents as potential hazards. Data in the NOHS system can be accessed based on chemical name, product trade name, and generic product type to obtain quantitative output that includes the product formulation, the estimated number of plants wherein exposure occurs, and the estimated number of people experiencing the exposure. Output reports are aggregated to the national level based on the survey data. Also, although this data base contains data for over 72,000 products, the product formulation data for approximately 1/3 of these products are considered trade secrets by their producers, and therefore the formulation data cannot be released by NIOSH. *Personal communication between Thomas Bloom, NIOSH, and L. Schultz, Versar Inc., November 28, 1984. 34 Despite the fact that the NOHS data base has been useful for assessing occupational exposure to chemical substances, It has several characteristics that limit Its usefulness. Because the data were collected 10 years ago, some may be obsolete. Additionally, the data collection method relied to a large extent on the observations of a surveyor, who Interviewed plant management and personnel and toured the plant, noting the number of employees potentially exposed to chemical substances. It Is likely that some of the data reflect judgments by the surveyor, even though the survey procedures were designed to minimize subjectivity. Furthermore, although over 4,500 different facilities were surveyed and data were extrapolated to a nationwide scale, certain types of facilities were excluded from the survey. Those excluded were (1) classified, because of national security, (2) engaged In agricultural production, (3) engaged In mining, other than oil or gas production, or (4) private households. Finally, some of the chemicals evaluated by the survey may no longer be used or perhaps may be currently used at levels lower than those reported by the survey.* Despite Its limitations, the NOHS data base has been useful In the Identification and quantification of occupationally exposed workers. A similar survey, termed the National Occupational Exposure Survey (NOES), was Initiated In October 1980 with data collection beginning In November of that year. As of early 1985, data acquisition efforts for this survey had not been completed. NIOSH Is still In the process of obtaining trade name product formulation data from the bulsnesses surveyed. It Is specifically this portion of the data base that allows an effective data retrieval for chemical exposure assessments, and It Is now projected that this final data acquisitlon/tabulatlon effort will be completed and the data base made available to support such studies by spring of 1986. It should also be noted that the list of facility types Included In NOHS was varied somewhat In the NOES survey. For example, agricultural facilities such as grain elevators and preparation services (I.e., facilities not generally sited In a scattered fashion In rural areas) were added to the survey. Conversely, certain financial Institutions, most wholesale and retail trade establishments, and state and local government facilities were deleted from the study. Essentially the same guidelines used for the NOHS survey were employed In the design of the N0ES+. (Contact Mr. David Sundin, NIOSH, 513-684-4491, for Information on the status and availability of data from NOHS or NOES). *Personal communication between S. Mallinger, OSHA, and P. Desal, Versar Inc., February 1982. ^Personal communication between Dave Sundin, NIOSH, and L. Schultz, Versar Inc., November 1984. 35 NIOSH can also generate output in the form of maps which illustrate probable locations of occupational exposure for specific chemicals. The maps allow the access of data from a variety of perspectives, and at different levels of geographic resolution. The following list identifies the map types currently available: • Distribution of potential exposure to selected chemical agents by Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) code. • Frequency distribution analysis. • Distribution of facilities within specified SICs. • Distribution of facilities where workers are potentially exposed to selected chemical agents. • Distribution of workers potentially exposed to selected chemical agents. • Distribution of workers potentially exposed to a group of chemicals related to a specific health effect. • Rank order listing of potential exposures by county. • Listings of industrial facilities in which potential exposure is expected. 3.5.2 Occupational Safety and Health Administration Monitoring for exposure in the workplace is performed for compliance with the OSHA standards and is conducted both by employers and by OSHA (Leidel et al. 1977). Although they have never required industry to supply monitoring data, OSHA does try to elicit such information voluntarily. One can request this information from companies directly, but companies are not obligated to provide it because it can be considered confidential.* OSHA inspections of manufacturing facilities can Include the following: (1) general scheduled inspection; (2) inspection in response to an accident; (3) Inspection in response to a complaint; (4) a follow-up to a previous inspection, and (5) monitoring inspection. Information collected during an OSHA inspection includes the name and address of the establishment inspected; the date and type of inspection; the level of exposure and severity rating; the OSHA standard under which the inspection occurred; the number of employees at the facility and the number of persons exposed to the hazardous agent; and the SIC codes and *Personal communication between S. Linhard, OSHA, and P. Desai, Versar Inc., December 1981. 36 corresponding job titles affected. The inspection records and test results are retained at the OSHA area office; these records represent a good source of independent measurements outside of industry. The information collected by OSHA during their Inspections is entered into a computerized system, the Management Information System (MIS). Information in MIS can be requested by anyone.* The health effects data contained in the MIS are organized into four reports (OHDS 1,2,3, and 4). Of these, OHDS 1,2, and 4 are useful in conducting occupational exposure assessments. OHDS 1 is an overall summary of health effects by chemical. It summarizes sampling conducted and presents results in comparison with the Permissible Exposure Level (PEL) for the chemical under evaluation. OHDS 2 provides the same type of information as does OHDS 1, but it is organized on a SIC code basis. OHDS 4 provides detailed reports of Individual inspections. These contain the actual sampling results obtained for given site.+ Prior to 1979, there were several limitations in OSHA monitoring data. The inspection records were not in a standard format. Some inspection reports were very exact, describing the duration and levels of exposure for each process step. Other reports provided little information on the process involved or the resultant exposure. Actual levels of exposure were not recorded; instead, results were presented by severity codes, only in ranges, and only when the OSHA standard was exceeded. Also not recorded were the location of the exposure, the number of employees exposed, or whether safety measures, such as respirators, were used. The monitoring data from state OSHA programs present some difficulties in availability and utility. Information from the states has to be requested from each state because the data are not automatically channeled to the federal OSHA offices. Industries were not uniformly monitored, and categories of violation (e.g., serious, nonserious, or repeat ratings) were not consistent. Information concerning such violations was not recorded, rendering understanding of an inconsistency impossible.^ When inspections were conducted in response to a complaint, the inspection was directed at the complaint area and not at the entire facility. Consequently, because about 80 percent of the inspections resulted from complaints (due to manpower limitations), the data were of limited use for estimating exposure under "normal" conditions. *Personal communication between C. Bascesta, OSHA, and P. Desai, Versar Inc., November 1981. ^Personal communication between Bill Wentling, OSHA, and L. Schultz Versar Inc., November 1984. ^Personal communication between S. Mallinger, OSHA, and P. Desai, Versar Inc., February 1982. 37 For the above-mentioned reasons, the OSHA monitoring data gathered prior to 1979 were not conducive to Industry-wide extrapolation. Significant changes made In 1979 by OSHA In the data base will facilitate the extrapolation of monitoring Information to specific cases. Now recorded are: the measured TWA, job titles of people sampled, the SIC code, the exposure celling, whether a citation was Issued, and If so, for what. These computerized results are now recorded In a standard format and provide more accurate detail from 1979 forward. A sample printout Is provided In Appendix B. In spite of this. It Is still not always feasible to make extrapolations to the whole of Industry from OSHA monitoring data. For example, data on the tannery Industry are Incomplete. Furthermore, although the specific process during which exposure occurs Is recorded, this Information Is not entered In the computerized data base and thus Is not readily available.* Other Information available from OSHA Is contained In the OSHA Docket Files. This Information consists of documents used as evidence for establishing OSHA standards. Documents Include data from (1) Industry - their comments on the proposed standards, data from health effects studies, and results of their occupational sampling and monitoring programs, and (2) trade unions or associations - their responses to proposed standards, records of occupational disease, and estimations of occupational exposure. It Is apparent from the preceding discussion that although OSHA may provide the best available occupational monitoring data, there are limitations Inherent In their use. One problem Is that the data base Is far from complete; data are simply absent for many chemicals and potential exposure situations. The data that are available generally represent high exposures, and extrapolation throughout an Industry or occupation can result In overestimation of occupational exposure. These problems, however, do not preclude the use of OSHA data. They simply point out the Importance of using the data cautiously. 3.6 Summary To assess occupational monitoring data for a given chemical, one needs to proceed as follows: • Locate or Identify exposure monitoring data, as measured In typical occupational settings. *Personal communication between C. Oliver, OSHA, and P. Desal, Versar, Inc., December 1981. 38 • Evaluate the obtained monitoring data In terms of their quality (QA/QC), representativeness (regarding worker categories or occupational situations), and appropriateness. • Compare the data to any model projections that have been generated. Occupational exposure monitoring data can be obtained by (a) searching the literature manually or on-line; (b) searching NIOSH publications, e.g., criteria documents, walk-through surveys, support documents for criteria standards; (c) searching OSHA records on monitoring via the Management Information System (MIS) on-line; (d) searching documents stored In the OSHA Docket Office, especially for records of monitoring as submitted by Industry and trade unions; and (e) searching the National Occupational Health Survey (and the National Occupational Exposure Survey once It becomes accessible). The evaluation of monitoring data quality and representativeness should address the extent to which a set of data represents the actual exposure of the worker. The following sections In this report should be consulted to aid In the evaluation of monitoring data: Section 3.3 Sample Collection Techniques Section 3.4 Exposure Measurement Strategies Section 3.5, Available Information on Occupational Exposure, should be consulted for guidance In locating established standards and Information on actual occupational exposure. 39 4.0 ESTIMATING CONTAMINANT RELEASES IN THE OCCUPATIONAL SETTING 4.1 Introduction Occupational exposure to chemical substances associated with Industrial manufacturing, processing, distribution, and use of products may result from chemical releases Into workplace or ambient air and from direct contact with contaminated equipment, chemical substances, or processed material. The following are categories of chemical releases that may contribute to occupational exposure: 1. Releases from worker activities associated with industrial operations. 2. Releases from Industrial stacks, process vents, fugitive sources, storage sources, and secondary sources In Industrial processes. 3. Releases from products during activities associated with wholesale and retail trade. 4. Releases during commercial use of products. This section discusses methods for estimating contaminant release rates In the occupational setting. Section 4.1.1 discusses the categories of chemical releases and their relations to potential occupational exposure. Section 4.1.2 describes the general mass balance approach to predicting contaminant releases In lieu of monitoring data. Section 4.1.3 presents algorithms that can be used within certain frameworks 'for estimating contaminant release rates from sources associated with Industrial manufacturing, processing, distribution, and use of products. 4.1.1 Types of Contaminant Releases Generic worker activities associated with Industrial operations Include drumming of liquids, drumming and bagging of solids, cleaning, maintenance, and sampling and analysis. These generic activities, either singly or In combination, are basic components of many broader Industrial operations such as process troubleshooting; process development, which may Include full-scale factory trials of new manufacturing procedures or technologies; and equipment Installations. Chemical releases associated with broader industrial activities can be estimated by integrating predicted releases from all generic activities making up the overall operation. Chemical releases associated with generic worker activities are generally short-term and periodic. Releases can lead directly to inhalation. Ingestion, and dermal exposures for the workers performing 41 the activity and indirectly to inhalation and ingestion exposures for others in the workplace. Chemical releases from industrial stacks are dispersed in the ambient air and thus primarily contribute to contamination of the ambient environment rather than the workplace. Chemical releases from process vents occur during the operation of the process and, depending on the sizes and configurations of the vent and nearby buildings and structures, may contribute significantly to contamination of workplace air due to building wake effects (see Section 5 for discussion of this phenomenon). Chemical contaminants from Industrial stacks and process vents generally are passed through an emission control device (e.g., electrostatic precipitators, flares, incinerators) prior to discharge to ambient air. These control devices may be quite effective in reducing volatile organic compound (VOC) releases to ambient, and possibly workplace, air. See Versar (1984b) for a detailed review of the efficiencies of combustion control devices for process sources in the synthetic organic chemical manufacturing Industry (SOCMI). See Freed et al. (1983) for methods to assess exposure to chemical substances in the ambient environment. Fugitive releases are principally emissions from leaks in the process equipment and from defective, inadequate, or worn seals in equipment such as pumps, valves, and compressors. They occur as a result of normal plant operations and are due to thermal and mechanical stresses. Releases from fugitive sources are initially releases to workplace air and, subsequently, ambient air (i.e., fugitive releases in an Indoor workplace eventually are exhausted to the atmosphere through ventilation/exhaust ducts; fugitive releases in an outdoor workplace initially contaminate workplace air and, eventually, migrate, into ambient air). Fugitive releases can be effectively controlled through leak detection and repair (LDAR) programs and use of several mechanical devices (e.g., seals, rupture disks). See Versar (1984b) for a summary of efficiencies of fugitive emission control systems in the SOCMI. Storage releases are breathing losses that are vented from fixed-roof and floating-roof tanks used for storing volatile liquids. Storage tanks are usually located outdoors. The releases from storage may contribute to the overall plant area concentration. Secondary releases are the emissions that result from the handling, treatment, and disposal of aqueous, liquid, and solid wastes generated by industry (ITE 1980). These may result in occupational exposure to workers around the treatment facility. Releases from products during trade may occur as a result of package failure during loading, shelving, or sales, or during handling of unpackaged products. Workers engaging in wholesale and retail trade activities may experience inhalation exposure from the chemical releases and dermal exposure from direct contact with a product. 42 Commercial activities Include most workplace situations other than manufacturing and trade; this sector Is dominated by the service Industries. The Individual activities are too diverse for listing. As a group they generally Involve passive Inhalation exposure, which Includes all exposures resulting from use of a product other than the active exposure of the user during use (e.g., exposures of the user and non-users following use activities). 4.1.2 The Mass Balance Approach If accurate and reproducible workplace or personal breathing zone monitoring data, which quantify the contaminant levels In workplace air or the levels to which workers are exposed, are not available for Industrial operations and related activities, then mass loadings of chemical substances to workplace air (and, subsequently, the air concentrations) must be estimated. Development of a mass balance Involves prediction of a chemical's mass loadings to environmental media and workplace air from all emission sources In Industrial manufacturing and processing operations and related activities so that emissions to the workplace can be quantified and distinguished from emissions to the ambient environment. A mass balance for assessing chemical releases to workplace air from Industrial manufacturing and processing and related activities consists of the steps outlined below. These steps comprise any mass balance approach for predicting chemical loadings to air regardless of the setting (I.e., workplace or ambient). However, an additional data Integration component Is requrled when estimating chemical loadings to workplace air. The basic mass balance development steps Involve: • Identifying all sources of chemical (primarily volatile organic compound (VOC)) emissions to air In the process or activity. Chemical emissions may be vapors or contaminated particulates. • Grouping emission sources Into categories (e.g., stacks, vents, fugitives, storage) according to the nature of contaminant release (e.g., continuous or Intermittent, process or activity related). • Determining emission rates. For process sources, this step Involves use of emission factors, which quantify mass loadings to air per unit of production volume, available In the literature for selected source categories In numerous Industrial processes; production data for the process; and data on applicability and performance of emission control devices. For Intermittent, short-term releases associated with worker activities, this step Involves prediction of the release rate during the activity, using expressions based on chemical properties and characteristics of the operation. 43 • Determining constituent chemical release rates. For process sources, this step Involves use of reported composition of emission streams from source categories In Industrial processes (which are available In the literature); or estimation of emission stream compositions analyzing the process chemistry and unit operations. For releases associated with worker activities, the algorithms can be adjusted to predict releases of constituent chemicals that are components In a solution. • Determining total mass loadings of constituent chemicals. This step Involves Integration of constituent chemical release rates with production data. Short-term, Intermittent chemical release rates associated with worker activities must be Integrated with data on the frequencies and durations of activities (which depend on production characteristics) to determine total loadings to air over time. Chemical releases to workplace air during worker activities associated with Industrial production are short-term. Intermittent releases; just as for process sources, mass loadings of VOC or other chemicals for these worker activities depend on production volume and process characteristics. However, total mass loadings are more difficult to determine for worker activities than for process sources. Although release rates can be predicted for worker activities based on the physical and chemical properties of the chemical substance and the characteristics of the process activity, total mass loadings from these activities can be estimated only after the durations, frequencies, and other parameters associated with the worker activities and the production process are determined. For example, the frequencies, durations, and Intensities of releases during maintenance activities at an Industrial facility are highly dependent on, among other parameters, the degree of automation of process technology and the throughput of the system. In a modern petrochemical plant with high system throughput In continuous production operations, highly automated process control systems may be used to operate the process. Maintenance activities at this plant may Involve breaking Into a production line during process operation to repair an automatic control device. The duration and Intensity of release associated with this activity may be much greater than a maintenance activity conducted at a small batch producer of specialty chemical products, where maintenance may Involve replacing a worn valve during the downtime between process batches. Also, the frequency of maintenance activities at the two plants may vary greatly and may be difficult to predict. Thus, an additional data Integration component Is Involved In the final step of a mass balance for predicting chemical loadings to workplace air from emission sources associated with worker activities. 44 4.1.3 Estimating Releases Chemical releases to the occupational setting, whether indoors or outdoors, may be direct or indirect. Direct releases are those introductions of chemical contaminants into workplace air which directly result in exposure to the workers involved in the activities that cause the release. Indirect releases are those that affect workers not engaged in an activity that Itself causes the release. Emissions from process vents as well as fugitive and storage emissions generally fall into this category. Note that from an exposure standpoint, a release may be considered both direct and indirect if it affects both classes of workers (i.e., those involved in the release-causing activity as well as those not involved). Both direct and indirect releases of chemical substances in the workplace also may contribute to contamination of ambient air. If the releases are to an indoor workplace, they may be released to ambient air by building exhaust and ventilation systems; if releases are to outdoor workplaces, the contaminants immediately become a component of the ambient air. Characterization of contaminant releases is of primary Importance in assessing exposure to chemical substances in the occupational setting. Such releases increase the levels of contaminants in workplace air and may lead to exposure of the worker performing the activity or of other workers in the environs of the release. The following discussion centers on algorithms that can be used to predict rates of releases to the workplace. Input data required for estimating release rates using these algorithms include physical and chemical properties of the chemical substance and characteristics of the activity or operation. These data vary on a case-by-case basis; the algorithms should be used with site-specific data inputs. However, screening estimates of release rates can be derived from the algorithms using input data cited in Berman (1982), which presents ranges of values, typical values, and worst-case values of necessary input parameters. (1) Worker activities . The following are five categories of worker activities associated with industrial manufacturing and processing that may contribute to occupational exposure to chemical substances: • Drumming of liquids • Handling of bulk solids (e.g., bagging, weighing) • Cleaning of process components • Maintenance of process components • Sampling and analysis Each type of worker activity may consist of several different operations that have unique release characteristics. Algorithms are presented for 45 use 1n predicting release rates associated with a particular operation. Note that although this list Includes the major categories of occupational exposure-related activities. It Is not all Inclusive. For example, workers sawing particle board containing urea-formaldehyde resins may experience significant exposure. Other such situations are expected to occur. Therefore, as this report can not address each discrete exposure situation In detail, the assessor should consider other potential routes of exposure In addition to those addressed here when conducting an exposure assessment In an occupational setting. (a) Drumming of liquids. In drumming, liquids are dispensed through hoses draining a large reservoir of material (e.g., a reactor, a holding tank). Manufactures do not usually drum liquid products from Industrial manufacturing operations; rather, the manufacturer ships the liquid products by rail car or road tank car to distributors and formulators who eventually drum the material for resale (Berman 1982). Liquid may be fed Into a drum either by splash loading or subsurface loading. During splash loading, turbulence may be substantial because the dispensing nozzle remains above the surface of the dispensed liquid. In subsurface loading, turbulence Is minimized by extending the dispensing nozzle to the bottom of the drum to ensure that It remains submerged during the filling procedure. For most applications drums are splash loaded (Berman 1982). During drumming of liquids, the major route of worker exposure Is Inhalation of contaminated air resulting from evaporation of bulk liquid. Generation rates of contaminant depend primarily on the vapor pressure and molecular mass of the liquid, the sizes of the drum and Its access portal, the number of drums filled per unit time, and the temperature at which transfer Is conducted. An expression for estimating release rates of contaminants from volatilization of bulk liquid during drumming Is reported In Berman (1982). The expression can be derived from the Ideal gas law and can be tailored to predict release rates of chemical components of a bulk liquid. The expression can be used for calculating release rates If the following are assumed: 1. The system Is at constant temperature and pressure. 2. The volume of vapor generated from volatilization of bulk liquid (or components of the liquid) Is proportional to the volume of liquid drummed. 3. The gases behave Ideally. The Ideal gas law applies, and the partial pressure of a gas above the liquid Is proportional to the vapor pressure of the substance. 46 4. Henry's law applies for estimating partial pressures of components of a bulk liquid. The expression Is as follows: G = (MW) (P") (f) (r) (4-1) (3600) RT where G MW po f '^drum r R T constant rate of contaminant release from evaporation of bulk liquid during drumming, grams per second molecular weight of chemical substance, grams per gram-mole vapor pressure of the pure contaminant at temperature T, atmospheres saturation factor; 1 for splash loading and 0.5 for subsurface loading (Berman 1982) volume of a drum, cubic centimeters filling rate In drums per unit time universal gas constant; 82.05 (cubic centimeters) (atmosphere)/(gram-moles) (degrees Kelvin) temperature, degrees Kelvin If the contaminant of Interest Is only a component of a solution being transferred, the release rate expression must be modified slightly. For components, the vapor pressure of the pure substance, P®, Is replaced by P', which Is the partial pressure of the component derived as follows: P' = (H)(X) (4-2) where H = a Henry's law constant X = mole fraction of the component Substituting expression (4-2) Into (4-1), the following expression for release rate Is obtained: G = (MW) (H) (X) (f) ) (r) (4-3) (3600) RT Whether operations use a passive drainage system that relies on gravity feed or on active pumping system, drumming of liquids generally Involves little splashing and spilling of material because of the small size of a drum's orifice relative to the access portal on a large process or storage tank. Thus, dermal contact with the liquid Is not a probable route of exposure If standard operating procedures are followed (Berman 1982). 47 (b) Drumming and bagging of solids. Drumming and bagging of bulk solids pose a great potential for Inhalation and dermal worker exposure. The major source of contamination from bulk solids handling operations Is the generation of dust from the agitation of particulate material during transfer operations. Exposure can result from Inhalation of respirable airborne dust. Dermal exposure can result from airborne dust that settles on and adheres to the skin and clothing of workers. The level of dust released during drumming and bagging of bulk solids depends on characteristics of the operations and properties of the solid. Bagging and drumming operations for bulk solids may be manual, automated, or any combination of the two. Fully automated systems tend to be enclosed, well-ventilated operations where attendant exposure Is minimal. Berman (1982) stated that such systems are economical only If the volume of material handled exceeds 100,000 pounds per year. For smaller solids handling operations, many solids are bagged using seml- automated procedures. A seml-automated operation may consist of a hopper that automatically dispenses a predetermined quantity of material Into a bag. The bag Is then moved to a sealing station (e.g., a stapling machine). After sealing, the bag Is loaded for shipment. Properties of the solid that are pertinent to the extent of dust formation Include particle size, density, shape, and surface characteristics and bulk properties such as size distribution, moisture content, and extent of aeration. An empirical relation correlating these parameters with the rate of dust generation has not as yet been developed. As the experimental data base expands, empirical methods for estimating dust generation rates will be developed. Limited monitoring data reporting concentrations of suspended particulates associated with bagging and related solids handling operations are cited In Berman (1982). These data may be used as source strengths In calculating Inhalation exposures; however, the fraction of airborne particulates that Is respirable must be estimated or assumed. Alternatively, It Is useful to note that dust standards developed by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration may be used to estimate likely air concentrations In the absence of actual dust generation data. (c) Cleaning. Short-term, but potentially significant, contaminant releases may result from cleaning process equipment. Cleaning operations usually require breaking of a production line or dismantling of equipment. 48 Cleaning involves the removal of residual material from storage tanks, holding tanks, stills, reaction vessels, pipework, and other process equipment. The broad ranges of size, shape, accessibility, and mobility of process equipment require a variety of cleaning procedures. Effective cleaning procedures must address properties of the material to be removed. Current general cleaning practices include washing, solvent rinsing, steam cleaning, and scraping and shoveling; these may be performed Individually or in combination. Process equipment must be purged of mobile material prior to cleaning. Purging and opening of process equipment prior to cleaning can be high exposure activities for Industrial workers. (1) Purging . Contaminant releases associated with purging are primarily a function of the physical state of the material to be purged. Purging of gaseous materials requires sealed equipment so that, except for fugitive emissions, releases likely are minimal. Liquid sludges or residues are frequently drained by a trap into waste drums. Contaminant release rates associated with this activity parallel those associated with drumming of liquids (see expressions (4-1) and (4-3) for the generation rate); however, the vapor released during purging may be saturated because equipment Is frequently heated to facilitate purging of otherwise viscous residues. Solid residues that are sufficiently mobile are purged from process equipment in a manner that can be approximated by the conditions associated with bagging and drumming of solids (Berman 1982). (11) Opening . Access required for cleaning Is provided by breaking of a line or opening of process equipment. If the compartment to be opened Is at ambient pressure, then the principal cause of workplace contamination Is diffusion of volatilized material from within the compartment. If a positive pressure exists In the process equipment to be opened, then the pressure gradient that exists when the line Is opened will accelerate transport of the contaminant into workplace air. The rate of contaminant release associated with the opening of process equipment varies with time. The Initial release rate will be maximum; the release rate will diminish with time (Berman 1982). This Is because, unlike the saturated surface adjacent to a liquid, the surface by the opening will not remain saturated. The rate at which saturation at this surface Is renewed Is limited by the rate that the contaminant Inside the enclosure will diffuse from residual material to the vicinity of the opening. Thus, the Initial contaminant release rate from an aperture represents an upper limit to the actual release rate. The initial contaminant release rate from an aperture Is primarily a function of the properties of the residual material and the size of the opening or aperture. Just as evaporation Is limited by diffusion away 49 from a saturated Interface adjacent to the surface of a liquid, the Initial comtamlnant release rate from an aperture Is limited by the diffusion rate away from a saturated aperture surface. Thus, the Initial contaminant release rate from an aperture Is obtained from the following relationship (Berman 1982): G = (MW) (K) (A) {Pn (4-4) (R) (T) where G = Initial contaminant release rate of contaminant, grams per second MW = molecular weight of the contaminant, grams per gram-mole K = gas phase mass transfer coefficient of the contaminant, centimeters per second A = area of the aperture, square centimeters P® = vapor pressure of the contaminant, atmospheres R = universal gas constant, (cubic centimeters) (atmospheres)/ (gram-mole) (degrees Kelvin) T = absolute temperature, degrees Kelvin The contaminant release rate obtained from expression (4-4) corresponds to evaporation of bulk liquid or solids. If the contaminant of Interest Is only a component of a liquid or solids solution In the residue, the release rate expression must be modified slightly. For components, the vapor pressure of the pure substance, P®, Is replaced by P', which Is the partial pressure of the component derived as previously Indicated In expression (4-2). Substituting expression (4-2) Into (4-4), the expression for contaminant generation rate becomes the following: G = (MW) (K) (A) (H)(X) (4-5) (R) (T) (111) Water washing . Process equipment may be washed with water to remove water-soluble materials and non-adhering particulates. Detergents are frequently added to Increase removal efficiency. The contaminant release rate due to volatilization of residual material decreases as water Is added to an opened compartment because the residue enters solution or suspension (Berman 1982). Thus, significant release of contaminant associated with washing Is only expected to occur during purging and opening In preparation for washing. (See previous sections 4.1.3(l)c(1 and 11)). Also, a worker may experience direct dermal contact with contamlnanted equipment, solid residues, or contaminated solutions during water washing of process equipment. 50 (iv) Solvent rinsing . Materials not readily removed by water washing may be cleaned using solvents other than water. In some cases, the equipment is heated to increase the solubility of residue. Assuming that the solvent does not boil, which is reasonable since solvent vapor would present a much greater hazard than vapor from residual material, the maximum contaminant release rate (which corresponds to the initial release rate) is limited by the rate at which vapors diffuse into the workplace from a saturated aperture surface. Thus, the contaminant release rate expressions (4-4) and (4-5) for opening of process equipment are also applicable to solvent rinsing (Berman 1982). (v) Steam cleaning . Nonvolatile solids that resist cleaning by washing or rinsing are frequently removed using steam. During steam cleaning, steam is delivered by hose to an isolated section of process equipment. Steam condenses on the walls of the vessel and the resulting water, laden with residual material, is drained via a tap at the bottom of the vessel. Contaminant releases associated with steam cleaning of process equipment are likely to be small if steam cleaning follows other cleaning measures (during which initial significant releases of contaminant occur) and the volatile components in the residue not removed by the steam cleaning are minimal. If these conditions do not apply to the steam cleaning operation, then expressions (4-4) and (4-5) (which were developed for predicting contaminant release rates during opening of process equipment) may be used to determine a reasonable upper limit to contaminant release rates during steam cleaning (since these releases likely will not be greater than the initial contaminant releases that occur when process components are opened). (vi) Shoveling and scraping . Solid materials that cannot be removed by other cleaning methods must ultimately be removed by manual shoveling and scraping. Depending on the size of process equipment, a worker can manually clean equipment either externally or Internally. Usually, small process components are cleaned externally and large process components are cleaned internally. Contamination of workplace air from vapor generated inside a vessel is limited by diffusion through the access aperture. Thus, a maximum contaminant release rate during external manual cleaning of small process components can be estimated using expressions (4-4) and (4-5), which are release rate expressions for opening of process equipment. However, unlike during the Initial opening of a sealed compartment, a worker may experience direct dermal contact with contaminated equipment or residual material during external manual cleaning. Workers may physically enter large process components such as storage and holding tanks and reactor vessels. Generally, an industrial worker enters a process vessel to manually remove solid residual material still remaining after completion of other cleaning methods (e.g., purging. 51 water washing, solvent rinsing, steam cleaning). Much contaminant release may occur during the precleaning steps, before the worker enters the vessel; however, air In the vessel may be saturated with vapor or dust from residual material, particularly since ventilation In such enclosures Is poor (Berman 1982). If the facility strictly adheres to a worker safety program, the worker entering the vessel should be wearing a respirator (and other protective equipment, such as special clothing and gloves to minimize dermal contact). In this case, worker Inhalation exposure would be reduced or eliminated depending on the efficacy of the protective measures used (see Section 7.2). If the facility does not strictly adhere to a worker safety program, then the worker may enter the vessel without wearing a protective device. Assuming In the worst case that the vessel air Is saturated with contaminant, then the maximum air concentration of contaminant can be computed from the Ideal gas law with the saturation vapor pressure of the chemical substance as the Input pressure; the rate of contaminant release does not need to be estimated. The Ideal gas law Is: PV = nRT (4-6) where P = pressure of gas V = volume of gas n = moles of gas R = universal gas constant T = temperature of gas The number of moles of gas, n. Is equivalent to m/MW, where m Is the mass of gas and MW Is the molecular weight of the gas. Inputting P®, the saturation vapor pressure of the liquid contaminant at temperature T, for P and m/MW for n In expression (4-6), the following Is obtained: m = C = (P®) (MW) (4-7) V (R) (T) where m = mass of gas, grams V = volume of gas, cubic centimeters C = worst-case (saturation) concentration of contaminant In the Interior of process component, grams per cubic-centimeter P® = saturation vapor pressure of liquid contaminant at temperature T, atmospheres MW = molecular weight of the contaminant, grams per gram-mole R = universal gas constant = 82.05 (cm3-atm)/(gram-mole) (®K) T = absolute temperature, degrees Kelvin 52 Dermal contact during Internal manual cleaning of a process component may be excessive In the absence of protective clothing and other special measures. (d) Maintenance. Maintenance Involves the mechanical adjustment, alteration, or repair of engineering equipment. The following are examples of maintenance activities: replacing valve seals, repacking stirrer glands, repairing pipework and flanges, servicing motors and pumps, and calibrating monitoring Instruments. Maintenance operations can be classified Into the following groups: • Those performed externally to process equipment. • Those performed via access portals and other openings In process equipment. • Those requiring workers to enter process enclosures. Operations In each group possess similar characteristics that are pertinent to contaminant releases. These operations are Individually discussed below. (I) Operations performed externally to process equipment . Maintenance operations that can be performed externally to process equipment and do not require the breaking of any seals present little potential for contaminant release to air. The only releases of contaminant are fugitive emissions, which can be considered relatively Insignificant. There Is a potential for workers to dermally contact chemical residues remaining on equipment due to poor cleaning practices. Examples of maintenance operations In this category Include adjusting Instruments, tightening bolts or seals, repairing pump motors, and monitoring. (II) Operations performed via access portals and other openings . The majority of maintenance operations are performed via access portals and other openings (e.g., replacing valves or flange seals, repacking stirrer glands, repairing or replacing pipework, changing filters). Access required for these operations Is provided by breaking a line or opening process equipment. Thus, contaminant releases associated with such operations are due to diffusion of residual vapors through the access aperture Into the workplace. Expressions (4-4) and (4-5) for contaminant release rates, developed for releases during opening of process components, are also appropriate for estimating release rates for maintenance activities performed via access portals and other openings. They are applicable for release rate estimations during changing of filters. However, rather than an open aperture, filters represent a surface coated with material that 53 volatilizes causing airborne contamination. As the material volatilizes, the space adjacent to the surface becomes saturated with vapor. The contaminant release rate to workplace air from filter changing is therefore determined by the rate vapors will diffuse from such a saturated layer (Berman 1982). To determine the contaminant release rate associated with changing a filter, expressions (4-4) and (4-5) can be used with the surface area of the filter (rather than an aperture size) being substituted for the parameter "A." Dermal contact may be significant for workers conducting maintenance activities via access portals and other openings. (iii) Operations requiring workers to enter process enclosures . Repair of internal components or the interior walls of large process equipment such as tanks and reaction vessels frequently requires maintenance workers to enter such compartments. Although workers in such situations would generally be expected to use protective equipment such as a respirator (see Section 7.1), that may not always occur. The contaminant release rates associated with these maintenance activities are not predicted in this report; rather, it is assumed that the worst-case contaminant concentration (to which the worker may be exposed when not wearing a respirator) inside the equipment is represented by the saturation concentration of the contaminant, just as for internal manual cleaning of process components discussed previously in Section 4.1.3(c)(vi). The saturation concentration of the contaminant in air can be determined using the ideal gas law with the contaminant's saturation vapor pressure as the input pressure. See expression (4-7) for guidance on estimating saturation concentrations. The saturation concentration can easily be attained during maintenance operations conducted inside process equipment because of poor ventilation in the enclosure and a large contaminated surface area in the vessel's Interior (Berman 1982). Dermal contact may be significant for a maintenance worker inside a process vessel. (e) Sampling and Analysis. Sampling and analysis operations Include a diverse set of procedures that present a broad range of potential for worker exposure. Even in small industrial manufacturing operations, most sampling and analysis operations are performed by automatic devices incorporated directly into process lines and equipment. On-line sampling and analysis offer advantages such as continuous monitoring capability, rapid results, and decreased labor costs. Worker exposure associated with automated sampling and analysis results primarily from fugitive emissions (Berman 1982). Manual sampling and analysis, which may be common in small batch operations and in processes requiring measurement of physical parameters (e.g., specific gravity, viscosity, clarity, or suspended solids content) pose potentially significant contaminant releases. Contaminant releases 54 associated with manual sampling and analysis depend on the specific procedures used and the physical state (e.g., solid, liquid, gas) of the material being sampled. For example, sampling of gases requires use of equipment that Is attached directly to the production line to confine the gas; except for fugitive emissions and a small volume of vapor released when a sampling device Is uncoupled, contaminant releases associated with gas sampling should be minimal. Sampling of liquids and solids may result In contaminant releases to workplace air from volatilization of the material or diffusion of saturated vapor. The former mechanism of contaminant release may predominate If the sampled material lies In an uncovered vessel during sampling (e.g., sampling by dipping a scoop or glass tube Into the liquid to obtain a small quantity of liquid). The latter mechanism of contaminant release may predominate If the vessel Is sealed and a small access portal Is opened for sampling. Many factors (e.g., the duration of the sampling operation, the size of the sampling access aperture, the volume of the sample, the molecular weight of the chemical substance) determine the relative contributions of direct volatilization and diffusion of saturated vapor to contaminant releases during sampling operations. These factors vary on a case-by-base basis. The contaminant release rate associated with displacement of saturated vapor during sampling Is derived from the Ideal gas law and parallels that of drumming of liquids (see expressions (4-1) and (4-3) In this section). The expression Is as follows (Berman 1982): G = (V) (P”) (MW) (4-8) (r) (R) (T) where G = contaminant generation rate for displacement of saturated vapor, grams per second V = volume of the sampling container or dipper, cubic centimeters P® = vapor pressure of the liquid, atmospheres MW = molecular weight of the liquid, grams per gram-mole r = filling time of sampling device, seconds per container R = universal gas constant, 82.05 cm^-atm/gmole-®K T = absolute temperature, ®K The contaminant release rate expression for volatilization of residual material during sampling parallels the expressions developed for estimating releases from volatilization during opening of process equipment. The Initial release rate, which Is the maximum release rate that can be used as an upper limit, from the sampling access portal may 55 be limited by the diffusion rate away from the saturated portal "surface." Thus, the Initial contaminant release rate for volatilization during sampling operations can be estimated using expressions (4-4) and (4-5) In this section. Berman (1982) used typical and worst-case values of parameters In the contaminant release rate expressions for sampling operations to assess the relative contributions to releases from volatilization and displacement. Using parameter values typical of sampling operations In expression (4-8), the following expression for release rate due to displacement Is obtained: G = (6 X 10-^) P® (4-9) where G and P® are as defined earlier. Using typical parameter values In expression (4-4), the following expression for release rate due to volatilization Is obtained: G = (0.14) P® (4-10) where G and P® are as defined earlier. Since (0.14)P® Is so much greater than (0.0006)P®, It can be concluded that volatilization predominates (and displacement can be Ignored) In typical sampling operations. Using the reasonable worst-case values for parameters In expressions (4-4) and (4-8), Berman (1982) obtained the following reduced expressions G = (7 X 10-2) P® (4-11) for the release rate due to displacement and G = (2.1) P® (4-12) for the release rate due to volatilization. Thus, since (2.1)P® Is significantly greater than (0.07)P®, It can be concluded that volatilization predominates In these situations as well. Both expressions (4-4) for volatilization and (4-8) for displacement should be used when contaminant release rates during sampling operations are estimated. Though It has been shown that volatilization may be the predominant mechanism of contaminant release during sampling, the relative contributions of the two mechanisms to the overall release rate should be assessed on a case-by-case basis using site-specific data. A simpler method for obtaining samples Is via a tap. In this case, sampled material Is drained directly from sealed lines or a sealed vessel Into a sample container. The resulting contaminant release Is due to volatilization as the material fills the sampling tube. The contaminant release rate associated with tapping can be obtained using the volatilization expressions (4-4) and (4-6) In this section. 56 (2) Process sources. The following steps can be taken to quantify chemical mass loadings to air from process emission sources (which include stack vents, fugitive sources, storage sources, and secondary sources) in industrial manufacturing and processing operations: 1. Identify all VOC emission source in the process from process diagrams. 2. Group each VOC emission source into appropriate source categories. 3. Obtain uncontrolled VOC emission factors for each process source category. Versar (1983) has an abundance of useful information on industrial sources including emission factors, methods for mass balance calculations, control technologies, process descriptions and technologies, and economic factors. Appendices that accompany Versar (1983) provide a resource list identifying other valuable data sources, general process and industry-wide information, and data bases useful in estimating emissions. 4. Determine controlled VOC emission factors for each process source category. These factors are computed by multiplying the uncontrolled VOC factors by the quantity one minus the efficiency of the control device. Thus, control technologies must be reviewed for applicability and performance. Useful sources in this step include Versar (1983), SAI (1982), McDaniel (1983), USEPA (1980c), USEPA (1980d), and USEPA (1984), and Versar (1984b). 5. Determine compositions of each VOC emission stream in the process source categories. A useful source in this step is USEPA (1980e), which cites compositions of VOC emission streams in selected source categories and Industrial processes as determined from monitoring. If composition data are not available in the literature for particular streams of interest, then the process chemistry and unit operations should be analyzed to estimate compositions. 6. Estimate controlled constituent chemical emission factors for each source in the source categories. These values are computed by taking the product of the controlled VOC emission factors and the constituent chemical composition in the stream. 7. Aggregate the controlled constituent chemical emission factors within each source category to obtain total chemical release factors for each source category. 8. For each source category, multiply the controlled constituent chemical emission factors by the production volume associated with the process to obtain total controlled chemical release rates. 57 Production volumes can be obtained from industry contacts, SRI (1984), and USITC (1984). Overall chemical releases for the process can be determined by summing the release rates over all source categories. Process release sources continuously emit chemical substances to ambient air. These releases may or may not significantly contribute to contaminant concentrations in workplace air. Releases from vents could contribute to workplace air concentrations through wake effects created by structures in the vicinity of release. Section 5 discusses means of estimating concentrations of contaminants resulting from releases captured by building wakes. Fugitive releases initially are to workplace air and eventually diffuse or are carried to the atmosphere. Storage releases essentially contaminate ambient air since storage tanks are generally located outdoors in relatively isolated areas which are readily accessible by rail or motor carrier. Secondary releases may directly contribute to workplace air contamination in the vicinity of the treatment facilities and operations. The contribution of process releases to workplace air concentrations can only be accurately assessed by monitoring the contaminant levels in the air. (3) Activities of wholesale and retail trade. The activities of workers in wholesale and retail trade can be grouped in six classes: loading, storage, packaging, shelving, demonstration, and sales. The extent to which any of these activities are pertinent to potential releases of contaminant to workplace air depends on the applications and uses of the finished products. (i) Loading . Finished products are shipped from the manufacturing site to distributors, often wholesale traders. Loading (as a trade activity) is defined as the removal of a product from a transportation vehicle and the product's placement in a storage facility for subsequent sale. This definition includes the transition between manufacturing and trade as well as between wholesale trade and retail trade. It is a short-term activity with potential for direct releases of contaminant to workplace air and for dermal contact. Loading may involve the handling of either bulk or packaged material. The degree of containment of a product will largely determine whether loading is a source of contaminant release. Accidents during loading may be another source of contaminant release to the workplace. (ii) Storage . Loading of a product is usually followed by some period of storage. The storage area may be a separate warehouse facility or a section of a retail store. As in the case of loading, the degree to which storage may be a release source depends on the degree of containment or packaging of a product. Unlike loading, storage may be a long-term activity. Release of chemicals into the area may lead to 58 accumulation of atmospheric contaminants over the long term, and storage facilities may not be designed with adequate ventilation for pollutant removal. Storage may also refer to the time a product resides In retail Inventory (or on the shelf). (Ill) Packaging . Packaging may be done at the manufacturing site; this can Involve the packaging of bulk materials for ease of transpor- tatlon or the packaging that accompanies a product through retail trade. Wholesale traders may take bulk shipments of goods and package them In "trade name" wrappings. It Is through this activity that contaminant release may occur In the trade sector. (1v) Shelving . Shelving Involves the transfer of goods from storage to an area accessible to potential buyers. Shelving may be a source of contaminant release through accidental loss of product due to container failure (e.g., breakage of glass jars). (v) Demonstration . Sale of an Item may Involve a demonstration of Its use. For such a demonstration to be effective, It should closely mimic the consumer's use of the product. See Versar (1984c) for methods of estimating releases during consumer use of products. (v1) Sales . "Sales" refers to the transfer of goods from the trade sector to the consumer or commercial user. The activities that are a part of selling vary widely with the product, but In all cases the sale Is consummated In a short period of time. Sales may be a source of contaminant release through accidental loss of product (as In shelving). The activities of wholesale and retail trade may be sources of contaminant release to workplace air In two possible ways: • Accidental loss of product through package failure (loading, shelving, sales). • Lack of packaging or Insufficient containerization of product with resultant atmospheric emissions (loading, storage). Also, direct contact with a product during packaging, contact resulting from package failure (leakage) during loading or demonstration, and other related activities can result In dermal occupational exposure. Estimation of contaminant release rates from package failure requires three data Inputs: 1. Product formulation 2. Volume of product In each discrete package 3. Package failure rate 59 Product formulation data can be obtained from Gosselin (1976), the NIOSH NOHS/NOES survey data bases (see Section 3), Bennett 1933-1981, economic data bases, and patent literature. The volume of a product contained in each package can be determined in two ways. The first, direct observation, is preferred for consumer products; the investigator can simply go to a sales outlet and check product labels. Esoteric products not easily found on retail shelves can be quantified by contacting the producer or specialized merchants. The type of package can be determined in the same manner. Failure rates of packages are not readily available. The wide variety of packages used (e.g., glass jars and bottles, plastic bags, tubes) have different failure rates. However, packaged materials are finished goods, and the economics dictate minimization of the failure rate. Contaminant release rates as a result of package failure can be estimated using the following expression: G = FrxVxFcxN (4-13) or G = FrxmxFcxN (4-14) where G = contaminant release rate due to package failure, grams or cubic centimeters per unit time Fr = fraction of chemical in product formulation, fraction of total product mass or volume V = volume of product in each container, cubic centimeters product per container Fc = failure rate of containers, number of failed containers per unit time N = total number of containers m = mass of product in each container, grams product per container. Expression (4-13) gives an aggregate mass loading or volume of contaminant into workplace air from package failures over a period of time. Site-specific data on standard operating protocols and capacities for conducting these activities are needed to assess contaminant releases from certain finished products on a case-by-case basis. Monitoring the air levels in workplaces during wholesale and retail trade activities is the preferred method for obtaining contaminant source strengths for calculating occupational exposures. 60 (4) Activities and processes of commercial use. The activities of commercial use include most workplace situations outside manufacturing and trade; this sector is dominated by the service industries. Table 4-1 lists the industrial classifications included in this category. The actual activities within each commercial use industry are so diverse that they cannot be listed. Use data for a chemical and its products must be obtained from producers, distributors, and wholesale or retail dealers of the product to generate a comprehensive list of commercial users. The methods for estimating releases from the active use of commercial products presented in Versar (1984c) are applicable to most commercial use situations. However, these and other methods for estimating contaminant releases should address the physical and chemical properties of the product; the purpose of, and activities related to, product use; and product use patterns. Methods need to accommodate these and other relevant data and should be validated to ensure proper use and accurate results. In the absence of complete and valid prediction methods, monitoring data gathered during active use of commercial products provide the only viable means of obtaining contaminant concentrations in air for use in calculating occupational inhalation exposures. 61 Table 4-1. Cotnnercial Use Industries* Agricultural services Building construction - general contractors and operative builders Construction other than building construction - general contractors Construction - special trade contractors Hotels, rooming houses, camps, and other lodging places Personal services Business services Automotive repair, services, and garages Miscellaneous repair services Motion pictures Amusement and recreation services, except motion pictures Health services Educational services Miscellaneous services Justice, public order, and safety ♦These designations refer primarily to the consumer industry. Source: 0MB 1972. 62 5. ENVIRONMENTAL FATE AND EXPOSURE PATHWAYS The single route of exposure significantly affected by environmental fate processes in the occupational setting is that of exposure to airborne contaminants. While direct exposure to raw materials, process streams, or waste streams may be significant, the contaminant concentrations to which workers are exposed in these situations are determined by process parameters and are usually not modified by environmental fate mechanisms. Section 4 provides methods for estimating the rate of contaminant release to the air from sources typical to the workplace. These release rates can be used in conjunction with algorithms describing significant air fate processes to obtain estimates of workplace air contaminant concentrations. Section 5.1 discusses fate processes affecting contaminants in the occupational setting. Means of calculating (estimating) workplace concentrations of such contaminants are presented in Sections 5.2 and 5.3. Procedures are presented for contaminant concentration estimation in two workplace settings: indoor and outdoor. In this context, outdoor workplace settings are considered to be those wherein a worker is exposed to contaminants caught by a building's wind wake. An example would be loading dock workers when the loading dock is located below a rooftop vent releasing contaminants to the outside air. For situations where workers are located outside and away from buildings or other structures that can cause a building wake effect but within reasonable proximity to contaminant release sources, the only reliable method of determining the concentration of chemicals to which exposure occurs is by monitoring. Note that this section does not address estimation of contaminant concentrations offsite in the ambient environment. Such procedures are presented in detail in Volume 2 of this report series (Freed et al. 1983). 5.1 Workplace Air Contaminant Fate Processes For the purposes of this presentation, air fate processes are categorized into two groups below: those physical transport mechanisms that affect the movement of airborne contaminants from the source to the receptor and those physical and chemical mechanisms that remove airborne contaminants from workplace air. 5.1.1 Indoor Transport Processes Two physical for the movement former mechanism while the latter transport mechanisms, convection and diffusion, account of airborne pollutants in an indoor air space. The predominates in rooms with significant air movement, is significant only in static Indoor air environments. 63 Although both of these mechanisms can significantly affect the concentration of airborne pollutants at different locations within a room, theoretical relationships describing these effects and estimating air pollutant concentration differentials at selected spatial and temporal Intervals are not available. Concentrations and exposure are usually estimated through use of room-wide average air concentrations as a function of time. The following discussions of the effects of diffusion and convection are provided for the purpose of permitting a qualitative assessment of concentration profiles within a room. (1) Diffusion . Diffusion describes the movement of gaseous pollutants from areas of high concentration to areas of low concentration; It progresses at a rate dependent on room air temperature and pressure and on pollutant-specific physical and chemical properties (Treybal 1968). When conservative pollutants (I.e., those that do not readily degrade) are released from a finite source, the ultimate result of diffusion Is a homogeneous pollutant concentration throughout the air of a room, where final pollutant concentration Is a function of (1) the mass of pollutant released into the room and (2) room volume. When the source of the pollutant Is in excess, final room air concentration Is a function of (1) partitioning of the pollutant among gaseous and other media or (2) the air saturation concentration of the pollutant. Prior to the establishment of homogeneous conditions, when pollutant releases are constant, or when dealing with nonconservative pollutants, air pollutant concentrations resulting from diffusion usually decrease with distance from the source. (2) Convection . Convective currents transport both gaseous and particulate pollutants. Convection within a room results in air mixing, while convective transport associated with air movement Into or out of a room results In room ventilation. The effect of these processes on room air concentrations are interrelated, as discussed below. The effect of mixing, or convective transport within an Indoor space due to air circulation or turbulence Is to distribute airborne pollutants to those areas within the room which are affected by convective currents. The degree of distribution and concentration of pollutants at selected points Is dependent on (1) directional patterns and velocities of air currents with relation to source locations, (2) aerodynamics of the room, and (3) the room's Internal obstructions to air flow. In ventilated rooms, mixing affects the efficiency of ventilation systems In removing airborne pollutants. Maximum ventilation efficiency occurs under theoretically perfect mixing conditions. In which mixing Is complete and Instantaneous and air pollutant concentrations are always homogeneous throughout the room. Because In practice mixing processes are not Instantaneous and affect some areas of a room less than others. 64 the efficiency of ventilation processes in a given room is reduced by a room-specific mixing factor. This mixing factor is usually determined empirically through tracer gas studies and is a function of room size, activity, and ventilation system configuration (Clement 1981). Typical mixing factors for a 1,000 cubic foot room are presented in Table 5-1. The use of mixing factors in estimating room air pollutant concentrations is described in the following subsection. 5.1.2 Indoor Air Contaminant Removal Mechanisms Mechanisms that effectively remove airborne contaminants from indoor air fall into three categories: convective transport (i.e., ventilation), gravitational settling, and chemical degradation. Of the three, ventilation is usually the predominating mechanism; ventilation removal rates usually limit the room air residence time of airborne pollutants to under 2.5 hours (Versar 1984d), an interval often too brief for significant chemical decay or settling processes to take place. Ventilation is also the only process of these three which is usually accounted for in the calculation of room air pollutant concentrations. The following discussion briefly describes the manner in which each of these removal processes affects room air contaminant concentrations. Basic expressions Illustrating the interrelationship of these processes and contaminant concentrations are also presented. (1) Ventilation . The effect of ventilation on room air contaminant concentrations is a function of ventilation rates, room volume, and mixing within the room. Ventilation is usually expressed in units of exchanges per hour, where one exchange represents the infiltration of a volume of external air equal to the volume of the room. Typical exchange rates range from 0.5 per hour to 4 per hour (Versar 1984d), and suggested exchange rates for occupational settings range as high as 20 per hour (Versar 1984d, from ANSI/ASHRAE recommended commercial ventilation rates). In cases where indoor contaminant releases are instantaneous and external air is free of pollutants, ventilation reduces the concentration of pollutants in room air over time following a pollutant release. Room air pollutant concentration as a function of time can be estimated by the following equation (Versar 1984d, from Porter 1983): C = (P/V) e -m(Q/V)t (5-1) where C P V m Q t room air pollutant concentration at time t (g/m^) mass of pollutant Initially released to room air (grams) room volume (m^) mixing factor ventilation air infiltration rate (m'^/hr) time from pollutant release event (hours) 65 Table 5-1. Mixing Factor (m) Values for 1000 ft^ Room Air supply system Mixing factor Perforated ceiling 0.5 Trunk system with anemostats (central system controlled by pressure differentials) 0.33 Trunk system with diffusers (central system with forced-air blowers) 0.25 Natural draft with ceiling exhaust fans 0.16 Infiltration and natural draft 0.10 Source: Clement 1981. 66 In the case of a constant, steady-state pollutant release from an Internal source and pure a1r ventilation from outside of the room, the room air concentration Is a function of the ratio of the release rate to the ventilation rate, and of time. This function Is represented by the following equation (Versar 1984d, from Porter 1983): C = G/Q - (G/Q) e -m(Q/V)t ( 5 _ 2 ) where G = pollutant release rate (g/hr) and all other nomenclature remains as defined above. The functions described In Equations 5-1 and 5-2 are taken Into account In the methods for calculating room air concentrations presented In Section 5.3. (2) Gravitational settling . The Importance of gravitational settling as a removal mechanism depends upon the size range of particulates released to air and the rate of ventilation In the room. Settling occurs at a velocity related to particle size and becomes significant for all particles of 5 ym or larger (Hanna and Hosker 1980). However, because ventilation usually limits Indoor air contaminant residence time to less than 2.5 hours, only particles with a relatively high settling velocity are removed by this mechanism at a significant rate In the occupational setting. Note that gaseous pollutants can also adsorb to airborne particulates, resulting In their removal from the air phase due to gravitational settling. The rate of removal of gaseous contaminants by this mechanism Is a function of particle quantity and adsorptive surface area per volume of air; particle settling rates; and contaminant-specific adsorption and desorption coefficients. Particle settling velocities are a function not only of particle size, but also of particle shape, density, and orientation to the vertical direction of travel. Figure 5-1 presents settling velocities of spherical particles of 5 ym or larger, assuming particle density of 5 gm/cm. Estimates of settling velocity for particles of density other than 5 gm/cm^ can be made by multiplying the velocity obtained from Figure 5-1 by the ratio: subject particle density -r 5 gm/cm. Settling velocities of nonspherical particles can be obtained by dividing the settling velocity of a particle of equivalent radius obtained from Figure 5-1 by the dynamical shape factor presented In Table 5-2. The radius equivalent of a nonspherical particle Is obtained from the equation: radius equivalent = [3 x (subject particle volume)/4n]^/® (5-3) Settling velocities for fibers are presented In Figure 5-2. In practice, gravitational settling Is usually moderated to some extent by turbulent or rising convective currents created by room 67 GRAVITATIONAL SETTLING SPEED V„ (cm/s) 10° 2 5 10’ 2 5 10^ 2 5 10^ RADIUS (/Ltni) Figure 5.1. Gravitational settling speeds for particles with density 5 gm/cm^ near the earth's surface (from Engelman 1968, as presented by Hanna and Hosker 1980) 68 SETTLING VELOCITY, cm/iac. FIBER LENGTH, Mm Figure 5-2. Theoretical Settling Velocities of Fibers Source: Sawyer and Spooner (1978). 69 Table 5-2. Dynamical Shape Factor a (Ratio of Terminal Velocity of Equivalent Sphere to That of Particle) Shape^ Ratio of axes a Ellipsoid 4 1.28 Cylinder 1 1.06 Cylinder 2 1.14 Cylinder 3 1.24 Cylinder 4 1.32 Two spheres touching 2 1.10 Two spheres touching 2 1.17 Three spheres touching, as triangle - 1.20 Three spheres touching, in line 3 1.34 Three spheres touching, in line 3 1.40 Four spheres touching, in line 4 1.58 Four spheres touching, in line 4 1.56 ^ In all cases, long axis is assumed to be oriented horizontally. Source: Hanna and Hosker (1980), from Chamberlain (1975). 70 activity or ventilation. Such convective currents can counteract gravitational settling, and reverse deposition to dry surfaces through resuspension. The effect of resuspension on room air concentration has been widely studied (USEPA 1983), Table 5-3 presents the ratio of room air concentration (gm/m^) to surface concentration (gm/m^), due to resuspension from various workplace activities. (Data in this table were compiled by Sehmel (1980) from the various sources indicated.) As the data in this table indicate, resuspension of deposited particulate contaminants must be considered an additional source of airborne pollutants in the occupational settling. Concentrations of particulate pollutants in room air indicated in Table 5-3 apparently represent those resulting from the net particle movement due to the processes of settling and resuspension. (3) Chemical degradation . Chemical degradation is of importance in the occupational setting only for those contaminants known to be relatively reactive. Again, because the room air residence time interval between pollutant release and removal via ventilation is usually limited, (e.g., usually less than 2.5 hours (Versar 1984d)), only those chemical reactions that occur rapidly can be expected to affect room air concentrations. The most important reactions of organic compounds in the atmosphere are with the hydroxyl radical and with ozone (Hendry and Kenly 1979). A third process that has been shown to be important in the indoor setting is that of rapid degeneration of reactive pollutants on contact with typical indoor surfaces and materials, (Sutton, Nodolf, and Maklno 1976, Meyer 1983, as reviewed by Versar 1984d). Unfortunately, only limited data are available regarding the rates of these reactions in indoor air. Rates for ozonation and reaction with the hydroxyl radical in the atmosphere are available for many compounds from several sources; their application to the indoor setting is uncertain because of the differences in air flow, temperature, humidity, availability of ozone or OH, and availability of sunlight, between the indoor and outdoor air environments. Estimated values or methods for estimating contaminant atmospheric half-lives based on chemical reaction rates are presented by Hendry and Kenly (1979), Lyman Reehl and Rosenblatt (1982); and Versar (1980). 5.1.3 Outdoor Airborne Contaminant Fate Processes Those fate processes that are significant in transporting or removing air contaminants in the indoor occupational setting (as outlined in the foregoing subsections) are also the mechanisms most significant in the outdoor occupational environment. Again, convective removal is usually the predominant mechanism limiting residence time of pollutants in 71 Table 5-3. Resuspension Factors for Various Room Activities Activity Resuspension Reference factor (as cited by (g/tn) Sehmel 1980) Vigorous sweeping 1x10 - 3x10 Mitchell and Fustier (1967) Walking, 36 steps/min -6 -5 Jones and Pond (1967) 5x10 - 5x10 -4 -2 Calc, from Brunshill (1967) Walking 1x10 - 1x10 -3 -3 Carter (1970) Machining 1x10 - 7x10 Fan in operation -5 -4 Stewart (1967) 3x10 - 2x10 -6 -5 Jones and Pond (1967) Walking, 14 steps/min 1x10 - 1x10 No movement —0 2x10 Jones and Pond (1967) Source: Sehmel (1980). 72 outdoor workplace a1r; removal via gravitational settling or chemical degradation can be considered significant only for contaminants with high particle density or those that are highly reactive In the atmosphere. Diffusion Is not usually a significant transport mechanism In the outdoor air environment because of the Infrequency and short duration of static air conditions. The manner In which convective currents affect air contaminant movement within and removal from the outdoor workplace Is described In detail In Section 5.3. 5.2 Estimating Air Concentrations In the Indoor Occupational Setting Chemical releases to Indoor workplace air may contribute to occupational Inhalation exposure by Increasing gaseous contaminant air levels and by Introducing respirable particulates Into the air. The contaminant air concentrations resulting from Industrial, trade, and consumer use releases must be estimated when personal or workplace monitoring data are not available. This section (see Table 5-4) presents theoretical algorithms from Berman (1982) that can be used to predict contaminant concentrations In Indoor occupational settings. These concentration algorithms complement the algorithms presented In Section 4 for estimating release rates associated with Industrial worker activities. For all Industrial worker activities associated with significant contaminant releases to air (other than those for which saturation levels of contaminants In air are attained), the predicted contaminant concentrations In workplace air associated with the activity are directly proportional to the contaminant release rates estimated to occur during the activity. The concentration algorithms In Table 5-4 are valid for use only within a simplified estimation framework that has the following features: 1. An Indoor occupational setting Includes hangars or shelters that are relatively Isolated from conditions of the outdoor climate. See Section 5.3 for predicting contaminant concentrations for releases to outdoor occupational settings. See Volume 2 of this series (Freed et al. 1983) for predicting contaminant concentrations for releases to ambient air. 2. Contaminant concentrations are predicted as average room-wide air concentrations rather than concentrations In the Immediate vicinity of the release source. Actual contaminant air concentrations near the release source, which the worker performing the activity or residing In the vicinity of release may Inhale, can only be quantified from personal monitoring. 3. Of the three mechanisms for removing airborne contaminants from Indoor air (ventilation, chemical degradation, and gravitational settling), ventilation Is the only process that Is accounted for In calculating room air contaminant concentrations (see Section 5.1). 73 Industrial activity Expression for estimating Comnents contaminant air concentration (/> Of ■o OJ 4-> Of c C Of O) u A3 u Of 4-» 3 (A 1- 4-> AJ « O. Q. o> >» • c E 3 Of c c r— LA o O U u O 4-» Of Of u c 3 i/i u- 4^ 3 (A 3 Of -o o S- (A •o 3 o m O) Of LA s. CL c S. ■3 Of a. u Ol Of u U X Of X 4-» S4~ a; c •o Of A3 LA u c U 4-> 3 O) o o A3 C7f Of C O c 4-> C c g U L. Of LA iA Q) (A lA 3) 3 3 AJ •o 3 > •o i. 3 0) L. Of a O' Of O "O o o U Of LA L. Q) (A u A3 3 A 3 > Of 2 o Q A3 O tA C tA r— 4-> 4-> A3 0) > 2 Of h- O 4-> o (A Of o A5 X) O) ■3 A3 c Of Of • <4- c • p— 4-> T3 o *0) 0) u A3 Of 11 Of t. 01 o u 4- 4-> C7) 4-> O A3 c o • £ L. • f— u 4-> c tA pl*l» u 4-> 3 3) o g (A csj A3 4-> U OJ c E 03 GO Of 2 A3 3 • 2 LA O. t- (A “D lA u o CO <0 Of C O CO Of Of 4-> o u- 1 4-> • p~ c A3 o c E 4-> C3 O 4^ o <9 s 4^ OJ u L. Of t- o *IA 4^ Of 4-> o TD (9 (A c CO S g U 0) • Of E pl^ <9 S- A3 u g r“ 3 L4- 1 Q. 4^ c 8 *4-> 1 LA X o t. lA LA O LU UJ T3 u U-. LU A3 4-» g 4^ 4^ LA u A3 >> Of p— 0 LA u A3 4^ 3) 3) Of 4-> C Of •p» 4-> U C c •p* 4-> <9 Of 0 ^9 LA A3 2 4-> C 3 4-> LA iS LA LA Of C 3) E LA £ c 0 C c Of 8 • >» i. 4»> O t. 4-> LA -0 5 4-> 1. C CL c 4-» A3 A3 3 A3 LA X 0 c Of s. U • 3 C LA Of u Of 4-J 44 E Of c LA c 8 U £ 1. c Of Q C Of 4-» 3 Ol 0 JO 0 u LA 0 4-> X 4-> c 4-» c >> P C Of 4-> 0 0 LA 0 0 A3 L4- (J A3 2 0 P 3) &. 0 3 4-> C 4-> LA LA u s. Of 0 c Of LA Of X c A3 LA Of u Of 4-> A3 A3 3 3 u 3 u ^9 E LA 3 c 4-> 0 C 4-» T Of 0 r9 u 0 C id LA O 0 C Q. A3 3 P 1. 4J C Of QC 3 c Of 3> LA 2 Of O 4-» C c LA LA A3 • r“ 4-> •p“ * A3 • 4-» c C 4-> 4-> Of P 4-> Of • LA Of Of c c 4-> c LA 0 & Of 0 A3 P A3 >» *u > u 4-> t. g Of 11 -0 LA Q. A3 L4- L4- c 4J •p* Of E Of 44 V4- 0 >» C 3 U 4^ 3 <9 3 Of LA 2 0 3) LA A3 C P LA C u C 4-» Of u 3 0 3 4-> E LA A3 c Of 3) X 3 LA 8 LA Of 4-> C LA 4-> P • Of ^9 E Of A3 c P S- s X U 0 0 o ir> 4-> *U &. C p S. <4. 1 0 E g LA CL AJ* u LA 8 4> 4-> o 0 LA 3 8. c Of c L4- L4* A3 Of A3 LA A3 0 Of S- C 0 P 4-> 0 4-> Of LA u •p» 3) c LA E 4> U- C E 3 A3 C •p- 0 Of 2 4-> C C £ ' 4 J 1 0 c A3 3) LA LA U Of c 0 •p“ A3 LU A3 U "■5 • P" u 4-> L/) 2 o ra 3 4-> ro 3 74 enters solution or suspension as water is added to the open compartment. Contaminant releases occur during purging and opening of process equipment prior to washing. Industrial activity Expression for estimating Comments contaminant air concentration o 02 -o 01 4-> c Ql “O O) 03 4-> A3 Q 4-> u 01 c C c A3 c 4-> £ (A <4- A3 A3 01 X3 • r* 4-> o c 4-> o t- N !o Ql 4-» 4-> U 4-> E 4-> lA C- QJ C Ql A3 1— A3 4^ fO A3 Tq F-* O \A 4^ E (A >% c C A3 3 £ Ql 3 • >> A3 iA c & 4-> Ql o tA ■M 3 4-» 4-> tA o ■o c 03 01 rO C O) L. • tA *U tA Ql •k tA tA Ql A3 u C t. c 3 3 C Ql A3 O •F- L. L. ■o o> ■o II Ql Ql • F* o. •r“ or tA o • r* tA A3 01 tA JC Ql Qj C C Ql 4-> 4-> c X C S (A •1“ i. A3 U tA c > E A3 4-» C E tA X Ql c Ql < 4-> Q Ql S. A3 C o Ql 3 U 4^ c O C Ql o 4-> (/) iQ a U Ql #0 O CA 2 tA 3 o O) •»- Ql o O c c (A &. A3 o> 4-> lA C •!-> Q tA T3 t- >» C 4^ lA c jC iA o o Ql » tA > fS tA Ql tA .F. » E tA tA tA 1. O tA tA U Ql o O o 4^ Ql Ql A3 01 3 4-> tA tA O "a Ql 3 4^ V4» U Ql 1. c o r*" C Ql U C • .F- 01 o Ql i. C • 4-> ql U Q. 02 o 4-> C A3 A3 o a. -o 0 ) c i. > O. T? Ql C •o tA X 4-» E c 3 X o u o 3 4-> Q X Ql U o u Ql 4> 0^ c t4- s. •«“ Ql tA -o tA U Ql ■»■» c •f- tA c E 01 4-> C o 4-> c Ql o (A tA C tA S o A3 A3 Ol S fi 4> c- A3 92 O) O o 3 C A3 Ql Ql tA 01 g O) E u A3 t4- 01 c t. 03 E Cl A3 g c c a> O' Ql 4-> Ql &. o c •1" U E c Lb 4^ Cl g o Ql c S u S. 3 o i. o. S- 4-» ■<-> 01 E 4-> 4-> 4-> Ql c o o i/> o S- • F“ o fO a X t«. tA t/1 .f- L. a> o tA tA •»- & 3 tA u 3 3 (A (A Ql c C E 01 3 (V E o Ql C 4-> c 3 Ql E O o tA Ql 4.^ C (A o A3 O cn •F“ C •F- Cl A3 9! QJ xz n) Ql 4-> tA t. tA c Ql c ’•— lA C o Ql Ql c »— tA o 0i O c *z U o A3 Ql t4- • r^ U o 3 <0 o 3 O o A3 Ql tA 1. o O) 4-> Ql tA 4-> L. .— t- E Cl •o &. tA 3 c Ql s. c U o s. 4-> 3 4-> VI t4- •r— 3 -ti J 4-> O A3 o 4^ c a. -o Ql. o 3 o >0 Q. O o tA O A3 Q. 4-> Ql tA (/) Ql Ql tA S. O tA tA f- Q. Cl Ql tA S- O. £ 4-> > V4- 3 4^ ■o A3 C Ql -•-» 3 4-> £i 1. tA S- 4-> 3 4-> c Ql c Q> • (/) o ■o A3 > &. Ql C • »“ Cl Ql Ql C •r“ o Ql iA o *5 Ql C 3 tA tA 0) > (A O) o o x: 3 C A3 o <— •— •!-> A3 x: A3 Cl F- tA 4J Q tl •o c S 4-> o Ql c ^ -o •- o 01 4-> Ql C ^ “O tA c u <0 o tA *4-> •o •r» r— o m Ql 3 O A3 Ql Ql A3 g a; E Ql 4-> ’c 3 Q. 4-> 01 4-> Ql o c (It Ql c 01 U C 4-> S. C o s. 4-> Ql E c 4-> A3 U o A3 >» ? 1. • i. O A3 o. Cl Ql 1A *5 o. 4^ 4-> 5 Ql -o 02 U • OJ l/> — O r“ Ql tA • »“ X E lA C u o C tA > Ql E 4-> C U Cl ^ 4-> lA 3 £ ^ A3 U Ql tA u 3 o •o c 02 tA 4-> c o u 1- aj o ^ — c 4-» E u H- Ql O 4-> tA • c Ql u. E A3 A3 v> Ql A3 (- tA •- o A3 C A3 S- tA c c Ql 4-> OJ 4^ o (A Q. lA tA O 4-> Ql tA r- U- O Ql c 01 tA o o O c • Ql lO 01 O I— tA o t4- 1 Ql o — c g Ql Vi¬ 1 •*“ 01 S. 1- (A C 4-> A3 4-> O tA c o O L. tA 4-> 4-> t4- 3 C3 o (A c Ql 4-> a c to 4-> >C o A3 co w c A3 c o O’ 4- c Ql • o A3 E tA o Ql ns Cl tA O 01 01 C- Ql Ql s_ B > 4-> A3 S. • |F» Ql $_ ••- r— t- •— Ql 03 01 t* o o 03 o Ql Q Ql 4^ 4^ O (/> Ql u r-» C 4-> O tA 01 c c tA C (A o *3 * 3 A3 4-> C 4-> AJ «/t S. c to 22 tA o Ql tA e 3 A3 (A tA •o Ql u E Cl Cl E • 1^ 4-> c E /-N Ql u c Ql o Ql Ql Ql •i» E c O Ql ^ J- E u >3 4-> A3 A3 • F* ^ C. g 3 A3 Cl 1 u Ql Ql lA tA o c a. 4-» 4-> 1 Q. o C Cl ^— Ql 4-> 1 Cl o 01 4-> Ql O (/) o Ql < u. JZ A3 F— s. UJ L. -4-> O i. 4-> o 3 3 UJ t4- U l/l • F» > c •#“ • P“ C c c o. u c Ql tA E A3 Ql A3 01 ro > C m Ql > U 4^ 01 01 f— O u X o !✓> u 4-> Cl £ t/3 tA UJ u 75 Industrial activity Expression for estimating Comnents contaminant air concentration «4-. d tn o 4-> v»- Vi O O) iA o; a> c ■o c • 1“ u O OJ 3 •p» U OJ t. c VI 4-> 5 c o 3 o v> rO Vi JO c ■D C O O 1. Vi c •p» JO 4-> O i- 3 fO OJ c t. <0 •— Q. Q) 4-» 4-» 4-> OJ 3 c L. U Vi c c 4-> o o o> rtJ *— 3 V) JO c M • P— c U C 1- try V^ IS u o Vi 0 ) o V) OJ 4-> E • p» IS Vi Vi £ u C 4-> 0 ^ d 4- E >> OJ 3 c 01 u L. h- p— t. o u ^ O. 4- JO c OJ E Q. -a 0 ) u c Q. • r» c O) d X OJ 4-» O t. • &. • p“ Vi OJ 4-> !S c O 0) a C **-> OJ Vi OJ IS E o o 4-> C7i u O) E C •4-> ‘TJ ♦ 1“ E X c s. c 4-> O > V) OJ *r“ 3 4-» (/> fO •»- c V) L. o Vi Vi 0 ) (. •«-» 0) OJ OJ d o 3 Vi 3 OJ 3 •o 01 4-> u 2 3 d • p* OJ OJ C JD <0 3 d X 2 >> c > u o V) 4-> c OJ d OJ L. O fQ O OJ 3 “D OJ 4-> 3 4'^ 0 ) V> x: v» OJ o o JO £ 4-> •p* OJ 4-> u cn Vi u •o 4-> 0 ) ^ d JO d 3 4-» 0 ; ^ t- v> 4-> d U- OJ c Q) 4-> H- -•-> <0 u -M Vi OJ c • o V) Vi u o o c 3 p— JO OJ OJ u- OJ o c ■o .r- o cr OJ S- u u E o It (. • Vi JO JO Vi OJ t/i u OJ OJ d d «5 o> u- Q Vi Vi Vi Vi o h- -2 V) OJ s JO f—• JO • JO ■o V) t. «k V) d OJ c JO OJ Vi OJ rO 0 ) v> OJ OJ OJ • OJ D. O 3 Vi OJ c Vi OJ s. P—N (/» d <«-> OJ d c •r* L. Q d o tn 3 > 4-> o Q 4-> «4- 1 U V» o C JO > 4-> 0 ) "O d • «k v> o c Q d • C5 o; •P- ^ c 01 JO JO u c 4-> VI d o u t. .4-* c o u OJ u 0 > ro O. V) c JO • P- Vi ■o JO •M o 01 V) C V) ^TJ c p— g Vi 4-> (S 3 O 0) CJ> 0 ) OJ 2 JO OJ p—> 01 V> S- v> u 4-> 4-> u 3 (. Vi • P» s. u ro S- OJ d c c c o Vi OJ OJ 1 0 ; Oj o d 3 o OJ o L. Vi & d Vi < L. O V) u > o d JO 4-> LU t. Vi o Vi Vi OJ ■o L. JO Vi u * u OJ o 2 OJ 1. t. o 4-> d d OJ OJ JO *1- 4-J H- 4-> > 4-> d c OJ c o Vi OJ • P- 4-» o V) 5 E c • • t. OJ o Q V4- o m p— 4-> c o 4-» OJ JO o 5 OJ cr> c 4. Vi 1. Vi L. d c o o Vi 4-> 4-> d • 4^ s u OJ c JO JO Vi • c JO > OJ t. 4-> i. < JO % OJ o u o OJ o OJ t. OJ c Cl o 4-> Vi u JO d o d O) JO 1. 4-» o JO 4-> u c OJ OJ u c : OJ Vi Vi • P“ i4- 1. 4-» Qj u c 4-> Vi c JO w u JO »0 d OJ O) d w <4- • E 4^ u c OJ 3 o u c z u o u 1 .. u c o 3 o p— d JO O) JO JO OJ 3 Vi c 4-> u c i4- d OJ OJ 4^ u •P* JO o JO u d s : Vi OJ JO JO OJ 2 d 3 u JO VO Oi 3 d 4^ d > Vi u Vi o c c JO 4-» 4^ d "O OJ v«- o u 4-» JO 3 OJ OJ c o OJ Vi • d • c 4-» o 4^ d OJ JO c JO • OJ OJ JO c f— > 4-> 1- OJ o u OJ > JO Vi 3 1 . • pv u • d *u c u-. OJ OJ 4>> 4^ Vi • u •o JO o OJ o 4-> u OJ JO P“ Q C Vi 4-» p«> 3 Si d 1 . “O 5 3 o Vi c O) d 4-> 4-> 4-> c II d Q Vi JO c d JO c JO OJ JO *0 JO 4-> ^4- OJ i4- Vi ■o OJ Vi Vi OJ o (J O) Vi c c u OJ JO o d d c c * OJ JO o Vi 4-» OJ Vi 3 4-> c o o > JO JO JO s. Vi o u Vi p^ 4-4 OJ d d JO i4- • 1* OJ #— OJ JO Vi 4-> «k o 4-> p^ > JO d OJ u *oj Vi 4-> <3 IS c o 4^ Vi 3 s. Vi OJ JO E o d OJ Vi 4^ c 1- O) OJ Vi s. c OJ JO o E jS x> c u 4^ 4-> OJ > Vi 8 3 3 c JO Vi JO r— d Vi (. Vi S’ JO 4^ OJ &. JO JO OJ 4^ Vi Vi IS OJ 3 c • * OJ d JO OJ JO t. * E o c 4-> u s u 4-» d t. O) 4^ JO JO JO OJ 4-» JO 4-» d c c Vi c 4-> i4- Vi 4-> c X o Oi Vi u Vi c 9^ OJ o "O OJ 4-> •r* c s OJ 3 H-1 E o 4-> •p* d Vi 4-> s d JO Vi Vi 3 JO c c Vi • 1* ^4- 3 Vi 3 OJ 3 OJ OJ E u 3 u p— Vi *d OJ O' & CJ d d d o z 3 JO Vi 4-> t- OJ OJ 2 4^ J— p— i4- Vi 2 JO p^ o oc: d v-p II u ■D c JO 0)0)*— Oi C C JO c •*- c p- d t- c OJ JO OJ JO > S- 4.> OJ O u c d Vi l-i u O O. a Vi s. VI OJ Vi P-* OJ d Oi JO u 4-4 c c u o u <0 c OJ ■o OJ 4-> JO c d X • p> JO o UJ > o Vi OJ L. O) Vi 3 c Vi Vi OJ o L. u OJ o *u 4-4 c c LU d OJ o u c c 0) 4-> c £ 75 Industrial activity Expression for estimating Comments contaminant air concentration 01 t- <0 in o (/) >» <0 0) T3 > C C o 0) -O O u 4-> o tr> I ^ ^ c ^ o o tA L. ' t/» O w' m S- S- 01 0) i/i ni o 'oJ a, a> L. fO X c c Of N 02 Of fd O -M E c o C 1— c S- S- o £ i/) 4-> c <«-> iA fd o; c • fd c a. -p 4-> u o £ s. r*“ O A3 c Ol u <9 a o 4-> u o X > t/f 3 u o Of c O. c u o > c Of c Of 4- a> u Q S- u o c ■o u CL c Of 4- X 4- o Of Of Of O o u 3 (/» 0) 3 fd c Of A3 o Of 3 C &. Of fd (/) f— 3 L. iA ’of 3 "Id • Of O L. > o •p iA 4-> c 4- ■O A3 c o O 4-> Of o II 4-> 0) ro c iA iA c *iA 4-> > 0) E Of Oj iA U Of •O lA m S- g E iA Of iA A3 >» 0) 4-> CL w fd Q. 3 Of r— t- c X o 4-> iA -P A3 o Of ^d c Of 1 iA C u O jQ Of • C A3 u S- Q. u 4-> O ro l4- o IA iO C “O O o iA iA c * ■o 4-> 3 Of A3 s. c E JZ O m o >> 4> *P C7> 1 •r“ sn c •ii— • C o c 2 S- CJ ■a 02 • o •— N Of -4^ c 4- Q. Of u 3 E 4-> o u c 4-> f8 (S o •1“ rd O C iA -♦-> L. f_ 3 nj <«-> 'q. O E 1 C C iA “O u O O 1/1 O O o c Of O L. LU > u u "O ^d t/3 A3 4- o m o or Sm,^ E II a (/> >» "lo c 'O TJ c O) 77 Legend for Table 5-4 C Average steady state concentration of contaminant In workplace air, parts per million (ppm). G Constant steady state release rate of contaminant to air, grams per second (g/sec). XG Sunwnatlon of contaminant release rate G over all sources of a specific type (e.g., drumming operations) present In the workplace, grams per second (g/sec). Q Ventilation rate In the workplace, cubic feet per minute (ft^/mln). m A mixing factor that quantifies the effectiveness of ventilation air In removing airborne contaminants from the workplace, dimensionless. MW Molecular mass of contaminant, grams per gram-mole (g/gmole). P® Vapor pressure of the pure contaminant, atmospheres (atm). T Absolute temperature, degrees Kelvin (K). R Universal gas constant, 82.05 ( cubic cent1meters)(atmospheres) (gram-mole) (degrees Kelvin) f* A saturation factor that quantifies the extent to which the saturation concentration of the contaminant In workplace air Is attained, dimensionless. * Berman (1982) presented the saturation factor f to quantify the extent to which saturation Is attained for contaminant releases to workplace air during drumming of liquids; however. It can be used to quantify the degree of saturation attained for contaminant releases to air from any source or during any activity. If f Is equal to 1, then the partial pressure of airborne contaminant vapor Is equivalent to the vapor pressure of the pure contaminant liquid at the temperature of the operation or activity; the workplace air Is then saturated with contaminant vapor. 78 4. Predicted contaminant concentrations In room air are steady state concentrations. The steady state concentration of a contaminant In Indoor air Is that concentration at which the rates of contaminant removal by ventilation and contaminant release by the source equilibrate and remain constant. The contaminant concentration Is directly proportional to release rate and Inversely proportional to ventilation rate; when the rates of contaminant generation and removal equilibrate, then the contaminant air concentration remains constant at an average steady state value. Nonsteady state conditions are those In which the rate of contaminant generation or removal varies with time (e.g., a brief, Intermittent contaminant release that Introduces a finite mass of contaminant Into the air). Theoretical expressions for predicting concentrations at selected spatial and temporal Intervals have not been developed. For nonsteady state cases, the steady state models were modified by Berman (1982) to Incorporate a diminished mixing factor m (which measures the effectiveness of ventilation air In removing airborne contamination). The m factor Is assumed to be Its minimum value of 0.1, which corresponds to poor mixing and thus higher contaminant air concentrations than those estimated for steady state conditions. For situations In which a worker performs an activity Inside of a process enclosure, the source of contaminant release Is assumed to be In excess, and saturation concentration Is assumed to be attained. 5. To compute predicted values of contaminant air concentrations, values of Input parameters should be determined on a case-by-case basis using site-specific data. Required Input data Include physical and chemical properties of the contaminant; characteristics of the process equipment, operation, and activity; and characteristics of ventilation In the area where the operation or activity Is performed, Berman (1982) presents ranges, typical, and worst-case values of Input parameters which can be used to determine screening values of contaminant release rates and resulting air concentrations. 6. Accurate estimates of air concentrations must account for the relationship between the time when the release occurs and the worker's exposure period. For example. If It Is assumed that a worker conducts an activity In which a contaminant Is released at a constant rate Into workplace air for a fixed duration, then the average contaminant concentration that may be Inhaled by the worker can be determined only If the duration that the worker remains In the release area Is known. This average concentration 79 does not necessarily correspond with the steady state contaminant concentration. The average contaminant concentration that a worker may Inhale will be greater If the worker remains In the release area for only one hour following release as opposed to eight hours following release, since ventilation dilution effects become more predominant In the latter case. Time-weighted average (TWA) concentrations may have to be computed to obtain accurate estimates. Just as when estimating contaminant release rates, the user should follow an additional step before estimating the source strength to which a person In an occupational setting Is exposed. This step Involves Integrating predicted contaminant air concentrations with site-specific data on the nature of release and worker procedures. 5.3 Estimating Air Concentrations In the Outdoor Occupational Setting Dispersion modeling Is commonly used to estimate concentrations of air pollutants In the ambient air. Typically a Gaussian model Is used to represent transport and dispersion of emissions as a function of release specifications (e.g., stack height, exhaust temperature, stack diameter, or flow rate) and meteorological conditions such as wind speed, wind direction, atmospheric stability and mixing height. Most Gaussian modeling Is applied to receptors In the range of 200 m to 50 km. Modeling Is generally used to estimate concentrations off the property boundary of a source; for those applications, exposures to the general public are evaluated. However, workers at the source can be exposed to concentrations substantially higher than those offsite. As mentioned above, Gaussian modeling Is not generally considered to be appropriate within 200 m of a source because of the statistical assumptions Inherent In this approach regarding the distribution of concentration within a plume. Occupational exposures are usually best characterized by monitoring, because of the uncertainty In predicting concentrations In the short range. Whenever workers may be exposed to high risk associated with air pollutants. It Is recommended that a monitoring plan be developed to characterize these exposures. However, for any given situation. It may be difficult to know whether monitoring Is needed. Whether personal sampling or workplace monitoring Is performed, the cost of these programs can be high. The following approach provides conservative screening-level estimates of long-term occupational exposures to on-site (outdoor) workplace air pollutants. There are numerous reasons why It Is not possible to accurately estimate concentrations In the short range (defined for the purpose of this task to be 0 to 200 m from a source). Highly variable 80 concentrations can be encountered from complex flows around obstructions, and plume dimensions are relatively small In relation to turbulent eddies that disperse the pollutants. The problem Is much too complicated to expect predictions that are within a factor of 2 to 3. as would typically be the case for long-term averages further downwind of a source, e.g., 500 to 2000 m. This approach yields conservative assumptions (I.e., overestimates of expected Impacts) because of these uncertainties. In this manner, one should be able to estimate long-term concentrations with reasonable confidence that the values will not exceed actual long-term average concentrations. If these estimates suggest unacceptable risk, personal monitoring would be the logical follow-up option to complete the analysis. There are basically three types of releases that could be expected In occupational settings: stack releases, vent releases, and groundlevel releases associated with waste piles, disposal, etc. Estimates are provided for releases from the last two categories, I.e. vent and ground level releases. Stack releases are not considered because maximum Impacts from elevated releases generally occur off the property boundary and are thus best considered as an ambient exposure problem. These emissions should be evaluated by standard modeling practices. For stack releases, we are referring to release points that are not expected to be entrained In building wakes for any routine meteorological conditions. For example, stack heights of 2 1/2 times the height of nearby obstructions would typically be considered elevated releases under all conditions. If there Is any question regarding elevated release versus entrained release. It Is recommended that the vent release equation (see Section 5.3.2) be used to characterize ambient exposures at the workplace. 5.3.1 Ground Level Releases It Is difficult to characterize the horizontal and vertical growth of a plume within the first 200 m from a source. However, the most feasible approach Is to make conservative, simplifying assumptions, and for screening estimates, the following Is assumed: 1. Annual average estimates are made. 2. An average wind speed of 2 m/sec Is assumed to conservatively represent annual average wind speed. 3. It Is assumed that wind direction flow Is uniform around the compass. However, In order to develop conservative estimation, frequency of flow towards the affected receptor Is assumed to be 20 percent. 4. It Is assumed that all releases can be represented by a sector average approach, I.e., the horizontal distribution of concentration along each arc Is uniform within each sector. 81 5. The vertical dimension of the plume is conservatively bounded at 2 m for all receptors from 0 to 200 m. In addition, it is assumed that uniform concentrations exist along the vertical plane for each downwind distance evaluated. 6. Concentrations displayed below are normalized to a release of 1 gm/sec, i.e., indicated values, when multiplied by actual emission rates in gm/sec, will yield estimates of actual ambient concentrations. 7. It is assumed that all emissions occur from one point. The equation for this model is as follows: C = (1.0 X 10^ uq/qm) (0.20) (5-4) (sin 22.5“) (R) (H) (u) where C = concentration (ug/m^) normalized to an emission rate of 1 gm/sec H = height into which plume is uniformly mixed (m) R = downwind distance from source (m) u = annual average wind speed (m/sec) = 2 m/sec. Estimated normalized concentrations are as follows: Predicted Annual Average Concen- Downwind Distance From tration Normalized to Release of Source (m) _ _ 1 gm/sec (ug/m^) _ 10 13,066 20 6,532 30 4,355 40 3,266 50 2,614 60 2,178 70 1 ,866 80 1 ,634 90 1 ,451 100 1 ,306 As stated above, these estimated normalized annual average concentrations with distance from the release source can be multiplied by the actual emission rate to estimate the outdoor workplace air concentrations resulting from the release. These estimates are considered conservative mainly because of the assumption that the vertical extent of the plume is limited to 2 m. It is implied in this 82 assumption that once the plume reaches the breathing level (i.e., 2 m), further growth is zero. It is necessary to be this conservative because of the great uncertainty in accurately characterizing this term. The annual average wind speed of 2 m/sec and a frequency factor of 20 percent flow towards affected receptors are also considered to be conservative assumptions. 5.3.2 Vent Releases For releases from rooftop vents or low-level stacks located adjacent to or on buildings, building downwash of the pollutants is an important factor for two main reasons. First, effluents are rapidly brought to ground level rather than being directly transported offsite; this can produce localized maximum concentrations. Second, the vigorous turbulent mixing in the lee of the building can produce substantial initial dispersion to reduce concentrations. The cavity zone in the lee of an obstruction can extend 2 to 3 building heights downwind (Hanna, Briggs, and Hosker 1982). The turbulent wake of a building, on the other hand, can be distinguished 5 to 20 building heights downwind (Slade 1968). Therefore, there are three zones to evaluate when considering impacts, i.e., cavity zone, wake zone, and the zone outside the wake zone for which routine modeling procedures are generally applied. For the purposes of occupational exposure screening, only estimates for the cavity zone will be made. This limitation is made to simplify the analysis, and because maximum impacts would be expected in this zone. Although gradients in concentration have been observed adjacent to release points in a cavity zone (Slade 1968), for all practical purposes, it is reasonable to assume that effluents are rapidly and thorougly mixed within the cavity zone. If this assumption is made, the following equation can be used to estimate concentrations within the cavity zone (derived from Hanna 1982): C (1.0 X 10^) (freq) A u (5-5) where C = concentration (ug/m^) normalized to a release rate of 1 gm/sec Kq = dimensionless concentration coefficient A = cross-sectional area of the building (m^) u = average wind speed at rooftop (m/sec) freq = frequency of flow towards affected receptor. 83 For conservative estimates, it was assumed that u = 3 m/sec and the frequency of flow toward the quadrant being evaluated is 75 percent (i.e., 0.75). The coefficient has been reported to range from 0.2 to 2.0. The conservative extreme of 2.0 was used for these calculations. The following estimates were made based on this model: Building Area (m^) Predicted Concentration Normalized to Release of 1 qram/sec (uq/m^) 100 300 500 750 1000 1500 3000 5000 5000 1667 1000 667 500 333 167 100 The above estimates are assumed to apply within the cavity zone and to apply out to a distance of 2 x A. It is stressed that the estimates provided in this section are rough, screening-level estimates. Actual annual average concentrations would be expected to be lower for most sites. However, depending on site specifics, it is possible that actual concentrations could be higher than these predictions. Some typical onsite factors that can affect the initial dilution of the plumes released from the ground level sources are: • Physical dimensions of the area or line source. • Surface roughness and mixing due to the wind flow being obstructed by storage piles, resulting in greater dilution of the plume. • Thermal convection due to heat releases or losses from the facility, also aiding in the diffusion. • The alignment of the sources in relationship to the wind, such that the total concentration is enhanced. Therefore, judgment should be used when the results are interpreted on a case-by-case basis. 84 6 . EXPOSED POPULATIONS ANALYSIS Studies of populations exposed In the occupational environment comprise the following elements: • Identification of exposed populations • Enumeration of detailed subpopulatlons • Characterizing populations with respect to physiologic-dependant parameters • Determining the frequency and duration of a population's exposure Exposed population Identification Involves the categorical determination of worker populations potentially exposed In a given workplace situation. Once broadly defined In the population Identification step. Individuals In discrete exposed subpopulatlons are quantified (counted) In the population enumeration analysis. In practice, population Identification and enumeration, both of which are addressed In Section 6.1, are often carried out concurrently, with the same data sources providing requisite Input for both analyses. Characterization of exposed populations, briefly discussed In Section 6.2, follows the Identification and enumeration steps. It Involves the evaluation of worker age and sex factors which Influence various physiologic-related parameters, such as Inhalation rate and skin surface area, and which are necessary to calculate the degree of exposure experienced per exposure event. Exposed populations analysis concludes with determination of factors that define the duration of exposure events and event frequency. This Is discussed In Section 6.3. 6.1 Identification and Enumeration of Exposed Populations Identification of exposed populations requires a knowledge of the spatial and temporal concentration gradients In the workplace and the activity patterns of the potentially exposed workers. The purpose of population Identification should be borne In mind at this point In the occupational exposure assessment. Those workers Identified as exposed populations will subsequently be enumerated. The form of worker population data should thus be considered during this step; 4-d1g1t SIC designations and specific occupations (job titles) are the most common form by which workers are enumerated. Estimates of occupationally exposed populations may also be based on site-specific and process- specific employment data. In occupational exposure assessments, two types of population Identification and enumeration data will be required: generic data and specific data. Generic data Include data which Identify and/or enumerate potentially exposed populations by SIC code or by occupation and Industry. Specific data Identify workers who are Involved In exposure-related activities. The determination of worker activities 85 conducted at facilities being evaluated (see Section 4) often provides the most critical Input to the Identification and enumeration of exposed populations. When accessible, worker activity data can supply detailed Information on categories of workers conducting specific activities In the workplace that will cause exposure, as well as on the number of Individuals conducting such activities at Individual facilities or facility types. The following sections address each of these population Identification/enumeration approaches. 6.1.1 Generic Identification and Enumeration Data (1) Populations Identified and enumerated by SIC code . The Industries producing, processing, and using a chemical substance are often Identified by 4-d1g1t SIC designations. Many of the data sources discussed In Section 2 of this report are based on the SIC reporting system. However, Identification and enumeration by SIC code provide only a broad-scale determination of potentially exposed populations because. In.reality, only a portion of the total employment may be affected. Populations exposed in the workplace can also be Identified through monitoring data. The OSHA surveys and NIOSH/NOHS data discussed In Section 3 are based on 4-d1g1t SIC codes. Monitoring data provide direct identification of exposed populations. OSHA monitoring data also identify exposed workers by specific job title, often enabling a more precise enumeration of the affected group. (2) Populations Identified and enumerated by occupation and Industry . A method of worker Identification and enumeration that provides greater resolution than the SIC code approach Is the use of detailed occupation and Industry Information (job titles). This method entails systematically following a chemical substance through commerce, from production to retail sale, and listing the Industries and occupations coming Into contact with the substance. The Industry-Occupation (I-O) matrix directory In Dixon et al. (1983) can be used as a guide In this procedure. In addition. Information published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS 1981) and the Bureau of Census (1984) also provides data highly useful In Identifying and enumerating exposed worker populations. Also, monitoring data may list exposed populations by job title. 6.1.2 Specific Identification and Enumeration Data The best data for Identification and enumeration of exposed occupational populations specify populations by particular activities conducted In the workplace. Such data constitute critical Input to the successful development of an occupational exposure assessment, because 86 only by determining the relationship between workplace activities and workplace contaminants can the degree of exposure be quantified with any confidence. Unfortunately, such data are limited, and there exists no single comprehensive data base detailing exposure related worker activities. Two general sources of these data do exist, however. As described In Section 4, worker activities that lead to exposure can be considered to fall Into the following generalized categories: • Handling of bulk liquids and solids • Cleaning and maintenance • Sampling and analysis Based on process mass balance analysis, the expected occurrence of these worker activities can be estimated for specific processes and varying process throughputs. Often the mass balance analysis, therefore, can supply requisite data for the Identification and enumeration of exposed worker categories to support an activity-specific exposure analysis. Examination of a random sample of Premanufacturing Notices (PMNs) conducted In 1982 also Identified reported worker activity categories that can result In exposure. The full list of such activities Identified during the PMN review effort Included: • Sampling for quality control • Cleanup of components • Waste disposal • Sampling and analysis • Materials transfer • Manufacture, processing, and use (general) As review of this list reveals, PMN data Indicate that practically all categories of worker activities could potentially lead to exposure. This realization underlines the fact that a process mass balance approach to occupational exposure assessment will often be required to discern the types of exposure related worker activities that pertain to the particular Industries and processes under evaluation. 6.2 Population Characterization Population characterization Involves determining the age and sex distribution of the exposed worker popu1at1on(s). Age and sex Influence the average ventilation rate, the rate of food and water Intake, and the body area subject to dermal exposure, any of which can affect the level of exposure actually experienced.. In addition, population characterization Includes determining those groups within the exposed population which, because of the specific health effects of some pollutants, would experience a higher risk than the average population as a result of a given level of exposure. Indeed, the health effects of the 87 contaminants under evaluation will often dictate the need for population characterization. For occupational exposure assessments, women of childbearing age will often constitute the high risk group of concern. While most studies will consider only the exposed population as a whole and not disaggregate discrete high risk subpopulatlons, In certain cases such detailed population analysis may be warranted. For example, If a chemical substance Is determined to be teratogenic, enumeration of women of childbearing age would be required. 6.3 Frequency and Duration of Occupational Exposure The frequency and duration of exposure to a chemical substance are Important components of the final calculation of exposure. Frequency and duration are separate elements, but are so closely related they will be treated together In the following discussion. The frequency of exposure refers to how often an activity leading to exposure occurs. The duration of occupational exposure can be defined In two ways: (1) the discrete period of time during which an Incidence of exposure occurs, and (2) the length of time the exposure-related Job Is held by an Individual. The frequency and duration of occupational exposure Is related to the nature of the process, activity, or occupation In which the worker Is engaged; Individual work patterns, not easily generalized, may also affect these parameters. Section 6.3.1 contains the available data on frequency and duration of occupational exposure. Section 6.3.2 deals with the concept of "workllfe," the number of years a person Is employed. 6.3.1 Frequency and Duration Ideally, the frequency and duration of exposure In Industry should be related to activity or process data. The nature of a process (I.e., whether batch or continuous) and the Intermittency of activities, (e.g., materials transfer and sampling), are Important determinants of exposure frequency and duration (see Section 4). Such factors should be taken Into account when monitoring strategies are devised, so that requisite data will be obtained for use In developing an exposure assessment or In refining a previously developed assessment. In cases where worker exposure Is continuous, the use of general frequency and duration data Is Indicated. The frequency Is therefore constant at once per day or week, and the duration Is the number of hours worked per day or week. Table 6-1 lists the average number of hours worked weekly by production employees In the various manufacturing Industries In 1979. These data can be used In lieu of assuming a standard 40-hour workweek. The data presented In Table 6-1 can be further refined by two additional data elements: 88 Table 6-1. Average Weekly Hours of Production Workers on Hanufacturing Payrolls in 1979 Title SIC Hours worked Durable goods 40.8 Lumber and wood products 24 39.5 Furniture and fixtures 25 38.6 Stone, clay, and glass 32 41.5 Primary metal products 33 41.4 Fabricated metal products 34 40.8 Hachinery, except electrical 35 41.8 Electric and electronic equipment 36 40.3 Transportation equipment 37 41.2 Instruments and related products 38 40.8 Miscellaneous manufacturing industries 39 38.9 Non-durable goods - 39.3 Food and kindred products 20 39.9 Tobacco manufacture 21 38.0 Textile mill products 22 40.3 Apparel and other textile products 23 35.2 Paper and allied products 26 42.6 Printing and publishing 27 37.5 Chemicals and allied products 28 41.8 Petroleum and coal products Rubber and miscellaneous plastic 29 43.8 products 30 40.5 Leather and leather products 31 36.5 Source: BLS 1980. 89 • A certain amount of paid time on the job may be spent In breaks for meals or other nonwork activities. Labor laws can be consulted to determine mandated scheduling and duration of breaks, etc. This time can be subtracted from the durations presented In Table 6-1. • Few persons actually work 5 days a week, 52 weeks per year. The number of operating days for a plant Is a better Indicator of days worked per year. Vacation and lost work days (due to Illness or Injury) can also be estimated. A total absenteeism rate of 3.5 hours per hundred hours worked (BLS 1980) can be used as a correction factor. The preceding discussion Is geared toward frequency and duration of production workers' exposure. Data obtained as described In Sections 2 and 3 should Indicate whether nonproduction workers are continuously exposed. In which case Table 6-2 provides the best available duration data. Intermittent exposure of workers (such as those walking through the plant area) should be approximated. No generic data are currently available to aid In this estimation; should those populations be Identified as possibly receiving significant exposure, a duration value such as one hour per day might be used as a plausible worst-case estimate. Table 6-2 lists available data on hours worked In nonmanufacturing Industry such as wholesale trade and commercial use. A factor to be considered In estimating the frequency and duration of exposure Is the seasonal nature of some activities, although such seasonality may vary or be unimportant depending on the geographic focus of the exposure assessment. If the substance under assessment Is, for example, a component of a garden fertilizer, retailers may only deal with It for six months of the year. The duration of a retailer's exposure to the garden fertllzer component would therefore be 30.7 hours per week for 24 weeks per year. Other seasonal activities Include some agricultural services, construction, and amusement and recreation services. Exposure frequency and duration data obtained from the previously mentioned random sample of PMNs (see Section 6.1.2) are presented In Table 6-3. It Is not possible to correlate either production volume or chemical use with exposure frequency or duration, but some generalizations about activities can be made: • Sampling activities can be assumed to last approximately 5 minutes per sample. Thus, from the PMN data presented In Table 6-3, It can be Inferred that roughly 24 sampling events occur In a normal workday. • Material transfers can be assumed to last approximately three to five minutes each. The total number of events per workday depends on the Industry, as reflected In Table 6-3. 90 Table 6-2. Average Weekly Hours of Workers in Nonmanufacturing Industry in 1979 Occupation Hours worked Retail sales persons 30.7 Wholesale sales persons 38.8 Mining (production workers) 43.0 Construction workers 36.9 Transportation and public utilities 39.9 Finance, insurance, and real estate 36.3 Service workers (unspecified) 32.7 Source: BLS 1980. 91 Table 6-3. Frequency and Duration of Occupational Exposure for Specific Activities, Derived from a Random Sample of PHNs Activity Production Product volume (kkg/yr) Exposure duration and frequency (hr/day) (day/yr) Sampling Anti-rust additive 350,000 2 13-18 Emulsifier 115,000 2 14-22 Cleaning Anti-rust additive 350,000 1 13-18 Pigment 12,250 2 5 12,250 2 5 12,000 2 8 Emulsifier 115,000 1 14-22 Miscellaneous 2,000 2 2 Transfer Coating 150,000 1 150 90,000 1 30 4,540,000 1 150 80,000 2 4 Lube oil additives 430,000 8 250 900,000 1 35 Pigment 8,600 2 28 Photographic component 50 0.5 1 30 0.5-2.5 50-150 11,000 2 150 Emulsifier 500,000 1 200 Surfactant 300,000 2 50 Plastic 16,000 2 10 Miscellaneous 4,000 1 20-40 4,540,000 1 250 70,000 1 5 15,000 2 10 10,000 8 6 16,000 2 5 92 Table 6-3. (continued) Production Exposure duration Activity Product volume (kkg/yr) and frequency (hr/day) (day/yr) Disposal Coating 400,000 1 260 1,000,000 1 10 350,000 <1 80 250 8 8 120,000 1 10 125,000 1 252 Automotive products 3,000,000 3 312 27,200 3 300 Surfactant 300,000 1 50 Miscellaneous 50,000 6-8 24 50,000 8 10 1,400,000 1-8 1-10 10,000 1 6 Manufacture Coating 200,000 8 30 400,000 8 260 500,000 8 120 100,000 3 30 720,000 6 89 1,000,000 1 10 • 400,000 6 14 33,000 6 7 350,000 <1 80 454 8 60 250 8 8 492,000 4 80 3,585,000 8 250 80,000 6 9 50,000 8 15 450,000 6 18 120,000 1 10 35,000 6 5 125,000 8 252 80,000 10 7 500,000 8 15 300,000 8 5 450,000 8 120 93 Table 6-3. (continued) Activity Production Exposure duration Product volume (kkg/yr) and frequency (hr/day) (day/yr) Electrodeposition chemi cals 1,750,000 8 150 1,000,000 5 4 45,000 6 6 Adhesives 1,500,000 8 22 144,000 1-2 30 2,000 1 40 4,000,000 1 4-32 1,500,000 8 100 27,216 1 200 4,540,000 8 77 Pigment 300,000 6 7 150,000 1 11 4,500,000 1 150 Photographic component 5,000 8 250 5,000 8 250 100,000 8 75-100 30 8 2-6 50 5 1 906 1 20-35 Emulsifier 45,000 1 10 45,000 1 10 200,000 8 140 Automotive products 16,000 4 96 3,000,000 1-4 312 27,200 1-4 300 Surfactant 1,600,000 6 7 500,000 8 5 94 Table 6-3. (continued) Activity Production Exposure duration Product volume (kkg/yr) and frequency (hr/day) (day/yr) Resin (unspecified) 300,(X)0 8 200 2,500 8 24 Plastic 350,000 4 20 4,540,000 4 50 Miscellaneous 50,000 8 10 300,000 8 100-200 650,000 6 13 1,400,000 3-8 62-250 100,000 8 20 110,000 5 20 1,500 8 20-25 25,000 8 50 8,000 6 5 14,000 3 36 260,000 8 330 4,540 2 10 10,000 2 6 4,000 8 2 • Cleaning operations generally last from one to two hours. • Disposal exposures may range from less than one to eight hours in duration. • The duration of manufacturing exposure depends on the nature of the process. Both batch and continuous manufacturing may result in eight hours of exposure per worker per day (i.e., continuous exposure during a full 8-hour shift); the number of operational days varies. The generalizations above can be used to estimate frequency and duration of exposure. Alternatively, the assessor can consult Table 6-3 and choose the most applicable data, i.e., that matching the activity, product, or volume of the chemical being assessed. This approach should be used with care, since the data base is limited. 6.3.2 Worklife Occupational exposure assessments of substances suspected to be carcinogenic or to have other latent effects often require an estimate of the length of employment in the exposure situation. It is not possible to estimate the period of time worked by any individual in a particular job or industry; it may range from a day to over 40 years. The best available data simply estimate the total number of years men and women work (see Table 6-4). These data can be used directly to project exposure if one assumes that an individual holds the same job for his or her entire life. It should be noted that "worklife expectancy" is declining for men; this is attributed to earlier retirement made possible by increased benefits and the second paycheck earned by a growing number of working women (Fullerton and Byrne 1976). 96 Table 6-4. Length of Working Life for Hen and Women Expectancy at birth in years 1940 1950 1960 1970 Men Life expectancy 61.2 65.5 66.8 69.6 Work expectancy 38.1 41.5 41.1 40.3 Nonwork expectancy 23.1 24.0 25.7 29.3 Women Life expectancy 65.7 71.0 73.1 74.7 Work expectancy 12.1 15.1 20.1 22.3 Nonwork expectancy 53.6 55.9 53.0 52.4 Women's worklife as a percent of men's worklife 31.6 36.3 48.6 57.3 Source: Fullerton and Byrne 1976 97 ■ »i. ' • 'A i( » i 1 ,«^i •-. triiff 4 >»•*% • iJ't-v' t '• V* Al % ..... ot»;-C i'.<»#^ ... , . ■ , ' ‘TTf’; *.’‘ 'H* V’'«t 't - N' L-’,-^ <». ■ J5i#*» liaiiM rr; KD? f ..?f r Yl 9 .itti «'• 0 i 3 T M. '1 «MllJb»9«ft i IftV . . ■!* • • ^ II S ilw^i I » nf *. 4# \ J! 4' ' * tfv .'VW ^ .IT'. A ^ ^ ^ M. A 1 . » i. .V*i ' ‘’J k • ■ ^ k J ... #^:V ■■'.k f' -Y ,' f ‘If' !!»# iViMtl^ i* U' ?0t - ...w-A 4. -yiJUjK^:'’,:.^:,.. if Mftji ^ r ^ • 'PH.j.l . i - joL «4r »' t4nf/^;|| h ’, a*«' lUtj - fi..i ’ <[»n *T - ..4 fv ■if.v*- ^-'l! 1 -J5. ■ I 'V' /w'^l‘ . Xf»‘: w ..V y \*i I < N,.;.f“ -•\B i 4 M. :/'' f.dT' 7.0 CALCULATING EXPOSURE 7.1 Introduction Inhalation and dermal contact constitute the main routes of exposure In occupational settings, with Inhalation exposure being the more common of the two. The subsections below present equations for calculating exposure via both of these routes. In addition, Ingestion exposure can result from (1) Inhalation of non-respirable contaminated particulates (see Section 2), (2) deposition In the mouth via hand-to-mouth contact, or (3) settling of airborne particles on the lips. This section, therefore, also addresses means of calculating exposure due to contaminant Ingestion. Calculation of exposure basically Involves combining knowledge of the level of contamination of a given medium with consideration of the degree of worker contact with the medium. Thus, for non-occupatlonal exposure assessments, this calculation takes Into account not only contaminant concentrations but also pertinent Inhalation rates. Ingestion rates or area of skin exposed, and the frequency and duration of exposure events. However, In assessing occupational exposure, one should also consider the use of protective measures. Although data quantifying contaminant concentrations In environmental media can generally be used directly to estimate exposure to receptors In most exposure assessment situations, this will not necessarily be the case In occupational analyses. Industry Is well aware of many of the dangers posed by handling or processing chemical substances, and workers In Industrial or commercial settings will often have the option or may be required to use protective equipment and/or clothing to reduce or eliminate their exposure to the substances with which they work. Thus, for any given occupational exposure assessment, the exposure reduction achievable through use of protective measures must be considered. Basically this analysis will Involve addressing the following questions: • What type of protective measures are used (e.g., protective equipment such as respirators or protective clothing)? • What Is the relationship between the length of time workers use the protective measure and the length of time they are In a contaminated environment within the workplace? • What Is the effectiveness of the protective measures In reducing the level of exposure experienced by the workers? Selection of protective equipment or clothing Is often very situation-specific. Information describing protective equipment and clothing appropriate for specific types of exposure can be obtained from 99 the literature and from industry sources. Appendix B presents a bibliography of literature sources on protective clothing (adapted from USEPA 1982). While the source materials listed in this appendix primarily pertain to pesticides, these references also supply a significant degree of Insight into the types of protective measures generally available to industry. Direct industry contact may yield the best and most current Information describing the types of protective clothing and equipment used in specific situations. The type of protective measure used will generally be a function of the type of exposure potential involved (i.e., inhalation, dermal contact, etc.), and the type of activities that are likely to bring workers into contact with toxic chemicals. The material from which the protective equipment or clothing is made will depend primarily on the physical/chemical properties of the materials to be handled. Once the questions previously listed have been answered, data quantifying the degree of protection afforded by each pertinent protection measure can be used to estimate worker exposure. This is accomplished by adjusting (reducing) estimates of the amount of chemical with which workers are likely to come into contact by an amount equal to the degree of protection provided by each measure. If use of protective measures is voluntary rather than mandatory, the degree of actual use in the workplace may not be well documented. In such cases it will be beneficial to calculate a range of worker exposure reflecting both the exposure that results when no protective measures are taken as well as that which results when protective clothing and/or equipment is used throughout the exposure period. The degree of protection provided by protective clothing, respirators, etc., can be factored into the exposure equations presented below as the protection factor (P). When empirical data on the efficiency of such devices are not available, it may be convenient to assume a generic protection factor of 0.1 to 0.01 to represent an assumed efficiency of 90 or 99 percent, respectively. 7.2 Inhalation Exposure The standard equation for calculating inhalation exposure is as follows: IHX = IR X DU X FQ X C X P (7-1) where IHX = Inhalation exposure (mg/yr) IR = inhalation rate (m^/hr) DU = duration of exposure event (hours) FQ = frequency of exposure (events per year) C = indoor air concentration of a given constituent (mg/m^) P = protection factor. 100 Inhalation rate (IR) 1s expressed In m^/hr; values for different levels of activity are summarized In Table 7-1. The protection factor (P) accounts for the use of a respirator (see Section 7.1). The frequency and duration parameters are discussed In Section 6. This equation can be modified for chemicals present In the air as particulates, to account for the partitioning of particles between the gastrointestinal tract and the lungs as a function of particle size. Total exposure to particulates calculated by Equation 7-1 can be differentiated Into pulmonary exposure (IHXp) and gastrointestinal exposure (IHXq) using Equations 7-2 and 7-3, respectively. This partitioning of Inhalation exposure Is an option that may be worthwhile for chemicals whose effects depend on the mode of entry Into the body. IHXp = IR X DU X FQ X C X RF X P (7-2) IHXq = IR X DU X FQ X C X NRF X P (7-3) where RF = respirable fraction, which Is the weight fraction of all Inhaled particles deposited In the pulmonary airspaces. NRF = nonrespirable fraction, which Is the weight fraction of all Inhaled particles deposited In the head or tracheobronchial regions. Equations for calculating RF and NRF are presented In Volume 7 of this methods series (Versar 1984c). These equations require supporting data on particle size distribution. Since such data Is rarely available, NRF and RF can be estimated by using the ICRP model presented as Figure 7-1, provided that data Is available on particle mass median diameter. Results using this model are not as reliable as those using actual size distribution data, however. 7.3 Dermal Exposure Despite the relative simplicity of most dermal exposure calculations, dermal exposure presents some conceptual difficulties that are not associated with Inhalation or Ingestion exposure. Exposure Is defined as the amount of substance contacting the receptor and available for absorption. Absorption occurs when the substance crosses a physical barrier to penetrate the tissues of the receptor. "Contact" merely Implies that the substance has touched the body of the receptor. "Availability" Indicates that the substance has reached (but not crossed) the absorptive barrier. In the case of Inhalation and Ingestion, the substance Is taken Into a body cavity (mouth, lungs) prior 101 Table 7-1. Sutimary of Human Inhalation Rates for Men, Women and Children by Activity Group (m^/hour)^ Resting Light Heavy Maximal (exercise) Men 0.42 1.5 2.6 6.7 Women 0.41 10.5 1.5 5.4 ^ Derived from average lung ventilation values at different levels of activity as a function of age and sex, presented in reference man (ICRP 1974). 102 FRACTION RETAINED r-r-n-r-i—T-r-r-T—rr PARTICLE MASS MEDIUM DIAMETER {^lm) Figure 7-1. ICRP Model of Regional Respiratory Tract Deposition as a Function of Particle Size Source: Meyer (1983) 103 to absorption. Therefore, the substance is made available by swallowing or inhaling, and the quantity to which the receptor is exposed is equivalent to the quantity inhaled or swallowed. In the case of dermal exposure, the substance contacts only the outer surface (skin) of the receptor and is not taken into the body until is has penetrated the skin (i.e., after it has been absorbed). This makes it difficult to define "exposure" when the receptor is in contact with large ambient volumes of liquids or gases, or with a small portion of a large solid surface. The sections that follow delineate methods for use in estimating workplace dermal exposure via three pathways: (1) exposure to a film of liquid deposited on the skin; (2) exposure to dusts and powders deposited on the skin; and (3) exposure of skin to chemical substances contained in or adhering to solid matrices. A method for assessing exposure during immersion of skin in liquids is not presented. The major problem with attempting to assess exposure during immersion of skin in liquids is that the portion of the entire mass of the chemical substance in the solution that is in contact with the receptor is not known. Obviously, the skin of the receptor is not in contact with the entire volume of the solution. Attempts to assess exposure for this pathway without taking into consideration parameters needed to estimate absorbed dose may not be very meaningful. 7.3.1 Exposure to a Film of Liquid Deposited on the Skin Most significant, quantifiable dermal exposure involves liquid films on the skin. This may result from spills, brief immersion (e.g., of a hand) followed by rapid withdrawal so that a film remains, or by touching a wet surface. It may also occur by exposure to airborne droplets, provided that the spray is sufficient to form a continuous film when it hits the skin. Exposure is usually expressed as mass per year. For each exposure, the assessor determines the amount of substance deposited on the skin on the basis of (1) estimated volume of liquid deposited and (2) estimated concentration of subject chemical in the deposited liquid. This, multiplied by the number of annual exposures, yields total mass per year. Since exposure is by direct physical contact, no fate or transport related parameters are involved. The product obtained by multiplying (1) the area of skin likely to be exposed during ordinary contact by (2) the film thickness is an estimate of the volume of liquid on the skin. This parameter is independent of the quantity of liquid initially contacted, since most liquid spilled on the skin will drip off Immediately and not be available for absorption. The film thickness of a liquid can be determined using the following equation: 104 Film thickness (cm) = amount of liquid retained on skin (mg/cm ) density of liquid (g/cm^ x 1000 (mg/g) Values of amount of liquid retained on skin for six selected liquids are presented In a study to assess exposure resulting from retention of chemical liquids on hands (Versar 1984f). In this study, the retention of selected liquids on the hands of human volunteers was measured under five conditions of exposure. The five conditions Included: (1) Initial uptake; (2) secondary uptake; (3) uptake from handling a rag; (4) uptake from spill clean-up; and (5) uptake from Immersion of a hand In a liquid. Initial uptake, secondary uptake, and uptake from handling a rag all Involve contact by an Individual with a rag saturated with a liquid for which adherence to the skin was being determined. The test for Initial uptake, a rag saturated with liquid was rubbed over the front and back of both hands for the first time during an exposure event. To test for secondary uptake, as much liquid that adhered to the skin during Initial uptake was removed as was possible using a clean rag. A rag saturated with the liquid was then rubbed over the front and back of both hands for the second time during an exposure event. To test for uptake from handling a rag, a rag saturated with a liquid was rubbed over the palms of both hands for the first time during an exposure event In a manner simulating handling of a wet rag. In the test for uptake from Immersion, an Individual Immersed one hand In a container of luquid, removed the hand, then allowed the liquid to drip from the hand back Into the container for 30 seconds (one minute for cooling oil). In the test for uptake from spill cleanup, an Individual used a clean rag to wipe up 50 milliliters (ml) of liquid poured onto a plastic laminate counter top. For each exposure condition, the quantity of liquid retained on the hands was determined (1) Immediately following the exposure condition, (2) after a partial wipe, and (3) after a full wipe (except In the cases of uptake by Immersion and uptake from spill cleanup). A partial wipe refers to a light, quick wipe with a clean rag. A full wipe refers to a thorough, complete wipe with a clean rag. The six liquids used In this study were selected to represent a broad range of kinematic viscosities. The liquids used were (1) mineral oil, (2) cooking oil; (3) water-soluble oil (bath oil), (4) oll/water emulsion (50:50, water:water-soluble oil), (5) water, and (6) water/ethanol (50:50). Table 7-2 presents values of film thickness for these six liquids under each of the five exposure conditions Irmnedlately following exposure, after a partial wipe, and after a full wipe. Many types of liquids were not Included In this study. To assess dermal exposure to 105 Table 7-2. Film Thickness Values of Selected Liquids under Various Experimental Conditions (10~^ cm) Mineral Cooking Bath Oil/ Water Water/ oil oil oil water ethanol Initial uptake Initial film thickness of liquid on hands 1.62 1.63 1.99 2.03 2.34 3.25 Film thickness after partial wipe 0.69 0.68 0.76 1.55 1.83 2.93 Film thickness after full wipe 0.18 0.14 0.18 1.20 1.72 2.51 Secondary uptake Initial film thickness liquid on hands 1.43 1.51 1.80 1.60 2.05 2.95 Film thickness after partial wipe 0.47 0.53 0.51 1.19 1.39 2.67 Film thickness after full wipe 0.14 0.11 0.12 0.92 1.32 2.60 Uptake from handling a rag Initial film thickness of liquid on palms 1.64 1.50 2.04 1.88 2.10 4.17 Film thickness after partial wipe 0.44 0.34 0.53 1.21 1.48 3.70 Film thickness after 0.13 0.01 0.21 0.96 1.37 3.58 full wipe 106 Table 7-2. (continued) Mineral (kwking Bath Oil/ Water oil oil oil water Uptake from irnmersion Estimated initial film thickness of liquid on hand 5.88 11.28 12.06 9.81 4.99 Estimated film thickness of liquid remaining after partial wipe 1.49 1.59 1.51 2.42 2.14 Uptake from Spill Cleanup Estimated initial film thickness of liquid on hand 1.23 0.73 0.89 1.19 Estimated film thickness 0.55 0.51 0.48 1.36 of liquid remaining after partial wipe Water/ ethanol 6.55 2.93 107 films deposited on the skin for liquids that are not listed In this table. It Is suggested that one use as a default value data for film thickness for the liquid listed In the table that most closely resembles the liquid being assessed. Two physical properties that may be used to compare liquids are kinematic viscosity and density. The experimentally determined values for density and kinematic viscosity for the six liquids used In the study to assess exposure from retention of liquids on hands are presented In Table 7-3. Note that the error from using default values as values of film thickness for liquids not listed In Table 7-2 may be considerable. In the study to assess exposure from retention of liquids on hands, the relationship between kinematic viscosity and mass of liquid retained per cm^ of skin was examined. Although liquid retention was found to Increase with kinematic viscosity, the data did not support a functional relationship between these two parameters. Additional liquids need to be examined to determine whether such functional relationship exists between these two parameters. The basic equation for exposure via a liquid film Is as follows: DEX = WF X DSY X AV X T X FQ X P (7-4) where DEX = annual dermal exposure (mg/yr) WF = weight fraction of chemical In mixture (unitless) DSY = density of formulation (mg/cm^) AV = available skin area (cm^) T = film thickness (cm) FQ = frequency (exposure events/yr) P = protection factor The density factor (DSY) Is required to convert the units. Note that "ml" Is taken to be equivalent to cubic centimeters. The density Is presumed to be that of the subject chemical, unless It Is an Ingredient of a mixture. In that case, the density of the mixture can be presumed to be the density of the principal solvent. Similarly, the weight fraction parameter (WF) Is necessary only when the substance Is contacted as an Ingredient of a mixture. Available skin area (AV) depends on the operation being performed. Routine spills will probably be to one hand. Maintenance activities that Involve touching wet surfaces may Involve the palm only. More extensive spills are not predictable occurrences. Surface areas of body parts are given In Table 7-4. 108 Table 7-3. Experimentally Determined Values for Density and Kinematic Viscosity for Six Selected Liquids Liquid Density (g/cm^) Kinematic viscosity (cSt) Hineral oil 0.8720 183.0 Cooking oil 0.9161 65.4 Bath oil 0.8660 67.2 Bath oil/water 0.9357 4.19 Water 0.9989 1.02 Water/ethanol 0.9297 2.55 Source: Versar 1984f. Table 7-4. Surface Area of Body Regions Body region Percent of total surface area Generic Surface area Hen kJomen (an^) Average Adult Reference Total body, adults 100 18,000 16,000 17,000 1 Head and neck 9 1,620 1,440 1,530 1 Face 3 540 480 510 2 Neck 3 540 480 510 2 Scalp 3 540 480 510 2 Arms (both, including 18 3,240 2,880 3,060 1 hands) Outstretched palm and 1 180 160 170 1 fingers Hands (each 2.25%) 4.5 810 720 765 2 Front of trunk 18 3,240 2,880 3,060 1 Back of trunk 18 3,240 2,880 3,060 1 Breast area, back and 3 540 480 510 3 front Perineum 1 180 180 180 1 Lower abdomen, front 6 1,080 960 1,030 3 and back Trunk excluding upper 24 4,320 3,840 4,080 3 chest Lower limbs (each 181) 36 6,480 5,760 6,120 1 Foot 3 540 480 510 3 Lower leg to mid-calf. 6 1,080 960 1,020 3 each leg Hid-calf to mid-thigh. 6 1,080 %0 1,020 3 each leg Upper thigh, each leg 6 1,080 960 1,020 3 Total body, 10-year old 100 9,610 9,610 - 1 child^ Total body, preschool 100 49,030 49,030 - 3 averaged^ ^Age of 10 selected as average for school-aged children because these children are about midway in surface area between infants and adults. Data from ICRP 1974. ^Average of surface area of infants, 1, 2 , 3, and 4 year olds. Corresponds to the surface area of a child about 18 months old. Data from ICRP 1974. Source: 1. ICRP 1974 2. Berkow 1924, 1931. 3. JRB 1983 110 The protection factor (P) 1s explained In Section 7.1. It should be noted that Equation 7-4 Is limited to cases where the film Is continuous and of a constant, predictable thickness. The equations may overestimate exposure via a liquid spray where the droplets do not flow together to form a continuous film, and It may underestimate exposure to such substances as paints and adhesives that are formulated specifically to adhere to surfaces. The latter may form layer upon layer on the skin so that final thickness Is not predictable. 7.3.2 Exposure to Dusts and Powders Exposure to dusts and powders Is conceptually similar to exposure to liquid films, since It Involves the deposition of a limited quantifiable amount of product on the skin. Calculation of exposure In both cases uses essentially the same parameters, with "dust adherence" roughly analogous to "film thickness." However, dust adherence Is expressed directly as mass per unit skin surface and does not require a density factor to convert volume to mass. Unfortunately, data on dust adherence to skin Is limited. Data generated by the Toxic Substance Control Commission of the State of Michigan Indicate the following (Harger 1979): Vacuum cleaner dust sieved through an 80-mesh screen adheres to human hands at 3.44 mg/cm^. Dust of the clay mineral kaolin adheres to hands at 2.77 mg/cm^. Commercial potting soil adheres to hands at 1.45 mg/cm^. The conditions of the experiment were not reported. Since the research was performed to support predictions of occupational exposure to the chemical MBOCA, and since occupational contact Is likely to yield maximum saturation of the skin. It will be assumed that the experimental conditions were designed to encourage maximum adherence (Versar 1982). However, It Is not known which physical or chemical properties of a powdered substance determine the extent of Its adherence to skin; therefore. It Is not possible to predict the extent to which the three substances tested may represent substances commonly encountered In the occupational environment. Until more data become available, the value for vacuum cleaner dust may be used as an upper limit. Substances that are lipophilic or surfactant, or that tend to clump In the presence of skin moisture, can adhere to a greater extent. Ill The following equation can be used to calculate dermal exposure to dusts. OEX = WF X AV X FQ X DA X K (7-5) where DEX = exposure (mg/yr) WF = weight fraction of chemical In material contacted (unitless) AV = available skin area (cm^) FQ = frequency (events/year) DA = maximum dust adherence (see above), (mg/cm^) K = arbitrary factor, unitless, ranging from 0 to 1 to express fraction of maximum adherence expected In a particular case. 7.4 Ingestion Exposure Two types of Ingestion exposure are likely to occur In the workplace. The first Is Ingestion as a subset of Inhalation exposure, I.e., the gastrointestinal deposition of Inhaled airborne particulates too large to be respired. This Is discussed In Section 7.2 (see Equation 7-3). The other type of exposure follows from Initial dermal exposure. In this situation, a chemical that has been deposited on the skin Is transferred to the mouth area and accidentally Ingested. The magnitude of such exposure would depend on (1) the magnitude of the Initial dermal exposure; (2) the extent to which this Is transferred to the mouth area; and (3) the extent to which the chemical Is then taken Into the mouth (e.g., by licking the lips). The second and third requirements are virtually Impossible to quantify. (It Is assumed that obviously contaminated hands would not be directly placed Into the mouth, although employees working with highly toxic substances have been known to handle food or cigarettes without washing their hands.) Dermal exposure may lead to Ingestion exposure more directly In very dusty environments where dust Is deposited directly on the face. As a reasonable worst-case. It can be assumed that the entire quantity of dust that covers the lips Is Ingested. This can be estimated using the dermal exposure Equation 7-5. The surface area of the lips has been estimated to be 7 cm^ (Versar 1984e). These types of Ingestion exposure are not possible when the employee wears a respirator. It should be noted, however, that differentiation between Inhalatlon/Ingestlon or dermal/ingestlon exposure may not be necessary In all cases. Such exposure Is only Important In those situations where the health effects or absorption of a chemical depend on the exposure route. 112 8 . REFERENCES Agranoff T, ed. 1980. Modern plastics encyclopedia. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill Publishing Company. American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical, and Petroleum Engineers. 1975. Industrial minerals and rocks. New York, NY. Amoco Chemical Corporation. 1980a. Product literature. Polypropylene: applications. Marketing Division-Polymers. Chicago, IL. Amoco Chemical Corporation. 1980b. Product Literature. Polystyrene: applications. Marketing Division-Polymers. Chicago, IL. Ayer HE, Burg J. 1973. Time-weighted averages vs. maximum personal sample. Boston, MA: Presented at 1973 American Hygiene Conference. BLS. 1980. Handbook of labor statistics. Washington, DC: Bureau of Labor Statistics, U.S. Department of Labor, Bulletin 2070. BLS. 1981. Employment and earnings. Washington, DC: Bureau of Labor Statistics. U.S. Department of Labor. Bennett H. 1933-1981. The chemical formulary. New York, New York. Chemical Publishing Company. Berkow S6. 1924. A method of estimating the extensiveness of lesions (burns and scalds) based on surface area proportions. Arch. surg. 8:138-148. Berkow SG. 1931. Value of surface area proportions In the prognosis of cutaneous burns and scalds. Amer. J. Surg. 11:315-317. Berman. 1982. Methods for estimating workplace exposure to PMN substances. Clement Associates, Inc. Washington, DC: Economics and Technology Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Brownstein AM, ed. 1972. U.S. petrochemicals. Technologies, markets and economics. Tulsa, OK: The Petroleum Publishing Company. Bureau of Mines. 1980. Mineral commodity profiles. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of the Interior. Bureau of Mines. 1981a. Mineral Industry commodity profiles. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of the Interior. Bureau of Mines. 1981b. Minerals yearbook. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of the Interior. 113 Bureau of the Census. 1984. Occupation by Industry. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Commerce. Chamberlain AC. 1975. The movement of particles In plant communities. In: Vegetation and the atmosphere, Vol. 1, Principles, London: Montelth JL, ed. Academic Press, pp. 155-203. Clement. 1981. Mathematical models for estimating work place concentration levels: a literature review. Washington, DC: Clement Associates, Inc. Prepared for Economics and Technology Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Committee on Industrial Ventilation. 1980. Industrial ventilation. A manual of recommended practice. Presented at the American Conference of Government and Industrial Hygienists, Ann Arbor, MI: Sponsor: Edwards Brothers, Inc. Considine DM. 1974. Chemical and process technology encyclopedia. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill Publishing Company. Dixon et al. 1983. Methods for enumerating and characterizing populations exposed to chemical substances. Draft report. Washington, DC: Versar Inc., Prepared for Office of Toxic Substances, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Contract No. 68-01-6271. Engelmann RJ. 1968. The calculation of precipitation scavenging. In: Meteorol. and Atomic Energy (D. Slade, ed.) TIO-24190, USAEC, 208-220. Freed et al. 1983. Methods for assessing exposure to chemical substances In the ambient environment. Washington, DC: Versar Inc. Prepared for Office of Toxic Substances, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Contract No. 68-01-6271. Fullerton HN, Byrne JJ. 1976. Length of working life for men and women, 1970. Monthly Labor Review. February 1976, pp. 31-35. Gaylord and Mark. 1964-1976. Encyclopedia of polymer science and technology - plastics, resins, rubbers, fibers. New York, NY: Interscience Publishers (John Wiley and Sons). Gosselln RE, Hodge HC, Smith RP, Gleason MN, eds. 1976. Clinical toxicology of commercial products. 4th ed. Baltimore, MO: The Williams and Wilkins Company. Hanna SR and Hosker RP. 1980. Atmospheric removal processes for toxic chemicals. Oak Ridge, TN: Atmospheric Turbulence and Diffusion Laboratory. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. U.S. Department of Commerce. 114 Hanna SR, Briggs GA, and Hosker RP. 1982. Atmospheric Diffusion, Atmospheric Turbulence and Diffusion Laboratory, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Prepared for U.S. Department of Energy, DOE/TIC-11223 (DE82002045). Harger JRE. 1979. A model for the determination of an action level for removal of curene contaminated soil. Memorandum to P.S. Cole, Executive Director. Lansing, Michigan Toxic Substance Control Commission. (October 25, 1979). Hendry DG and Kenley RA. 1979. Atmospheric reaction products of organic compounds. Washington, DC: SRI International. Prepared for the Office of Chemical Control, Office of Toxic Substances, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Herrick EC, King OA, Ouellette RP, Cheremislnoff PN. 1979. Unit processes guide to organic chemical Industries. Ann Arbor, MI: Ann Arbor Science Publishers, Inc. ICRP. 1974. International Commission on Radiological Protection. Report for the task group on Reference Man. New York: Pergamon Press. ITE. 1980. Organic chemicals manufacturing. Volumes 1-10. Research Triangle Park, NC: Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. EPA-450/3-80-023. JRB. 1980. Draft report. Methodology for materials balance. Washington, DC: Office of Toxic Substances, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency JRB. 1983. Generic premanufacture notification report on surfactants. Draft Report. Washington, DC: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Contract No. 68-01-5793. Kent JA, ed. 1974. Relgel's handbook of industrial chemistry, seventh ed. New York, NY: The Nostrand Reinhold Company. Kirk-Othmer. 1978-1984. Encyclopedia of chemical technology. 3rd ed. New York, NY: John Wiley and Sons. Kline CH. 1977a. Kline guide to the chemical industry - industrial marketing guide. Charles H. Kline and Co., Inc. Fairfield, NJ. Kline CH. 1977b. Kline guide to the packaging industry - industrial marketing guide. Charles H. Kline and Co., Inc. Fairfield, NJ. Kline CH. 1978a. Kline guide to the paint industry - industrial marketing guide. Charles H. Kline and Co., Inc. Fairfield, NJ. 115 Kline CH. 1978b. Kline guide to the plastics Industry - Industrial marketing guide. Charles H. Kline and Co., Inc. Fairfield, NJ. Kline CH. 1980. Kline guide to the paper Industry - Industrial marketing guide. Charles H. Kline and Co., Inc. Fairfield, NJ. Leldel N, Busch K, Lynch J. 1977. Occupational exposure sampling strategy manual. Cincinnati, OH: National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health. Lowenhelm FA, Moran MK. 1975. Faith, Keyes and Clark Industrial chemicals, 4th edition. New York, NY: John Wiley and Sons. Lyman WJ, Reehl WF, Rosenblatt DH. 1982. Handbook of chemical property estimation methods. New York: McGraw-Hill. Mannsville Chemical Products. 1976. Chemical products synopsis. Mannsville, NY. McDaniel. 1983. Flare efficiency study. Engineering-Science, Inc. Washington, DC: Office of Research and Development. EPA Contract No. 68-02-3541-6. EPA-600/2-83-052. Meyer. B. 1983. Indoor air quality. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc. 0MB. 1972. Office of Management and Budget. Standard Industrial classification (SIC) manual. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. Ollshifski TB, ed. 1979. Fundamentals of Industrial hygiene. 2nd ed. Chicago: IL: National Safety Council. Plotrowski J. 1977. Exposure tests for organic compounds In Industrial toxicology. Washington, DC: National Institutes for Occupational Safety and Health. NIOSH-77-144. Porter WK. 1983. Division of Health Sciences Laboratories, U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission. Briefing paper on n-hexane: evaluation of consumer exposure and health risk. Interagency letter to Stephen Nacht, Exposure Evaluation Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Proctor NH, Hughes TP. 1978. Chemical Hazards of the Workplace. Philadelphia, PA: J. P. Lippincott Company. Radian. 1979. Organic Chemicals. Chemical producers data base. Austin, TX. 116 SAI 1982. Systems Applications, Inc. Human exposure to atmospheric concentrations of selected chemicals. Research Triangle Park, NC: Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. EPA Contract No. 68-02-3066. SRI. 1980. Chemical economics handbook (updated yearly). Menlo Park, CA: SRI International. SRI. 1984. Directory of chemical producers. Annual publication. Menlo Park, CA: SRI International. Sawyer RN, Spooner CM. 1978. Sprayed asbestos-containing materials In buildings: a guidance document. Research Triangle Park, NC: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. EPA-450/2-78-014. Sehmel GA. 1980. Particle resuspension: A review. Environ. Inter. 4:107-127. Shreve N. 1967. Chemical process Industries, 3rd ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill Publishing Company. Slade, David H. (Editor). 1968. Meteorology and atomic energy. Air Resources Laboratories. Environmental Science Services Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce. Prepared for United States Atomic Energy Commission. TID-24190, July 1968. Sllmak K, et al., 1980. Methodology for materials balances: Draft report. Washington, DC: Prepared for the Office of Pesticides and Toxic Substances, Survey and Analysis Division. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Contract No. 68-01-5793. Sutton DJ, Nodolf KM, Makino KK. 1976. Predicting ozone concentrations In residential structures. ASHRAE Journal. September 1976. pp. 21-26. Sittig M. 1980. Pesticide manufacturing and toxic materials control encyclopedia. New Jersey: Noyes Data Corporation. Treybal RE. 1968. Mass transfer operations. New York, NY: McGraw Hill. USEPA. 1980a. Interim guidelines and specifications for preparing quality assurance project plans. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Washington, DC: Office of Research and Development, QAMS-005/80. USEPA. 1980b. Quality assurance program plan for the Office of Toxic Substances. Washington, DC: Office of Pesticides and Toxic Substances, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. USEPA. 1980c. Organic chemical manufacturing volume 3: storage, fugitive, and secondary sources. Research Triangle Park, NC: Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. EPA-450/3-80-025. 117 USEPA. 1980d. Organic chemical manufacturing. Volume 10: selected processes. Research Triangle Park, NC: Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. EPA-450/3-80-028e. USEPA. 1980e. Volatile organic compound (VOC) species data manual. Second edition. Research Triangle Park, NC: Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. USEPA. 1982. Bibliography of protective clothing data. Washington, DC: Protective Clothing Work Group, Office of Pesticide Programs. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. USEPA. 1983. Methods for assessing exposure to windblown particulates. Washington, DC: Office of Health and Environmental Assessment, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. EPA-600/4-83-007. USEPA. 1984. Reactor processes In synthetic organic chemical manufacturing Industry - background Information for proposed standards. Research Triangle Park, NC: Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. USITC. 1984. U.S. International Trade Commission. Synthetic organic chemicals. U.S. production and sales. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. Versar. 1980. Non-aquatic environmental fate of 129 priority pollutants. Draft report. Prepared for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water Planning and Standards, Washington, DC. Contract No. 68-01-3852. Versar. 1982. Exposure assessment for 4,4'-methylenebis (2-chloroan111ne) (MBOCA). Prepared for the Office of Toxic Substances, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC. Contract No. 68-01-6271. Versar. 1983. Emissions factors handbook. Version II. Draft report. Prepared for the Office of Policy and Resource Management, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC. Contract No. 68-01-6715, Versar. 1984f. Exposure assessment for retention of chemical liquids on hands. Preliminary draft report. Prepared for the Office of Toxic Substances, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC. Contract No. 68-01-6271. Versar. 1984e. Estimation of exposure to volatile chemicals evaporating from flat surfaces. Draft report. Prepared for the Office of Toxic Substances, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC. Contract No. 68-01-6272. 118 Versar. 1984a. Methods for assessing exposure to chemical substances: Introduction. Prepared for Office of Toxic Substances. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Washington, DC. Versar. 1984b. Exposure assessment for 1,3-butadiene. Draft final report. Prepared for the Office of Toxic Substances, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC. EPA Contract No. 68-02-3968. Versar. 1984c. Methods for assessing consumer exposure to chemical substances. Draft report. Prepared for the Office of Toxic Substances, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC: Versar. 1984d. Indoor air methodology: Draft final report. Prepared for Exposure Evaluation Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC. Contract No. 68-01-6271. 119 m ■ • .' ■ ■ ■* * *. ■aVPvr-’*!ar7Wwi£fl ’Ol ►. #»*!■ • ..'V 4 I,, .’f^ ■* ’ . ‘M ' J ':■* / ■• 1' 'k*!' H^Y • *- - ,f ^Jr/ •: ^; r " Ml.. • \. t < Ml ,':*P j* -W*: ; •i* ‘rnur.'’ ffenH .f*c^ ;i ^* ♦ UiV* •vi# fcfiav , ’i *Bt \ ^ APPENDIX A PROCESSES AND EXPOSURE POTENTIAL METHODS FOR ASSESSING OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE TO CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES A-1. SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS MANUFACTURE A-2. PLASTICS MANUFACTURE AND PROCESSING A-3. LUBRICANTS AND HYDRAULIC FLUIDS PROCESSING A-4. GENERAL MANUFACTURING PROCESSES 121 Table of Contents Page No. APPENDIX A-1 - SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS MANUFACTURE. 131 I. 0 ALKYLATION PROCESSES. 1.1 Description of Discharge. 132 2.0 AMINATION BY AMMONOLYSIS. 135 2.1 Description of Discharges. 135 3.0 AMMOXIDATION. 135 3.1 Description of Discharges. 140 4.0 CARBONYLATION. 140 4.1 Description of Discharges. 140 5.0 CONDENSATION. 144 5.1 Description of Discharges. 144 6.0 CATALYTIC CRACKING. 151 6.1 Description of Discharges. 154 7.0 DEHYDRATION. 154 7.1 Description of Discharges. 154 8.0 DEHYDROGENATION. 154 8.1 Description of Discharges. 157 9.0 DEHYDROHALOGENATION. 157 9.1 Description of Discharges. 162 10.0 ESTERIFICATION. 162 10.1 Description of Discharges. 162 II. 0 HALOGENATION. 166 11.1 Description of Discharges. 166 123 Table of Contents (Continued) Page No. 12.0 HYDRODEALKYLATION. 169 12.1 Description of Discharges. 169 12.1.1 Benzene. 169 12.1.2 Napthalene. 169 13.0 HYDROGENATION. 172 13.1 Description of Discharges. 172 14.0 HYDROHALOGENATION. 172 14.1 Description of Discharges. 177 15.0 HYDROLYSIS AND HYDRATION. 177 15.1 Description of Discharges. 179 16.0 NITRATION. 183 16.1 Description of Discharges. 183 17.0 OXIDATION. 183 17.1 Description of Discharges. 186 18.0 OXYHALOGENATION. 186 18.1 Description of Discharges. 193 19.0 PHOSGENATION. 193 19.1 Description of Discharges. 193 20.0 POLYMERIZATION. 196 20.1 Description of Discharges. 196 20.2 Production Process - Polyvinyl Chloride by Polymerization. 201 21.0 PYROLYSIS. 201 21.1 Description of Discharges. 205 124 Table of Contents (Continued) Page No. 22.0 REFORMING (STEAM) - WATER GAS REACTION. 206 22.1 Description of Discharges. 206 23.0 SULFONATION AND SULFATION. 209 23.1 Description of Discharges. 209 APPENDIX A-2 - PLASTICS MANUFACTURE AND PROCESSING . 212 APPENDIX A-3 - LUBRICANTS AND HYDRAULIC FLUIDS PROCESSING . 238 APPENDIX A-4 - GENERAL MANUFACTURING PROCESS . 245 125 List of Tables Page No. Table 1 Alkylation Products and Their Manufacture In 1980. 133 Table 2 Amlnatlon Products and Their Manufacture In 1980. 136 Table 3 Ammoxidatlon Products and Their Manufacture In 1980.... 138 Table 4 Carbonylatlon Products and Their Manufacture In 1980... 141 Table 5 Condensation Products and Their Manufacture In 1980.... 145 Table 6 Catalytic Cracking Products and Their Manufacture In 1979. 152 Table 7 Dehydration Products. 155 Table 8 Organic Chemicals Manufactured by Dehydrogenation. 158 Table 9 Dehydrohalogenatlon Products and Their Production In 1979. 161 Table 10 Esterification Products. 163 Table 11 Halogenatlon Products and Their Manufacture In 1980.... 167 Table 12 Organic Chemicals Manufactured by Hydrodealkylation.... 170 Table 13 Hydrogenation Products and Their Production In 1979.... 174 Table 14 Hydrohalogenatlon Products and Their Manufacture. 176 Table 15 Hydrolysis Products and Their Production In 1980. 180 Table 16 Nitration Products and Their Manufacture In 1980. 184 Table 17 Oxidation Products and Their Production In 1979. 187 Table 18 Oxyhalogenatlon Products and Their Manufacture In 1979. 191 Table 19 Phosgenatlon Products and Their Manufacture In 1980.... 194 Table 20 Organic Chemicals Manufactured In Polymerization. 197 Table 21 Organic Chemicals Manufactured by Pyrolysis. 202 Table 22 Reforming Steam-Water Gas Products and Their Manufacture In 1980. 207 126 List of Tables (Continued) Page No. Table 23 Sulfonatlon and Sulfation Products and Their Production In 1979. 210 Table 24 SIC Codes Applied to the Plastic Products Industry. 213 Table 25 Description of Processes Employed In the Production of Plastic Parts. 214 Table 26 Potential for Occupational Exposure During Plastics Processes. 222 Table 27 Evolution of Carbon Monoxide In the Upper Part of the Processing Temperature Range (PPM). 226 Table 28 Carbon Monoxide Evolution In the Melting and Processing Temperature Range of Various Plastics. 227 Table 29 Evolution of Aldehydes from Heated Polyolefins In Air.. 228 Table 30 Evolution of Certain Gases From Plastics At the Maximum Recommended Processing Temperature. 229 Table 31 Atmosphere Analyses Near Plastics Processing Machinery. 230 Table 32 Description of Processes Employed In the Assembly, Finishing, and Decoration of Plastics Parts. 233 Table 33 Potential Inhalation Exposure From Manufacture of Lubricants. 242 Table 34 Potential Dermal Exposure From Manufacture of Lubricants. 243 127 List of Figures Page No. Figure 1 Generalized process flow diagram for manufacture of alkylated organic compounds. 134 Figure 2 Generalized flow diagram of amlnatlon plant. 137 Figure 3 General ammoxidatlon process. 139 Figure 4 A typical carbonylatlon process. 142 Figure 5 A generalized flow diagram of a condensation process. 150 Figure 6 A typical flow diagram for fluid catalytic cracking... 153 Figure 7 Proposed ethanol manufacturing process by dehydration of ethanol. 156 Figure 8 Typical dehydrogenation process. 159 Figure 9 Flow diagram for vinylldene chloride from 1,1,2-tr1chloroethane. 160 Figure 10 Manufacture of dimethyl terephthalate by esterification. 165 Figure 11 Halogenatlon of hydrocarbon. 168 Figure 12 Benzene production by hydrodealkylation. 171 Figure 13 A typical hydrogenation process. 173 Figure 14 A typical hydrohalogenatlon process: manufacture of vinyl chloride from acetylene and hydrogen chloride... 178 Figure 15 General hydrolysis process. 182 Figure 16 Process flow diagram for manufacture of nitrobenzene.. 185 Figure 17 Process flow diagram for model plant of uncontrolled maleic anhydride manufacture by benzene oxidation. 190 Figure 18 Manufacture of trichloroethylene by oxychlorinatlon... 192 128 List of Figures Page No. Figure 19 Flow diagram for diisocyanate production. 195 Figure 20 Process flow diagram for the manufacture of polyvinyl chloride. Figure 21 A typical pyrolysis production process. 204 Figure 22 Generalized flow diagram of a reforming (steam) - water gas process. 208 Figure 23 Flow diagram for the manufacture of methyl methacrylate. 211 Figure 24 Manufacture of lubricants from petroleum. 241 129 ' “ ■ ■ "3: i i*t i« :■: ft'M'-.*' 4 • • ’• ‘-■'i i* * *-■'it* 1 »¥t •K# .<• • r t V *'. c** * J«.U' « 1 . C ?. r li e*wir*' ^ \ f ■: I'iA- 1 ■ VtV, •”s ju\ t *’ 4 ^, , , irl ■*>'- . -? ■ , .f1 ■■■ -'A 9- ,■». 9 - APPENDIX A-1 Synthetic Organic Chemicals Manufacture INTRODUCTION This appendix is organized into 23 categories that correspond to the 23 major large-volume synthetic organic chemicals manufacturing industry (SOCMI) "unit process" components that carry out the fundamental synthesis reactions, e.g., halogenation, alkylation. It provides a description of each unit process with available release data. With regard to its utility in occupational exposure assessments, this material is broadly useful in supporting development of a materials mass balance for a given chemical process, and is specifically useful for identifying waste streams to which workers in on-site industrial waste treatment facilities may be exposed. 131 1.0 ALKYLATION PROCESSES Alkylation is the introduction of an alkyl radical to an organic conpound by substitution or addition. The most common alkylation products are ethylbenzene and cumene. Other products and their 1980 production are found in Table 1. Figure 1 is a generalized process flow diagram for an alkylation process. 1.1 Description of Discharges Releases from the alkylation processes occur as fugitive and partic¬ ulate gaseous emissions, liquid wastes, and solid residues. The major sources of air contamination are; 1) feedstock emissions and 2) volatile by-products. Wastewaters may be released from within the process if process operating conditions require. They may also occur fron washdown of process vessels, or they may be formed during chemical reactions. These waste streams contain caustic and caustic-catalyst fines, and feedstock lead (fron the lead alkyls process) will result from distillation column bottoms and product settling basins. - may occur from valves, flanges, punp seals, compressor seals, pressure relief valves, drains, and cooling towers. - gaseous releases may occur at the reactor vent. - liquid ’waste may occur frcxn caustic wash. - gaseous releases may occur from the column vent. - sludge may be released as wastewater from the column bottoms. - gaseous releases may occur from the column vent. - liquid wastes may be released in the column bottoms. Specific releases from alkylation processes are addressed in Versar (1982). fugitive gaseous emissions reactor caustic scrubber feedstock stripper purification columns 132 TABLE 1. ALKYLATION PRODUCTS AND THEIR MANUFACTURE IN 1980 Product Amount* (l^kg) Feedstock Other Requ1 red Processes Acetic acid NA n-Butenes Ox 1 dat 1 on Alkyl benzenes 94,347 Benzene Propylene tetramer None Alkyl benzenes (11 near) 87,090 Benzene Linear olefins None Alkyl benzenes (11 near) 157,850 Benzene Linear paraffins Deh ydrogenatlon Benzene, xylenes NA Toluene None p-tert-Butyl phenol NA Phenol Isobutene None Cumene 1,932,304 Benzene Prop yl ene None Ethyl benzene 3,516,611 Benzene Eth yl ene None N-lsopropyl- N'-phenol-p- -phen y1ened1 amine NA p-Ch1oron1trobenzene Aniline Acetone Deh ydroha1ogenat1 on Hydroganat1 on Lead alkyls >259,455 Ethyl chloride (Alkyl chlorides) None p-nonyl phenol 147,690 Phenol Propyl ene trimer None Phenol, acetone 1,436,255 Benzene Propyl ene Acid cleavage HydrolysIs Ox 1dat1 on Pyromel1Itic deanhydride NA 1,2,4-trlmethylbenzene (pseudocumene) Oxidation Styrene 3,263,688 Benzene Eth yl ene Deh ydrogenatlon 2,4-xylenol NA p-cresol Meth yl ch 1 or Ide None •SRI lists amounts In plant capacities. For this table, the capacities were multiplied by 0.6. Source: Herrldt et al. 1979a; SRI 1981, 133 UJ oc O O il o >■ o “ u ee 3 o o s| 3 ^ O > OC < u o > X Zi UJ o X CJl < © fc < ill© o ± >-3 0 © U (A o < 134 Figure 1. Generalized process flow diagram for manufacture of alkylated organic compounds. Source: White 1980a; Kirk-Othmer 1978. 2.0 AMINATION BY AMMONOLYSIS The fomation of amine by reacting ammonia with organic compounds is the process of amination by ammonolysis. Many products of amination, such as methyfamines, ethyfamines, anifine and ethyfine diamines,are fisted in Tabfe 2 with their i980 production amounts. A generafized process ffow diagram of an amination by ammonofysis process is presented in Figure 2. 2.i Description of Discharges Basicaffy, aff amination processes produce the same type of emis¬ sions. Feedstock excess ammonia that does not get recycfed is afways a discharge to be considered. Organic feedstock that does not carpietefy convert, approximatefy i%, usuaffy goes to waste and/or recycfe. With a finaf yiefd of 95%, finaf product fugitive emissions and waste organic product from side reactions make up about 5% of the aminated products (Cocuzza et af. i979, Habermann i979, Kfabunde i979). Some of this may be recycfed, but fike the feedstocks, the exact amount that is emitted and does not get recycfed is unknown. Afso, sofid catafyst fines are present in the wastewater of aff amination processes except for ethanofamine and for ethyfene diamine produced from ethyfene dichforide, but the amount is unknown. Specific refeases from amination by ammonofysis processes are presented in Versar (i982). 3.0 AMMOXIDATiaq AmiTDxidation is a process in vrfiich nitrites are formed by the reaction of ammonia in the presence of air or oxygen with ofefins, organic acids, or the afkyf group of afkyfated aromatics. The major products made by ammoxi- dation processes are fisted in Tabfe 3 with their i980 production amounts. Figure 3 presents a generafized process ffow diagram for ammoxidation proces¬ ses. More detaifed expianations are provided in Versar (i982). 135 TABLE 2. AMINATION PRODUCTS AND THEIR MANUFACTURE IN 1980 Product Amount (kkg) Feedstock Other Required Processes Aniline NA Phenol Benzene sulfonamide NA Benzene sulfonyl chloride p-Chl orobenzene sulfonamide NA p-Chlorobenzene Sulfonyl chloride Dimethyl - formamide NA Dimethyl amine Methyl formate Ethanol amines 194,138 Ethylene oxide Ethanol amines NA Ethanol Ethylenediamine 72,575* Ethylene dichloride Ethylenediamine NA Monoethanol amine Hexamethyle- nediamine 145,150 Adipic acid Hexamethyle- netatramine 54,068 Formal dehyde Condensation Methyl amines 134,989 Methanol Urea 2,580,759 (total) Carbon dioxide Dehydration Source: Herrick et al. 1979a; SRI 1981. ♦Feedstock not specified. 136 CONOfMSCR SEPARATOR COLUMN < « S K SEPARATOR COLUMN o o s : < 1 -» « SEPARATOR COLUMN V e X DEHYDRATOR HK3 STRIPftR GAS SEPARATOR c» a ? e + ■ o a 11 i I Ut C M. e M. «/) K i S s “ I < X O X X < K < ►“ X SA. Z ►- X X w ^ MP < X s i UP < ^ < a S 2 « UP UP 137 Figure 2. Generalized flow diagram of amlnatlon plant. Source: Herrick et al. 1979b. TABLE 3. AMMOXIDATION PRODUCTS AND THEIR MANUFACTURE IN 1980. Product Amount (kkg) Feedstock Other Required Processes Acrylonitrile 760,221 propylene Adiponitrile NA adipic acid butadiene halogenatlon Benzonitrile NA toluene Hydrogen cyanide 439,803 methane Isophthalonitrlle NA n-xylene Phthalonltrlle NA o-xylene Pyridine, beta-picolIne NA acetaldehyde formaldehyde methanol condensation Terephthalonitrlle NA p-xylene Source: Herrick et al. 1979a; SRI 1981. 138 CACRYLORITRILE, ADIPONITRILE LU z LU X ILI z u o z o X o E UJ o > > < CL. E X X • K * t- UJ X «J z LU n. CC o _i o X H- c/> z < X UJ* o K z O •J X o X UJ as u K LU OC h- UJ IS o > S cc o o > X LU o < > X I o z < o < z o H” u < UJ ts a I o o C -I < O UJ *« O < < E cr UJ O 3 >■ a I UJ O X z < < UJ X X u ►- < o 139 Figure 3. General ammox1dat1on process. 3.1 Description of Discharges In addition to feedstocks and product emissions, the hydrocarbon solvent added to the quench column usually contributes to reaction emissions. In the case of hydrogen cyanide and acrylonitrile productions, sulfuric acid is added to neutralize; this and the resulting side reaction forming ammonium sulfate add to the pollutants fron the reaction section. Products from side reactions are also present in emissions. Other nitriles besides the desired product are usually formed, with hydrogen cyanide the most common. Carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, and nitrogen oxides are also produced and released as off-gases (lights). Most of the off-gases go to an incinerator of greater than 99% efficiency or to recycle (Hydrocarbon Processing 1973); however, there can be leaks. Antimony, molybdenum, or iron particles may be found in the final v/astewater because the catalyst is usually an oxide of one or a ccmbination of these metals (Barnett and Dewing, Doihyj et al.. Hosier and Baillie, Norton and Bushick). 4.0 CARBONYLATION Carbonylation, or the Oxo reaction, is the addition of carbon monoxide to an organic conpound. Small carbonylic acids, alccAiols, and aldehydes are prepared by carbonylation. These products are listed in Table 4 with their 1981 production amounts. Figure 4 is a flow diagram for a typical carbonylation process. 4.1 Description of Discharges Releases fron a carbonylation process will occur as fugitive and particulate gaseous emissions, liquid wastes, and solid residues. Ihe major sources of contamination are gaseous emissions frcm the vents on the reactors vhich pull off the gaseous by-products and solid emissions resulting fron the disposal of the bottoms product fron the heavy ends distillation column. 140 Table 4. Carbonylation Products and Their Manufacture in 1980 Product^ Amount kkq Feedstock* Other Required Processes* Acetic acid 565,5262 Methanol Carbon Monoxide None Alcohols Na3 Olefins Carbon Monoxide None n-Butanol/ n-6utyraldehyde 413,681^ 488,070^ Propylene Carbon Monoxide Hydrogenation Ethyl acrylate Na3 Acetylene Ethanol Carbon Monoxide None 2-Ethyl hexanol/ n-eutyl alcohol 125,193"^ same as n-6utanol Propylene Carbon Monoxideje HydrogenatIon 1 aobutyral dehyde/ Isobutyl alcohol 118,298^ 98,340^ Propylene Carbon Monoxide Hydrogenation Formic acid Sodium formate 27,216'* Carbon Monoxide Sodium Hydroxide Hydro 1ysls Formic acid Carbon Monoxide (Methanol Recycled) Condensation Hydro 1 ys 1 s ^Source: ^Source: ^Source: ^Source: HerrIck et al. 1979, SRI 1981. Assumes 80t of capacity Is produced. KIrk-Othmar (1980) states that 34 to 37)( of all acetic acid Is manufactured by methanol carbonylation. This value Is 35.5^ of the total, SRI 1981. Does not give amounts produced, but lists producers, SRI 1981. Assumes that 80J of capacity Is produced and also assumes that the amount produced * 0 S by carbonylation. Capacities may Include corresponding Iso- or n- compounds; for example,the amount of n-butyraldehyde produced may Include Iso-butyaldehyde. 141 iso-aldehyde light ends 0X0 Catalyst Distillation Synthesis Recovery Hydrogenation Distillation Figure 4. A typical carbonylatlon process. Source: Adopted from IfydrocartxDn Processing, 1973. 142 fugitive gaseous - emissions may occur fron valves, flanges, pump seals, conpressor seals, pressure relief valves, drains, and cooling towers. compression fugitive emissions will occur, especially at compressor seals. - liquid wastes will result v^en flushing the compressors and when the oil used to grease the compressors leaks out. carbonylation reactor pollutants will be released from the off-gas vent on the reactor. cooling and condensing purification product separation condensers, partial condensers, and heat exchang¬ ers cause contaminated liquid waste streams and vent off-gases. gas scrubbers, degassers, and water washes create large contaminated liquid waste streams and large gaseous waste streams. distillation columns (both conventional and extractive distillation) cause fugitive and intermittent air emissions, solid bottoms products to be disposed, and contaminated liquid wastes containing products and extractive solvents. steam generation - contaminants are released during operation and at and cooling blowdown, tower operation All carbonylation reactions release volatile organic compounds (VOCs). VOCs include organic chemicals which, v^en emitted to the atmosphere, participate in photochemical reactions producing ozone. VOCs are emitted not only to the air, but also to the land and water. Quantification of releases is presented in Versar (1982). 143 5.0 GONDENSATiaxl Condensation is the process vhere two or more organic chemicals combine to form a main product, usually with the separatiCHi of water or some other low-molecular-weight compound. Very diverse groups of organic chemicals are made frcm condensation reactions. Table 5 lists the 55 organic chemicals manufactured by condensation and figures for their produc¬ tion in 1980. Figure 5 shows a generalized flow diagram for a condensation process. Specific processes with their releases are discussed in Versar (1982). 5.1 Description of Discharges Releases from a condensation process will occur as fugitive and particulate gaseous emissions, liquid wastes, and solid residues. The major sources of gaseous emissions are frcm the reactor by-product vents, the column vents on distillation columns, and releases during storage and handling. Since most condensation reactions yield water as a product of the reaction, a contaminated water stream will be discharged to wastewater treatment. Other liquid emissions will occur from disposal of spent scrubbing liquids and other solvents. Solid residues will result if a by-product of the reaction is a low molecular weight solid such as salt (NaCl), vhich is separated from the other products but contaminated to the same degree as the water of reaction. This solid product may be used elsewhere or disposed of. Another source of solid residues is the bottoms product of the heavy ends distillation column. Volatile organic compounds (VOC) will be emitted since the conden¬ sation products and reactants are organic compounds. Volatile organic conpounds (VOCs) have been defined by USEPA as organic conpounds which, when emitted to the atmosphere, undergo photochemical reactions producing ozone. Most every organic chemical is a volatile organic conpound (VOC). Also included as condensation products are pesticides. The emissions during their manufacture should be carefully monitored and controlled v^en possible. 144 TABLE 5, CONDENSATION PRODUCTS AND THE'R MANUFACTURE IN 1980 Amount''^ Other Required Product Feeds'^'ccK Processes AcetIc anhydr1de 726.000' Acetic acid Pyrolysis ArsanIlie acid (p-aminobenzenearsonIc acid) n.a3 Aniline Arsenic acid None Benzene sulfonyl chloride Na3 Benzene Chiorosu 1 for, ic add None B Ipheny 1 (d Ipheny1) 26,40o2 Benzene OehydrogenatIon BIsphenol A 330,200' Acetone Phono 1 None Choline chloride NA^ Ethylene oxide Tr lrr»thy lamlne Ami net Ion by ammonolysis Hydroha 1ogenat Ion Crotonaldehyde n-Butyl alcohol n-Butyrnldehyde NA^ Acetaldehyde HydroganetIon DIchlorodIpheny1- 26,800^ trIch1oroethane 11,1,l-trlchloro-2,2-bIs- (p-chl oropheny 1) ethaneKDOT) Acetaldehyde Moncch!o"obonzene HalocanatIon 2,4-Dlch1orophenoxyacetlc- acld (2,4-D) 5,80o2 Monocli 1 oroecatic add Phenol Ha 1ogenatIon 2-(2,4-Dlchlorophenoxy) propionic acid (2,4-OP) •NA^ a-Chl oroprop Ion Ic add 2,4-0ich1 crop heno1 DehydrchalogenatIon 4,4'-Dich1oropheny1sulfene NA Monoch1orobenzens Sulfur trioxide None Olphenylamlne NA^ Aniline None OiphenyIguanIdine NA^ An 1 11 ne fione N,N'-DIpheny1 hydrazine (hydrazobenzene) NA^ CyanIc acid Nitrobenzene HydrogenatIon D1phenylmethane-4-4 dl Isocyanate 1 (methy lene- bls 4-pheny1 Isocyanate)1 (MDI) 209,000' An i, 1ne Formaldehyde Phosgene Phosgenation :45 Table 5. (Continued) Product Ethyl acetate Ethyl carbonate Ethylene glycol ethers ' Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether Ethyl ether (diethyl ether) 2-EthyIhexanol Ethyl parathlon (parathlon) Formic acid Heptenes Hexamethy1enetetram1ne Isophorone Isoprene (2-methy1-1,3-butadIene) Isoprene Isoprene Isoprene Amount'*^ ililia) 94,300’ 555,000^ 23,200’ 125,200' 27,200' 54,400’ 54,000' 143,300 Feedstock Other Required Processes Acetaldehyde Ethylene oxide Carbon dioxide Alkyl alcohols Ethylene glycol Ethylene oxide Ethanol Ethanol Acetaldehyde Butyraldehyde 0,0-Dlmethyl phosphoro- Thlonochlorldate Sodium nltrophenoxide Carbon monoxide (methanol recycled) Butylenes Propyleno Ammon I a Forma Idehyde Acetone Propylene Ace tone Acetylene Forma Idehyde Isobutylene Forma Idehyde Hydrogen chloride Isobutylene None None None None None HydrogenatIon MalogenatIon Carbony I at Ion Hydro IysIs None Ami nation by ammonolysis None Cracking DehydratIon Hydrogenation CrackIng Hydroha IogenatIon PyrolysI 5 146 'Table 5. (Continued) Amount' Other Required Product (kkq) Feedstock Processes N-lsopropyl-N'-pheny 1- NA^ Acetone A1ky latIon p-phenylened1 amine An 111ne DehydrohalogenatIon p-Chloron1trobenzene HydrogenatIon Melamine 1 54,400’ DIcyand1 amide Pyrolysis Melamine ) Urea Pyro1ys1s Mesityl oxide NA^ Acetone Dehydrat Ion DL-methIonIne NA^ Aero lein Cyanic acid Methyl mercaptan HydrogenatIon 2-Methy1-2-butano1 Na3 Acetone Hydrogenation (tert-amyl alcohol) Acety1ene 2-Methy1-3-butyn-2-o1 NA^ Acetone None Acety lene 2-Methy1-4-chlorophenoxy- Na3 o-Creso1 HalogenatIon acetic acid (MCPA) Monoch1oroacetic acid 2-(2-Methy1-4-ch1orophenoxy) Na3 CX-Chloroprop Ionic acid Dehydrohalogenation propionic acid (MCPP) 2-Methy1-5-ethy1pyr1dlne (MEP) Na3 Acetaldehyde Aminat Ion by ammonolysis (5-ethy1-2-plcol1ne) Ammon la Methyl Isobutyl ketone 83,800* Acetone Dehydration Hydrogen Hydrogenation Methyl parathIon (0,0-dImethy1 K> o o 0,0-Almethyl phosthlono- HalogenatIon 0-p-nItropheny1 phosphoro- ch1 orIdate thloate) Sodium p-n 1trophenoxIde 4-Methy 1 -l-pentene Na3 Propylene None N-pheny1-2-naphthy1 amine Na3 An 1 line None 2-naphthoI 147 Table 5. (Continued) Product OxalIc acid PontaerythrItol p-PhenyI phenol (4-hydroxydIphenyI) Polyethylene terephthalate beta-ProploIactone Propylene carbonate Pyridine beta-PIcolIne T etrahydrof uran, 2,3,4,5-tetracarboxyIIc dIanhydrIde TetramethyIthluram disulfide (thiram) IblsCdImethyIthlocarbamoyI)- d1sulfIdel 2,4,5-TrIchIorophenoxyacetIc acid (2,4,5-T) Z Ineb (zinc ethylenebisdIthlo- carbamate) Amount' (kkg) Feedstock Other Required Processes Na3 Sodium formate Pyrolysls 64,600* Aceta1dehyde Forma 1dehyde Cannizzaro reaction NA^ Benzene Cyclohexanone Oehydrogenat Ion 435,400* Dimethyl terephthalate Ethylene glycol Polymerization NA Formaldehyde Ketone None NA^ Carbon dioxide Propylene ox 1de None 21,800* Acetaldehyde Formaldehyde Methanol Ammox1datIon 57,300* Furan Maleic anhydride Oxidation Na3 Ammon 1 a Carbon disulfide DImethylamlne Hydrogen peroxide Oxidation 6,600^ Acetic acid 2,4,5-TrIchlorophenol Halogenatlon 80 0^ Carbon disulfide Ethylene diamine Zinc sulfate None 148 Table 5. (Continued) Product Amount' (kkq) Feedstock Other RequI red Processes Zl ram 1,70o2 Carbon dIsu1fIde None (zinc dImethy1dithlo- DImethy1 amine carbamate) Zinc sulfate Source: Herrick etal. 1979a. 'source: SRI 1981. Assume 60% of capacity Is produced and also assume that the amount produced was by condensation. ^Source: USITC 1979. Source: SRI 1981. Does not give amounts produced, but lists producers. ^Source; USITC 1975. Source: White 1980b. Most of the 555,000 kkg were produced by a different reaction - the reaction of yi^ne oxide ethylene oxide and alcohols. 149 (/) 0) •H 00 c •H 1 •H X. rH D 00 •H (1. Ti O e X •H c o •H C *-> o CO i-t I—( o (U in •H C D 0 cr •H •H (A c rH 248.6 1sopentane None 1soprene 1 Tertiary amylenes None Methyl ethyl ketone \ Butene-1 Hydro 1ys1s ( Butene-2 Methyl ethyl ketone ) sec-Buty1 alcohol None Phenol InsIgnI f leant amts. Cycl ohexane Ammox1datIon p-Phenyl phenol - Benzene Cyc1ohexane CondensatIon PIperylene - n-Pentene None Propylene 6440.4 Propane None Styrene 1 ( 3394.8 Benzene Ethylene Al kyl at Ion Styrene ) Ethyl benzene None Xylenes, mixed - Naphtha None Source: Herrick etal. 1979a; SRI 1979a. 158 «/> (/> a> u o c o •r* 4 -> <0 C o o> o u ■o >> xz 0 ) •o <0 u o. >» 00 o 3 o> m a\ cr •5 w U) • • 5i 1C 159 o 00 a\ •H • • 160 Figure 9. Flow diagram for vinylldene chloride from 1 , 1 ,2-tr1chloroethane. TABLE 9. DEHYDROHALOGENATION PRODUCTS AND THEIR PRODUCTION IN 19791.2 rnduct Amount (kkq) Feedstock Other RequI red Processes :-(2,4-Dlchlorophenoxy) ,propionic acid (2,4-DP) NA a*chloroproplonIc acid (2,4-D1ch1orop heno1) condensatIon 1 -lsopropyl-N'-phenyl-p- phenylenedlamine 28,436« acetone aniline p-ch1oron1trobenzene alkylatlon condensatIon hydrogenation !-(2-Methyl-4-chlorophonoxy) propionic acid (MCPP) NA Och 1 oroprop Ion Ic acid; 4-chlorocresol condensatIon Polycarbonate resins 127,800^ bisphenol A phosgene phosgenatIon po lymer Izatlon Hnyl chloride monomer (VCM) 2,925,000^ acetylene ethane chi or 1ne halogenation oxyhalogenatIon /Inyl chloride monomer (VCM) 2,925,000^ ethylene chlorine halogenation oxyhalogenatIon ^Inyl chloride monomer (VCM) hydrogen chloride 2,925,000^ ethylene dichlorlde none Vinyl chloride monomer (VCM) 2,925,000^ naphtha chlorine halogenatIon oxyhalogenation VinylIdene chi or Ide 98,000^ vlny1 chloride halogenatIon Sources: 'Herrick 1979. 2uSITC 1979. ^SRI 1981, 80$ of January 1, 1981 capacity. ^Chemical 4 Engineering News, August 3, 1981, 1980 nroductlon. ^IT Enviroscience 1980, 801 of 1979 reported capacity. *lncludes all substituted p-phenylenedI amine . Note; Dehydrohalogenation Is not always the major method of production of these chemicals. 161 9.1 Description of Discharges Releases from a typical c3ehydrchalogenation process occur as fugitive emissions, as reactor off-gases, as column wastes, as catalyst recovery residue, and as storage and handling emissions. Fugitive pressure relief valves, punp seals, conpressor seals, drains, and cooling towers. Process - reactor off-gases. Purification - column vents, column waste streams, filter residue, and catalyst recovery residue. Storage and - vents from feed tanks, product tanks, and loading. Handling A quantification of releases from dehydrdhalogenation is presented in Versar (1982). 10. ESTERIFICATION A carboxylic acid is converted into an ester when heated with an alcohol in the presence of a mineral acid, such as sulfuric acid or hydrogen chloride. The process, called esterification, can be batch on. continuous, liquid- or vapor-phase. Organic chemicals manufactured by esterification and their amounts produced in 1980 are listed in Table 10. Figure 10 describes a general process flow diagram of an esterification process. 10.1 Description of Discharges Releases from an esterification pr(x:ess will occur as fugitive and particulate gaseous emissions, liquid wastes, and solid residues. Ihe major sources of contamination are (1) gaseous onissions from the vents cn feed tanks and purification columns vhich pull off excess feedstock and by-products and (2) liquid emissions in waste streams from the reactor and purification column continuing excess feedstock, catalyst, and by-products. 162 TABLE 10. ESTERIFICATION PRODUCTS Product Amount* Feedstock Other Required Processes Acrylic acid & acrylate esters 714,136 propylene alcohols oxidation n-Butyl acetate 63,503 acetic acid n-butyl alcohol n-Butylbenzyl phthalate NA benzyl alcohol n-butyl alcohol phthalic anhydride Di-n-butyl phthalate NA n-butyl alcohol phthalate anhydride Diethyl phthalate NA ethyl alcohol phthalic anhydride Diheptyl phthalate NA heptyl alcohol phthal ic anhydride Diisodecyl phthalate NA isodecyl alcohol phthalic anhydride Dimethyl phthalate NA methyl alcohol phthalic anhydride Dimethyl terephthalate I Dimethyl 4 terephthalate ’ 1 ,542,214 (feedstock not specified) methyl alcohol terephthalic acid methyl alcohol p-xylene oxidation Di-n-octyl phthalate NA phthalic anhydride n-octyl alcohol Dioctylphthalate (2-ethyl hexyl NA 2-ethyl hexyl alcohol phthalic anhydride phthalate) 163 Table 10. (Continued) Other Required Product Amount * Feedstock Processes Ethyl acetate 94,347 acetic acid ethyl alcohol Ethyl acetoacetate NA acetic acid pyrolysis Ethyl acrylate NA ethyl alcohol oxidation Isopropyl acetate 19,958 acetic acid isopropyl alcohol Methyl acetate NA acetic acid methyl alcohol Methyl acetonacetate NA acetic acid pyrolysis Methyl methacrylate 413,676 acetone hydrocyanation hydrogen cyanide hydrolysi s methyl alcohol sulfonation Methyl methacrylate NA isobutylene methyl alcohol oxidation p-Oxybenzoic acid o p NA butyl alcohol carboxylation Oxybenzoic butyrate carbon dioxide phenol Polyethylene 257,640 ethylene glycol polymerization terephthalate (barrier resins) 177,808 (film) terephthalic acid Triacetate polymer NA acetic acid (cellulose triacetate) cel lul ose Tributyrin NA n-butyric acid a (glyceral tributyrate) glycerol Source: SRI 1981; Herrick et al. 1979. *SR1 lists amounts in plant capacities. For this table, the capacities were multiplied by 0.8. 164 SLURRY PREPARATION SYSTEM REACTOR DISTILLATION SYSTEM Figure 10. Manufacture of dimethyl terephthalate by esterification. Fugitive gaseous - may occur from valves, puirp seals, compressor emissions seals, pressure relief valves, and drains. Feed tank - gaseous excess feedstock will be released through a vent on the mix tank. Purification - excess feedstock and by-products are released column through vents in the gaseous form, and in the liquid form they are washed out in a waste stream along with catalyst fines. Ifeavy ends column - a sludge containing by-products, catalyst fines, and additives is removed from the heavy ends column to waste disposal (usually a landfill). 11.0 HALOGENATION Halogenation is the process of reacting a hydrocarbon with a halogen gas. Direct chlorination to form chlorocarbons is the most widely used halogenation process. Table 11 lists major halogenation products and their 1980 manufacture. Manufacture of halocartons by direct halogenation involves three basic steps: (1) halogenation, (2) absorption, and (3) separation (Figure 11). 11.1 Description of Discharges Among the discharges, fugitive and routine, the feedstock hydrocar¬ bons and chlorine are usually present. The product halocarbon is emitted at most discharge points, along with heavier and lighter halogenated hydro¬ carbon by-products. The heavies produced are mostly drawn off in the final wastewater of the distillation column(s). Hydrogen chloride, vhich is generated during halogenation, is among the emissions frcm the HCl scrubber. If a neutralizer is employed in the process, excess sodium hydroxide and sodium chloride by-product are exited in the bottoms of the neutralizer column or drawn off from a filter. Thrs and carbon solids are present in the final distillation column bottoms waste, and if a catalyst is used, catalyst fines such as mercuric chloride or antimony trichloride will also be present. 166 TABLE 11. HALOGENATION PRODUCTS AND THEIR MANUFACTURE IN 1980 O t 3 C ^ 3 O) IS t 3 i: >- t 2 ^ b i t i! -O >. C <0 & (t m . & t 9) c "o 00 OV in b N c c L. JO O X 40 o c >. S’ c o > X >. K 0 0 4^ 0) c c c JU -2 >* >- >. X X X 1 4“ 4“ OJ ! Ui UJ o m m 0) c 5 ■ 4 - 8 b x: u L. V « 3 o «k ► 8 <» N C <8 O GO (N CN 0) N C t. O X O 00 o O c 5 4- S 00 vO* 00 O H- o b X O 4> c 0 ) N 8 m 4) N c X o 0) N c 00 ^o o m 0) N C X o ? o. 8 jD >- X o m K\ vcT b X u 0) c 0) « b X o c # I X I I S b 00 Os m o o t. o 3 o TJ >. X vO vO o c 5 4- in in CM CN o C o c s 4- 8 •D C O 0) 0) c c 5 5 5 4- •*- -f- ^ ^ ^ ^ a- in •- « <4 % ■»r (N r* r- ^ • X 4” ^ UJ o fn VO kT m 8 >. X jD o >- >~ X £ u -(- 4- u « 0) s; Z CL % X o c 8 i; O X u X 00 X 8 8 . i/l o X 0. SR oe ■o c •TJ •TJ O* •TJ 4-> 4) U ’u o u t- § l/) 167 VtHT TO ATMOVHERf o HTOROCARBORS VSED IT CAUSTIC WASTE HOT SEf AnATED W WATER WASH^XCEfTION: VCM PROCESS ’ FUGITIVE EMISSION POINTS © © VENT TO ATMOSPHERE FIITER* OR SEPARATOR OR DEHYDRATOR PRODUCT CAUSTIC OH CAUSTIC WATER OR WASTE WATER TO HO WASTE RECYCLE TO HO RECYCLE © WASTE © Figure 11. Halogenation of Hydrocarbcjn. Source: Kahn and Hughes 1979. 168 Quantification of releases from halogenation processes is found in Versar (1982). 12.0 HYDRODEALKYLATION Hydrodealkylation is the process by which a methyl or larger alkyl groups are removed from hydrocarbon molecules and replaced by hydrogen atoms. Benzene and naphthalene are produced by this process. Table 12 presents the chemicals produced, other processes required, and the feedstock required for the hydrodealkylation process. Figure 12 is a flow diagram for benzene production by the hydrodealkylation process. 12.1 Description of Discharges Descriptions of discharges are provided for the two major alkylation manufacturing processes, i.e., benzene and naphthalene. 12.1.1 Benzene Waste streams originate from periodic catalyst regeneration, fugitive emissions from valves and pump seals, discarding spent clay, operating power generation and cooling water systems, gas compressors, and process heaters. Catalyst regeneration in the Detol Process involves occasional burning of coke deposits in a preheated inert gas with con¬ trolled quantities of air. Descriptions of the Hydeal process indicate that about 1% of aromatics in the feed may be converted to heavy aromatics such as biphenyl, methyl biphenyls, and fluorene through condensation of aromatic nuclei. These heavy aronnatics will most likely be found in the waste stream. 12.1.2 Napthalene Fugitive emissions of hydrocarbons to the air are expected from distillation units, vents, pumps, seals, and flanges. For processes which use catalysts, catalyst decoking operations oan be expeoted to release partioulates, sulfur oxides, and carbon monoxides to the atmosphere. Atmospheric emissions are also expected from process heaters and cooling water treatment. 169 TABLE 12, ORGANIC CHEMICALS MANUFACTURED BY HYDRODEALKYLATION Other Processes Required Product Feedstock Amount kkg for 1979 None Benzene Light hydrocarbon Aromatic mixtures Hydrogen NA None Benzene Coke oven 1Ight o11 NA None Benzene Toluene 1,498,400 None Benzene Xylenes (mixed) NA None Napthalene Alkylnapthalenes 74,102 Sourc*: Herrick et al. 1979a VENT HYDROGEN 171 Solid waste consists of spent catalyst and acid treated clay used in purification. Ihe usual method of disposal is by landfill. It is possible that sane of the sorbed materials are toxic and could be nobilized into the environment by leaching of the landfill. 13.0 HYDROSENATION Hydrogenation is the unit process in \4iich hydrogen is added to various compounds. The hydrogenation processes are similar. Ihe major operations are a catalytic reactor and a purification system. Figure 13 is a typical pro¬ cess diagram. The principal organic chemicals manufactured by hydrogena¬ tion are listed in Table 13. 13.1 Description of Discharges Releases fran a typical hydrogenation process occur as fugitive gaseous emissions, as vent gases, in wastewater, and as catalytic residue. Fugitive - pressure relief valves, pump seals, conpressor seals, and drains. Reactor Purification - off-gases frcm reactor vents. - vents frcm distillation columns, bottoms from distillation columns. Storage and Handling Secondary - vents from feed tanks, product tanks, and loading. - residue frcm catalytic recovery. Releases frcm hydrogenation processes are quantified in Versar (1982) 14.0 HYDROHALOGENATION Hydrchalogenation is the process in vhich a halogen atcm is added to an organic compound with a halogen acid, e.g., hydrogen chloride, acting as the halogenating agent. Table 14 presents chemicals produced, other 172 173 Figure 13. A typical hydrogenation process. TABLE 13. HYDROGENATION PRODUCTS AND THEIR PRODUCTION IN 1979 Product Amount ( kkq) Feedstock Other Required Processes Adiponitr 1 le NA butadIene ammox1dat Ion halogenat Ion m-AmInophenol NA n1trobenzene hydrolysis su1fonatIon p-Amlnophenol NA n 1 trobenzene acid rearrangement Aniline 310,402 nItrobenzene none 1,3-blsCamlnomethy1) cyclohexane NA 1sophtha1 onItr1le none n-Butanol 344,924 propylene carbonylatIon n-Butyraldehyde 427,791 carbon monoxide (oxo) Caprolactam 425,428 toluene, ammonia acid rearrangement 0 x 1 datIon Crotona1dehyde NA acetaldehyde condensatIon n-Butyraldehyde n-^utyl alcohol 427,791 344,924 dehydratIon Cyclohexane 1,091,376 benzene none Cyclohexanol NA phenol none Cyclohexylamine NA an 111ne none Cyclohexylamine NA n1trobenzene 3,3'-Dlchloroben2ldlne NA 1-chloro-2-nltro- benz Idene dlhydrochloride benzene rearrangement 2-Ethy1hexanol NA carbon monoxide carbonylatIon n-6utanol 1sobutyraldehyde 344,924 NA propy lene (oxo) 2-Ethy1hexanol NA acetaldehyde condensation Hexamethylened1 amine NA ad 1 pon 1 tr 11 e none 174 Table 13. (Continued) Product Amount ( kkq) Feedstock Other Required Processes Hoxamethylened1 amine NA adipic acid ammon1 a ammoxidatlon Hydrazobenzene (sym- N,N'-d1pheny1hydraz1ne) NA nitrobenzene condensatIon Isobutyl alcohol NA propylene carbonylatlon (oxo) Isoprene (2-inethyl- 1,3-butadlene) 246,589 acetone acetylane condensatIon dehydration N-1sopropy1-N'-pheny1- p-phenylened1 amina NA acetone aniline p-ch1oron1trobenzene alkylation condensatIon dehydrogenation DL-MethlonIne NA acrolein cyanic acid methyl mercaptan condensation 2-Methyl-2-butanol NA acetone acetylene condensatIon Methyl Isobutyl ketone NA acetone condensation dehydration Sorbitol {1,2,3,4,5,6- hexanehexol) 115,167 corn sugar or corn syrup none Toluene dlIsocyanate (TDI) (80/20-2,4-2,6-TDI) 309,170 phosgene toluene nltratIon phosgenatlon m-XylenedlamIne NA IsophthaIon 1tr1le none Sources: Herrick et al. 19791; USITC 1979. 175 TABLE 14. HYDROHALOGENATION PRODUCTS AND THEIR MANUFACTURE Product Amount (kkg ) Feedstock Other Required Processes Cho11ne chi orIde 26,10o2 ethylene oxide ami nation by tr1methy1 amine amnonolysis. condensat Ion Ethyl chloride 264,000^ ethylene 1soprene 248,560*2 forma 1dehyde condensat Ion 1sobutylene pyrolysls Methyl bromide 16,640^ methano1 Methyl chloride 209,90o2 methano1 1,1,1-TrIchloroethane 324,90o2 vinyl chloride halogenatIon Vinyl chloride monomer 108,880’ acety lene Source: Herrick et al. 1979a. 'SRI 1981. 2uSITC 1979. ^USITC 1977. ♦Assumes lOOj by pyrolysis prcxresses required, required feedstock^ and production volumes for products that can be manufactured by the hydrc^alogenation process. A typical hydrcAialogenation process (the manufacture of vinyl chloride monomer using hydrogen chloride and acetylene as feedstock) is shown in Figure 14. 14.1 Description of Discharges Releases from a typical hydrohalogenation process will result as fugitive emissions from process pumps, conpressor seals, process valves, pressure relief valves, cooling towers, and drains. When process pressures are higher than cooling water pressures, VOC can leak into the cooling and escape as a fugitive emission frcxn the cooling towers (White 1980b). Pollu¬ tants are also released frcm purging catalyst beds and catalysts regenera¬ tion. Waste is also generated fron the removal of spent catalysts. The disposal of catalyst residue in landfills and the combustion of organic wastes are sources of emissions. Production separation and purification result in fugitive and inter¬ mittent emissions, and heavy polymeric matter (Faith et al. 1965). Emis¬ sions can occur vhen wastewater from process sources is sent to wastewater treatment systems and the VOC is desorbed. Specific releases frcm hydrohalogenation are quantified in Versar (1982). 15.0 HYDROLYSIS AND HYDRATION Hydrolysis is the process by v^ich an organic feedstock is reacted with water to form one or more new chemical corpounds. The reaction occurs at moderately high tenperatures and pressures, 150 to 500®C and 60 to 100 atm, respectively. The reactor is usually a catalytic bed, containing ion-exchange catalysts such as phosphoric acid in diatomaceous earth or 177 >* c > o O) 3 U O) ITJ -O 3 l- C O to «— E f o • • c (/) a> t/> o> Q> o u i- o -o u >« o.f C TJ o c t- <0 to a> c c a> a> 0 ) 1 — o >» to f o o to •a E >» o f u tO O) O -O Q. i- >> O < o ■<;r r' c o N C 9) A O a> 3 4J U «0 <0 E «TJ i- o> «0 3 o (/> «/» a> u o vO a> 1 - 3 o> u o 00 CTi 0) -P •H 8 (5^ Table 17 presents the principal organic chemicals manufactured by oxidation. Figure 17 is an oxidation process diagram for the production of maleic anhydride. 17.1 Description of Discharges Releases fran a typical oxidation process occur as fugitive gaseous emissions, as vent gases, in wastewater, and as catalyst residue. Fugitive - occur from process valves, process pump seals, relief valves, compressor seals, drains, and cooling towers. Process - occur from reactor off-gases. Separation and - occur fran scrubber vents, scrubber wastewater, purification and distillation vents. Storage Handling Secondary - occur from feed, intermediate, and product storage. - occur from transfer of organics. - occur from catalyst residue. Specific releases are quantified in Versar (1982). 18.0 OXYHALOGENATION In the oxyhalogenation process, a halogen acid is catalytically oxi¬ dized to the halogen with air or oxygen. Commercial applications of the process use oxychlorination in which chlorination is accomplished by catalytically oxidizing hydrogen chloride to chlorine with air or oxygen (see Table 18 and Figure 18). I 186 TABLE 17. OXIDATION PRODUCTS AND THEIR PRODUCTION IN 1979 Amount Other Required jduct* ( kkg ) Feedstock Processes »ta 1 d«h yd* 479,906’ ethylene none •tic acid 1,461,044 n-butanes al kylat Ion •tic acid 1,481,044 1 Ight naphtha none •t Ic ac Id 1,481,044 acetaIdeh yde none 'acetic acid NA •tic acid 1,481,044 n-butane none ‘aphthalie acid NA p**xylane •tone 478,091’ benzene none •nol 36,553 propylene atylene hVk hydrocarbons cracking ftylene NA (C|-C8) rolein NA prop yl ene none ryl Ic acid 275,788 »ta1deh ^ NA ryl Ic ac Id 328, 72o2 prop yl ene ester 1fIcatIon rylic esters a 1 coho 1s Ipic acid 682,160^ cyclohexane none Ipic acid 682,160^ cyclohexyl alcohol none thraquinone 18,897’ anthracene none nzolc acid 34,946 to 1uen e none rt-butyl alcohol NA 1 sobutane none prolactam 428,828 cyclohexane Beckmann rearrangement oxIdatIon prolactam 428,828 tol uane acid rearrangement h ydrogenat Ion clohexanone 739,200^ eye lohexane none cloheKyl alcohol 187 Table 17. (Continued) Product* Olimthyl terephthalate Ethyl acrylate Ethylene oxide Ethylene oxide/ ethyl ene g I ycol Formaldehyde Formal dehyde Formal dehyde Formic acid Fumaric acid (trans-1,2' ethylene dicarboxyltc Gl ycer Ine Isophthallc acid Maleic anhydride Maleic anhydride Maleic anhydride Methyl methacrylate Pel argon Ic acid Caprolc acid Azellac acId Pel argonIc acid Undecanolc acid Trtdecanolc acid Amount (kkg) Other Required Feedstock Processes 653,600^ methanol p-xyl ene ester 1 fIcatIon 143,328 ethyl alcohol prop yl ene ester 1 fIcatlon 8,6105 eth yl ene none ,6105/2,144,866 eth yl ene h ydrol ysl s 2,700,479 methanol with silver catalyst none 2,708,479 methanol with metal oxide catalyst none dimethyl ether none 0,1655 light hydrocarbons none 23,078 benzene Isomer 1zatlon i) 47,200^ prop yl ene non a NA m-xylene none 146,614 butadiene (and other C 4 hydro¬ carbons) none 146,614 benzene none 146,614 butene- 1 , bLrtene- 2 , butadiene (If present) none 422,241 Isobutylene, methanol ester 1 fIcatIon NA oils (tall, red, soybean) ozonol ysl s NA NA Ot-olef Ins ozonol ys 1 s NA 188 Table 17. (Continued) •roduct* Amount (kkg) Feedstock Other Required Processes tienol 1,315,715 cumene acid cleavage acetone 782,254 'henol 36,553 benzene, propylene acid cleavage Icetone NA al kylat Ion ’henol 36,553 cyclohexane deh ydrogenat Ion lydrogen NA ’hthal Ic anhydr Ide 215 ,4595 naphtha 1 ene none ’hthal Ic anhydride 215,4595 o-xylene alkylatlon ’hthal Ic dlanhydrlde NA pseudocumene alkylatlon (1,2,4,5-ben2enetetra- carboxyllc-1,2,4,5-dlanhydrIde) iuberic acid NA cycl Ic olef Ins ozonolys1s Dodecanolc acid NA Ferephthallc acid 1,051,200^ p-xyl ene none Tetrah ydrof ur an, NA fur an condensat Ion 2,3,4,5-tetracarbOKyl Ic NA maleic anydride dianhydrIde Tetrameth yith1uram NA ammonla, carbon condansat Ion disulfide (thiuram) dlsulfide. lbls( dimethyl thiocarb* dImeth ylamine. amoyl) disulfide) hydrogen peroxide Trimellltic anhydride NA pseudocumene none (1,2,4-ben zene-tr Icarboxyl Ic acid, 1,2-anhydrIde) Source: Hedley et al. 1979a, USITC 1980. Not#: Oxidation Is not always the major method of production of these chemicals, •Some oxidation processes have more than one product. 'Shreve 1967, production In 1964, ^White 1980d, 80% of 1976 capacity of both products. ^ite 1980d, 80% of 1978 capacity. ^ite 1980d, 80% of 1979 capacity of both products. ^Faith 1965, production in 1963. White 1980d, 80% of 1977 capacity. 189 190 Figure 17. Process flow diagram for model plant of uncontrolled Source: White 1980d. maleic anhydride manufacture by benzene oxidation. Table 18. Oxyhalogenation Products^ and Their Manufacture in 1979^ Product Amount fkkg) Feedstock Other Required Processes Ethylene dichlorlde 5,350,000 Ethylene none Perch 1oroethy1ene Trichloroethylene 350,640 144,892 Any C 2 Chlorocarbon mixture Halogenatton Catal yt Ic cracking Phenol 36,552^ Benzene, HCI Hydro 1ysls Vinyl chloride monomer NA Ethane Chlorine Dehydroha 1ogenatIon Ha 1ogenatlon Vinyl chloride monomer 1,823,440^ Ethylene Chlorine Dehydroha 1ogenatlon HalogenatIon Vinyl chloride monomer NA Naptha Chlorine Dehydroha 1ogena tIon Ha 1ogenatlon Sources: ^Herrick et al. 1979a. ^USITC 1979, Total production from all processes. ^Includes all phenol produced with the exception of phenol from cumene, production, coke ovens, and gas-retort ovens. ^SRI 1981, Production levels are assumed to be 80$ of plant nameplate capacity. 191 ATMOSPHERE 192 Figure 18. Manufacture of trichloroethylene by oxychlorinatl 18.1 Description of Discharges Oxyhalogenation manufacturing process emissions usually consist of hydrocarbons. Ihese may be feedstock, inpurities in the feedstock, products, and by-products. Emissions from two typical oxyhalogenation manufacturing processes may be classified under the headings of fugitive, process, secondary, and storage and handling: Fugitive - occur fron pressure relief valves, flanges, punp emissions seals, valve steams, and compressors. When process pressures are higher than cooling water pressure, VDC can leak into the cooling water and escape as a fugitive emission frcxn the cooling tower. Process emissions Secondary emissions - from absorber vents which release inert gases from the oxygen, chlorine, hydrogen chloride, and other feeds; drying column releases or non-condensable gases; and neutralizer vents. - from wastewater containing VOC in the waste treat¬ ment system and fron the combustion of tars in the incinerator. Specific releases from this process are quantified in Versar (1982). 19.0 PHOSGEiqATION Phosgenation is the process in which phosgene reacts with an amine to form an isocyanate or in v^ich phosgene reacts with an alcohol to form a carbonate. Table 19 lists the chemicals produced by phosgenation. Figure 19 is a flow diagram for diisocyanate production by the phosgenation process. 19.1 Description of Discharges Waste streams will contain fugitive enissions fron valves, gas compressors, wastewater treatment systems, and cooling water systems. 193 TABLE 19. PHOSGENATION PRODUCTS AND THEIR MANUFACTURE IN 1980+ Product Amount (kkg) Feedstock Other Required Processes D1phenylmethano-4,4'dlIsocyanate Imethylene bls(4-pheny11socyanate)1 (MDI) 260,816 An 111ne Formaldehyde Phosgene None Polycarbonate resins 151,953 BIsphenol A Phosgene DehydrogenatIon Polymer1zatIon Toluene dl Isocyanate (TDI)I 80/20, 2,4,-2,6-TDI 324,318 Phosgene To luene HydrogenatIon Sources: Herrick et al. 1979a. SRI 1981. tLevels of manufacture are based on plant nameplate capacities with unspecified production processes 194 S o M O * a flC • w ^ < Sir n Irw 3© © r—©“ ^ < kw 2 . s * » s; aS © coOLin OlfTILLATION COLUMN H ,© 1 rMftWEI j* REIIOUAl AMD comtamimatss 1 OLVINI^ k distillation column k © rHOtGENE AMD tOlVENTS <] nMimNC COLUMN o ^ ^ 5 i i» «e _ ' ■£ [ WASHING COLUMN RECVCLEO REACTANn = o Z IS2 D « ire t, 9 t s 2 s ! i I ©□< ee s « REACTOR III ) vO -\ REACTOR I © KIACTOR I I© u 3 TO O L- o a; « o o «/> E <0 L. o> «TJ 3 o a> 3 o> 195 Source: Adapted from Pistor et al. 1977 and Nersasian 1975. Emissions to the atmosphere can be expected from distillation unit vents, puirp seals and flanges, and catalyst incineration. Solid waste will include polymeric residue as a result of product purification. White (1980c) reports that j^osgene is '^ 99 % of the estimated uncon¬ trolled VOC emissions associated with the solvent recovery and TDI produc¬ tion distillations. Specific emissions for this process are quantified in Versar (1982). 20.0 POLYMERIZATim Polymerization is the process v^ere sinple molecules, i.e., mono¬ mers, are reacted to form polymers. Ihe organic chemicals most frequently made by polymerization and their amounts produced in 1979 are listed in Table 20. A polymerization reaction is illustrated in Figure 20. 20.1 Description of Discharges Releases from the polymerization processes occur as fugitive and particulate gaseous emissions, liquid wastes, and solid residues. Tlie major sources of air contamination are: 1) the emissions of raw materials or mononers, 2) emissions of solvents or other volatile liquids during the reaction, 3) emissions of sublimed solids (such as phthalic anhydride in alkyd resin production), and 4) emissions of solvents during storage and handling of thinned resins (USEPA 1977). Wastewater may emanate from within the process where it was required for the process operating condi¬ tions; it may be formed during the course of chemical reactions; or it may be used in washdcwn of process vessels, area housekeeping, utility blowdcwn, and other sources such as laboratories (USEPA 1974 ). Solid residues will result frcm precipitates of separation and purification processes and bottoms products of distillation columns. fugitive gaseous - may occur fron valves, flanges, puirp seals, emissions compressor seals, pressure relief valves, drains, and cooling towers. 196 TABLE 20. ORGANIC CHEMICALS MANUFACTURED IN POl.YMERITAT ION’ Annual Production Other Required oducts (kkq 1979)^ Reactants Processes ry1Ic ras1 ns 517,856 aery Ion 1tr11e rylonitrlle-butadlana- styrene resins (ABS) 567,665 acrylonitr1le butadiene styrene oxy resin 217,595 bisphenol A epichlorohydrin hylene-propylene 176,389 ethylene or copolymer resins propylene hylene-vinyl acetate - ethylene copolymer resins vinyl acetate lyaralde resins (Nylon 6) ) 1 131,091 caprolactum lyamide resins (Nylon 66) j 1 adipic acid hexamethylene diamine 11 ybutad1ene^ 9,281 butad1ene ilybutadlenm-acrylonitr lie (NBR) 73,253 acrylonItr11e butadiene ilybutenes - buten e-1/buten e-2 ilycarbonate resins - bisphenol A dehydrohalo- phosgene genatIon phosgenatIon )l ychloroprene (neoprene) 83,163 chloroprene • lyester resins (saturated) 267,660 g1yco1s polybasic acids styrene • lyester resins^ (unsaturated) 536,036 g 1 yco 1 s styrene unsaturated dibasic acids • I yether glycols \ 830,497 ethylene oxide propylene oxide >lyether g lycols \ ethylene ox 1de propy lene ox Ide a 1 coho 1s 197 I Table 20. (Continued) Products Annual Production (kkq 1979)^ Reactants Other Required Processes Polyethylene (low density) 3,393,853 ethy lene Polyethylene (high density) 2,234,543 ethy lane Polyethylene terephthalate 172,847 ethylene glycol terephthalIc acid ester 1fIcat Ion Polyethylene terephtha1 ate dImethy1terephthalate ethylene g1ycol condensation Polylsobutylene 1 sobutene butenes Po1y1socyanate 129,264 organic bichlorides sodium cyanate pyrolysls CIs-polylsoprene - 1 soprene Polypropylene 1,734,513 propylene Polystyrene 1,062,650 styrene Polystyrene (high Impact- rubber modified) 682,268 polybutadlene styrene Polyvinyl acetate 410,135 vinyl acetate Polyvinyl alcohol resins 75,591 vinyl alcohol Polyvinyl chloride resins 2,817,481^ vinyl chloride Polyvinyl chloride- acetate copolymer - vinyl acetate vinyl chloride Polyvinyl chloride-vinylIdene 9,908 chloride copolymer resins vinyl chloride vlny11 dene chi or Ida Propylene tetramer - propylene Styrene-butadiene resln^ (SBR) 1,641,766 styrene butad1ene Urea-formaldehyde resin 624,918 bluret formaldehyde urea ^Source: Herrick et al. 1980. ^Source; USITC, Synthetic Organic Chemicals; 1979 ^Solution and emulsion polymerization ^Annual production Includes polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, and other saturated polyester resins '^Valuo includes polyvinyl chloride copolymers 198 Monomer Recycle Column ^ 4 00 r-i L c 4/3 rn •H (0 u 1-1 m c c 03 >4 0) (U iJ D, or to 03 in C 3 tn 3 u CTJ 1 (U ftO 00 nj C3a 0 ) M N (U •.-I c (0 / ’ ► ‘ -Jn % ' , t : \ ' >• *> > it! •k s.-'f'f ^ . i": .'-■ r i wri' .-ijn '■ ' I ..Vpf iwi'j'ifi ♦*•-■• • »! 10 • i»vn: f? i%aff»v^.f. ,., .ityiifAi^fi iHli T ■• r Ti ’ ViE> vMfW U/ttvUMfltiti It! *1 • ^ . JiiiVti{€.'A'^h.i ‘ 0..I • :i; jt» ••’fn ^ Khito, ,•«( .!> . .1: a b» i.,. * # ■)• j« f :• If * .ii ‘irjfjf. t\A Sit =r "( „.'■'^♦ »4 'iPiMtlt '' ■■•■ >''r ‘ . rc-T.'V.'.» Ti .ji*i . jfjf i* ♦ V , difit ' -t'ihy- iiu itu i, ’ n ....!tVJv* »^>v,( ■ >i i id h jU b j . jpl^ \i.'_»ii<*»r. ,. ' r- j ,|''4 ' '.-■•» 't -.'V i t ■• , ■ ■•. -* > .H2 ■ .' ' • ;■ I. ‘ »'1 tit Aii- i, > M*n . V^« f« 4 i. ^ ii • *#■'■■■ '^1 ■■ ■'•'•' tm% APPENDIX B INFORMATION RESOURCE MATRIX 255 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Foreword . 259 How to use the matrix . 260 Information resource matrix . 261 (1) Annual Occupational Injury and Illness Survey . 265 (2) Bibliographic Retrieval Service . 267 (3) Chemical and Process Technology Encyclopedia . 269 (4) Chemical Economics Handbook . 270 (5) Chemical Engineering . 271 (6) Chemical Engineering and News . 272 (7) Chemicals in Commerce Information System . 273 (8) Chemical Plant Data . 275 (9) Chemical Substances Information Network . 276 (10) Chemical Week . 280 (11) Cross-Sectional Industrial Studies . 281 (12) Directory of Chemical Producers . 282 (13) Economic Information Systems . 283 (14) Employment and Earnings . 289 (15) Energy Data System . 291 i (16) Environmental Chemical Data and Information Network . 293 (17) Chemical Substances Regulated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration . 297 (18) Epidemiological Studies Program System . 299 (19) Establishment Registration Support System . 300 (20) Handbook of Labor Statistics . 302 (21) Hazardous Waste Site Tracking System . 303 (22) Health and Environmental Effects Data Base System . 305 (23) Health Effects Evaluation Data Base System . 307 (24) Industrial Process Evaluations . 308 (25) Industry Week . 310 (26) International Registry of Potential Toxic Chemicals . 311 257 TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) Page (27) K1rk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology . 321 (28) Lockheed Dialog Information Retrieval Service . 322 (29) Multimedia Assessment of Inorganic Chemicals . 326 (30) National Electronic Injury Survey System . 328 (31) NIH/EPA Chemical Information System . 330 (32) National Occupational Hazard Survey . 334 (33) Occupational Hazard Exposure Registry . 338 (34) Occupational Related Disease Case Registry . 339 (35) Organic Chemical Producers Data Base . 340 (36) Outcome Studies of Workers in Selected Industries and Occupations . 342 (37) Pesticides Analysis Retrieval and Control System . 343 (38) Pesticide Document Management System . 344 (39) Pesticide Indicent Monitoring System . 346 (40) Risk Analysis International Journal . 349 (41) Statistical Recordkeeping System . 350 (42) System Development Corporation Search Service. 351 (43) Synthetic Organic Chemicals - U.S. Production and Sales . 356 (44) Waste Characterization Data Base . 358 (45) NIOSH Criteria Documents . 360 (46) Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Data Base . 365 (47) Bibliography of Protective Clothing Data . 368 258 Foreword This appendix has been specifically developed to support the conduct of occupational exposure assessments. It Is not Intended to be all-inclusive or state-of-the-art In Its coverage. It Is Intended to be a preliminary guide to Information sources. No control was possible over the accuracy and/or timeliness of the 47 resources contained within this compilation beyond what Is provided In the Individual resource excerpts and abstracts. An attempt was made to weed out obviously out-of-date or Irrelevant Information sources. For the purpose of this product, an Information resource has been defined loosely as any source of Information and/or data and Includes but Is not limited to: • data bases • bibliographic retrieval systems • non-bibllographic retrieval systems • standard reference manuals • encyclopedias • journals and books The major sources used to compile these two volumes Include: • USEPA, EPA Environmental Data Base and Model Index-Draft Directory . May 1981. Office of Planning and Management, Information Clearing House, EPA. • USDC, A Directory of Federal Statistical Data Files . March 1981. Office of Federal Statistical Policy and Standards, U.S. Dept, of Commerce. PB 81-133175. • USEPA, Environmental Information Systems Directory . January 1976. Office of Planning and Management, EPA. PB 251 170. • USDHHS, Environmental Health - A Plan for Collecting and Coordinating Statistical and Epidemiologic Data . DHHS Publication No. (PHS) 80-1248. Office of Health Research, Statistics, and Technology; National Center for Health Statistics, Public Health Service; Dept, of Health and Human Services. 259 How to Use this Matrix The matrix Is arranged with the Information Resources on the vertical axis and the descriptive parameters on the horizontal axlx. The numbers of the Information Resources correspond to the Individually tabbed excerpts and abstracts In the accompanying support package. A bullet (•) Indicates that Information on that particular descriptive parameter can be found In that particular Information Resource. An open circle (o) Indicates that Information on that particular descriptive parameter might possibly be found In that particular Information Resource or that Information might be extrapolated from other Information In that resource. Neither the EPA nor the Contractor assumes any responsibility for the Information contained within the Individual excerpts or abstracts of the 47 Information resources. Sole responsibility lies with each contact for each Individual resource. Use of trade names does not warrant endorsement by either the EPA or the Contractor. 260 261 262 263 NUM.I INFORMATION RESOURCE I MATERIALS BALANCE I DEM. I MONITORING I MODELING I STATUS I 51 m A Z z 2 c in £ ? • £ « i 2 fi 2 (0 S o -5 .2 c . o c - .9 • 5 - P P-- «> O) 2 > o u ^2.2 - -s« ^ ~ = 2 o o o "D c 9 n o X3 ■& C > — Ui Q s a I > S > 5 -3 S f o ■“ £ 1 2 f I I o c 5 B ^ 2 . 8 I « uln e o -I > irs *2 11 OD 265 ^re You Looking For: LAURA KASSEBAUM Managor, Naw Product Oavelopment sns Bibliographic Retrieval Services. Inc 611 CameronSlteei. Aiexanana. VA 22314 703'548-4005 Online Database Service? Current Awareness Service? Private Database Service? Online Catalog Service? Online Retrieval Software? 266 3 S & i t: >• e o o u •3 o o £ 5 1 ® c 55 ® I 5 E g 5 «> ■ S S fl 5 0-5 = i§ » 3 ° ? C 3555 a 5 ~ o £- - ? 2.1 If I S o o , — •D w a U 3 ^ ^ ? i c 9 .-.3 H a •D B 2 ^ T .2 tl .J o > ? 265 J\re You Looking For: LAURA KASSEBAUM Managor, Naw Product OavalopmenI BUS Bibliographic Retrieval Services. Inc 611 Cameron Slteel. Alexandria. VA 22314 r03-548-4005 Online Database Service? Current Awareness Service? Private Database Service? Online Catalog Service? Online Retrieval Software? 266 An Introduction to BRS BRS was established in 1976 to provide in¬ novative and cost-eflective online information retrieval services and technology to a national user community. By introducing lower connect hour rates, group membership plans and subscription access. BRS quickly became the system of choice for online users in academic, government, and special libraries throughout the United States, Canada, ^ and Europe. In addition to the BRS Online Search Service for commercially available databases, BRS also of¬ fers a comprehensive private database service, a sophisticated SDI service, online searching of card catalogs, and lease or purchase plans for its highly specialized retrieval software programs. BRS Is the only online vendor that provides this full range of online products and services, exten¬ ding Its technology to many diverse applications within the library and information community. Let BRS help you meet all your information needs! 267 DATABASES AVAILABLE FROM BRS Databases currently available from BRS were selected for quality and wide appeal and have been carefully struc¬ tured for maximum searching efficiency. In addition to those files currently available. BRS will continue to make new databases available online according to user demand DATABASES CURRENTLY AVAILABLE FROM BRS (June, 1980) DATABASE AGRICOLA ALCOHOL USE/ABUSE BIOSIS PREVIEWS BOOKSINFO CA CONDENSATES CA SEARCH COMPUTER AND CONTROL ABSTRACTS DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS DRUGINFO ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ABSTRACTS ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENTS ERIC EXCEPTIONAL CHILD EDUCATION RESOURCES FEDEX GPO MONTHLY CATALOG* INFORM MANAGEMENT CONTENTS MEDLARS MEDOC NAL SERIALS NARIC NIMIS NIMH NTIS PAIS PHARMACEUTICAL NEWS INDEX PHYSICS ABSTRACTS POLLUTION ABSTRACTS PREDICAST PROMT*• PSYCHOLOGICAL ABSTRACTS SOCIAL SCIENCE CITATION INDEX SSIE US PATENTS PRODUCER National Agnculluial Library (NAL) Hazelden Founaalion BioSciences Inlormaiion Services Brodart. Inc Chemical Ab,.liiir.|;i Siiivk'I! Chemical Absliacis Service Institution of Electrical Engineers London, England University Microfilms University of Minnesota College of Pharmacy Institution of Electrical Engineers London. England Information Resources Press National Institute of Education Data Courier, Inc Institution of Electrical Engineers Data Courier. Inc Predicasts. Inc American Psychological Association Institute for Scientific Information Smithsonian Science Information Exchange Pergamor International information Corporation SUBJECT AREA Agriculture Alcoholism Biological sciences 800.000 books in print Ctinmislry Chemistry Computer & control engineering Multi-disciplinary Drug Abuse Electrical & Electronic engineering Environment Education Exceptional child education Energy Statistics Government publications Business Business Medicine, nursing, dentistry Government documents in health sciences NAL serial records Rehabilitation literature Instructional materials for education of handicapped Mental health and related information Government reports, all areas All social sciences Drug industry news Physics Pollution Business and economics Psychology Social Science Physical social engineering ana life sciences All patents registered through U S Patent Office Council for Exceptional Children U.S. Department of Energy U S. Government Printing Office Data Courier, Inc. Management Contents, Inc National Library of Medicine (NLM) Eccles Health Sciences Library University of Utah National Agricultural Library National Rehabilitation Information Center Nat’l Center of Educational Media and Materials for the Handicapped National Institute of Mental Health National Technical Information Service Public Affairs Information Service BRS COVERAGE ONLINE/OFFLINE 1975 + n 970-74 total online (1968 -i-) 1978 -H /1970-77 loial online n ,1 /1970 7(, totcji online (1977 ) 1977 -I- n 970-76 total online (1861 ) total online (1968 -t-) 1977 -I- /1970-76 total online (1977 -*•) total online (1966 +) total online (1966 + ) total online (1979 -i-) total online (1976 + ) total online (1971 -t-) total online (1974 + ) 1978 -1-/1966-77 total online (1976 -t-) total online total online (1956 -t-) total online total online (1969 -i-) 1975-h /1970-74 total online (1972 -t-) total online (1974 ) 1977-1-/1970-76 total online (l970 ) total online (1972 ) total online (1967 -►) 1977 + /1972-76 total online (1977 -i-) total online (i860 -i-; •■’'hese iiies are scneouiea :oi avaiiaoiinv dv 3rc Ouane' 1980 •All oiner Preoicasi aaiaoases aie scneouieo loi 3ro Quarter 1980 268 chemical and process technology encyclopedia editor-in>chief Douglas M. Considine Consulting Enginoor, Los Angolos, Colifornia McGRAW-HILL BOOK COMPANY N*w York St. Louis Son Francisco London OusseldorF Johonnosburg Kuala Lumpur Sao Paulo Singaporo Toronto Montroal Mosico Sydnoy Panama Now Oolhi 269 30 CEH Scope: The Chetnlcal Economics Handbook (CEH) Is a multi-volume loose-leaf book concerned with the economic status and progress of the world's chemical industries. Participants (subscribers) are kept informed regarding the present and future status of raw materials, primary and intermediate chemicals, chemical product groups, the chemical industry, and those aspects of other industries and the total economy that are relevant to the chemical industry. Emphasis is placed on future markets, both in terms of quantities and economies of chemi¬ cals produced/consumed and the technological requirements of future demand. Sections of the CEH are: Introduction; Index; Economic Indicators; Manual of Current Indicators; Industry; Chemicals. The main body of CEH is made up of Reports and Data Sheets concerning individual chemicals or groups of chemicals. Data Sheets are summaries including data on chemical production, sales, consumption, price, manufacturing processes, producing companies, plant locations, plant capacities, imports, exports, and sources used. Yearly growth rates can be extrapolated and compared using the standardized graphs and a special protractor, included with each CEH set. Reports contain detailed analytical sections on topics covered by Data Sheets. CEH Reports are written by subject specialists and reviewed by colla¬ borating experts in the chemical industry, market researchers, or product managers. A "Manual of Current Indicators" section reporting recent economic sta¬ tistics is updated and reissued every other month. CEH contains chemical industry economic indicators such as product growth curves, production quantities, inventory data, price, and export/import ratios. Plant locations, capacities and other data are gathered and updated occasionally. Specialized volumes deal with specific industries such as pesticides. Access : CEH is available from SRI International, Memlo Park, CA. Cost : Hard copy is available for $7,500-9,000 depending on the number of spe¬ cialized volumes desired. Computer tape with data listed therein are available. Monthly indexes for the main body of the handbook and for the specialized vol¬ umes are available at a subscription cost. 270 A McGRAW- Hill PUBLICATION AUGUST 2? 1979 Curbing fugitive emissions 271 DR>»JT D7301700904 Chemicals in Commerce lafomiacion Sys-cera Acronym: CICIS Media sampled to generate data: No specific media Type of data collection/Tnonitoring: chemical manufacturing and production data Data base status: Operational/ongoing .ABSTRACT: The Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) provides Z?A with authortry to regulate commercial chemical substances, which pose 'unreasonable risk to man and the environment. CICIS supports this effort. Information maintained are chemical, plant, and production volumes. It contains cnemicals manufactured or imported in the U.5., what chemicals are manufactured or imported at a given site, wnere plants are located, and their names. There are data far about 55,000 cnemicals in CICIS, including the approximately 700 in the clearinghouse. Hon-pollutant parameters include: Chemical data Location Manufacturer Production levels Ongoing study time period is 01/01/77 to 12/30/77 Termination of data collection: Occurred 12/30/7S Trequency of data collection: one time only TSCA allows ZPa to collect additional information, as required, which may serve to update the data base. . Total estimated number of observations is 43000 substances. Estimated annual increase of observations is unknown. Data base includes: Summary or aggregate observations Total nuiiiber of stations oi scirces covered is 8000 sites. Humber currently contributing data is 0. Geographic coverage of data base: National Facility identifiers include: Plant facility name Plant location Street address Dun and Bradstreet number Program identifier Pollutant identification data have: CaS registry number codes Limitations: The CICIS On-line User's Guide should be consulted nprior to accessing the information. Quality assurance questions are not applicable. Edit procedures used and documented. Data collected by: Contractor - Chemical Abstracts Service 273 DRaTT Dara analyzed by: E?A headquarters - Office of Pesticides and Toxic Suosiaaces (OPTS;/Office of Toxic Substances ('OTS) Data base does not identify specific Laboratory performing analysis. Development of regulations or standards is the primary purpose for data collection. Risk assessment is ihe secondary purpose for data collection. Statutory authorization is P L 94-469, Sections 8(a) and 3(b) Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCa) QMB form number: 158S77011 Form of available reports and outputs: 055-OC7-OOOO4-7, 055-007-00003-9. 055-000- 00189-8: Government Printing Office TSCa chemical inventory, PB-295-108 National Technical Information Service (.NTIS) magnetic tape. Printouts on request Microfilm On-line computer Current regular users of data base: 8 offices Users: Z?A headquarter offices - Offices of Pesticides and Toxic Substances, Office of Toxic Substances, Office of Enforcement, Office of Solid Waste, Office of Research and Development, Office of Drinking Water, Office of Water Program Operations, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards Other federal agencies Confidentiality: Limiis on access within EIPa and outside agency for some data Primary physical location of data: Contractor Form of data storage: ■ .Magnetic disc Data access: EPA software CICIS MIDSD system numoer: 7301700904 EPA hardware DECSYSTZM-2020 Contact - Subject matter: Geri Nowak (202)755-9336 Contact - Computer-related: Denny Daniels (202)426-2447 Contact - responsible EPA Office: Tony Jover (202)426-^97 Charge for non-EPA use: no outside use/access permitted Frequency of master file up-date: selected portions/chemicals updated as required Person completing form: Tony Jover Office: Office of Pesticides and Toxic Substances (OPTS) Office of Toxic Substances (OTS)/Management Support Division (.MSD) Address: 401 .M St, SW, Washington, DC 20460 Phone: (202)u26-4697 Pollutants included in data base: acenaphthene 33-32-9 acenaphthylene 208-96-3 acetaidenyde 75-07-0 acetic acid 64-19-7 acetic anhydride 108-24-7 acetone 67-64-1 acetone cyanohydrin 75-86-5 acetonitrile 75-05-3 274 52 CPD Scope: Chemical Plant Da ta (CPD) is designed to provide worldwide information on chemical plants producing, or planning to produce, any of more than 100 basic chemicals. Currently, 114 chemicals, or in some cases classes of chemicals, are covered. The information available through this service is based upon material collected from a wide range of sources published in many languages, and includes technical literature, company information, annual reports, etc. In addition, companies are approached to verify the information thus provided. Subject coverage includes: • 114 chemical commodities • Producing plant listings (worldwide) • Plant capacities, start-up date • Production/Sales/Statistical summaries • Producer/Process/Feedstock Access : Currently, Chemical Plant Data is disseminated primarily in hard copy form. Online computer retrieval of this information is, however, in the planning stages. For further information contact: The Sales Department Chemical Data Services Dorset House, Stamford Street London, SEl 9LU, ENGLAND Cost: Not available. Sample Search/Output : Not applicable. 275 DRAFT D7103000901 Chemical Suesranees Information Network Acronym: C3IN Media sampled to generate data: CSIN to allow access to many kinds of existing resources carrying data and information on all the media. Type of data collection/monitoring.. CSIN to allow access to many data bases carrying information from various sources. Data base status: Funded for development Projected operational datetOl/OO/'Sl ABSTRACT: CSIN provides a coordinated approach to the identification, location, accessing, processing, and analysis of data and information on chemical substances and now they impact humans and the environment. The Network will allow and encourage user interaction with data resources which are geographically scattered and resident in disparate and diverse computer systems. Most of the complex interfacing steps previously required to make ’use of computer resources will be eliminated and/or made transparent to the user. Non-pollutant parameters include: Biological data Chemical data Collection method Compliance data Concentration measures Cost/economic data Discharge points Disposal Elevation Exposure data Flow rates Funding data Geographic subdivision Health effects Industry Inspection data Location Manufacturer Physical data Political suodivisions Population demographics Population density Precipitation Production levels Salinity Sampling date Site description Temperature Test/analysis method Treatment devices Use Vclume/mass measures 276 DRAFT Wind direction Wind, velocity Presence of data elements varies by resource (data base) Ongoing study time period is 01/01/70 to 09/30/80 (present) Tennination of data collection: Mot anticipated Frequency of data collection: frequency of collection, sampling, updating dependent on rate established by each resource in the network. Total estimated number of observations is 2.5 million. Estimated annual increase of observations is 15-20 million. Data base includes: Raw data/observations Summary or aggregate observations Reference data/citations varies by resource/data base Total number of stations or sources covered is 8-10 resources. Number currently contributing data is 3. Geographic coverage of data base: International National Location identifiers of station/source for each record are: State County Congressional district SMSa City Town/townshi? Street address Coordinates Project identifier varies by resource/data base Facility identifiers include: Plant facility name Plant location Parent corporation came Parent corporation location Street address SIC code Dun and Bradstreet number see NPDZS Program identifier varces by resource/data base Pollutant identification data have: CAS registry number codes Limitations: The prototype, operational '31, includes .NLM (.Medlars Chemline, etc.) CIS CICIS, 5-7 additional resources will be added in cal en dar '31. Each resource on the network has front end caveats which speak to differences in periods 111 DRaTT of sampling, numbers of observations, experimental protocols, quality assurance procedures followed i levels of documentation, etc. Data collection and analysis procedures: documented in quality assurance project plan Sampling plan documented Collection method documented Analysis method documented Qa procedures documented (Above varies by resource/data base.) Lab analysis based on EPA-approved or accepted methods. Lab analysis not based on ZPA-approved or accepted methods. (Above varies by resource/data base.) Lab audit is satisfactory for vaxies by data base. Precision and accuracy estimates partially exist for some resources/data bases Edit for some resources, not for others. Data collected by: Self reporting Local agency State agency Regional office EPA lab Contractor lab Contractor Other federal agency G’A headquarters Collector varies by resource/data base Data analysed by: Self reporting Local agency State agency Regional office E?A lab Contractor lab Contractor Other federal agency EPA headquarters Analyter varies by resource/data base Data base identifies specific laboratory performing analysis. Data base does not identify specific laboratory performing analysis. Development of regulations or standards is the purpose for data collection. Compliance or enforcement is the purpose for data collection. Trend assessment is the purpose for data collection. Technology development is the purpose for data collection. RisJc assessment is the purpose for data collection. Anticipatory/research is the purpose for data collection. Program evaluation is the purpose for data collection. Special study is the purpose for data collection. Purpose vanes by resource/data oase is the purpose for data collection. Statutory authorization is P L 9u-*+d9, Sections 10 i 15. Each resource has its own ^ j authorization. 278 DRATT Form of available reports and outputs: Publications overview documents, technical user documents, CSIN Directory Unpublished reports Printouts on request Microfilm Machine-readable raw data On-line computer Outputs available vary by resource/data base. Current regular users of data base: 10-50 offices Users: ZPA headquarter offices - Office of Pesticides and Toxic Substances Qfi.ice of Toxic Integration 2’A regional offices ZPA laboratories Other federal agencies States Industry, academia, and other nations. Confidentiality: Limits on access within ZPA and outside agency for some data Primary ohysical location of data: Contractor EPa lab Regional office MCC/UNIVaC HCC/I3M Headquarters office State agency Other federal agency Varies by resource/data base. Form of data storage: Magnetic tape Magnetic disc Microfich/film Original form (hardcopy, readings) Varies by rcsource/data base Data access: ZPA software MIDSD system number: 7500000901 data identified, located & accessed through the CSIN front end. Contact - Subject matter: Dr. Sidney Siegel (202)755-3040 Contact - Computer-related: Dr. Sidney Siegel (202)755-8040 ^ ao a Contact - responsible Z?A Office: Office of CSIN Admxnistration a02)75o-8040 Charge for non-£?A use: yes Frequency of master file up-date: varies by resource/data base. Related ZPA systems: Chemical Information System (CIS), Chemicals in Commerce Information System (CICIS) ^ Related ZPA data bases: Storage and Retrieval of Water Quality and^Related ^ata (STCRZT), User Prompted Graphic Data Evaluation System (UPGRADE), Health and Eavironmental Effects Data Analysis System (HZZDa) Related ncn-Z?A data bases: National Library of Medicine - bibliographic ciles (.NXM), Toxicology Data Management System (TDMS), Chemical Regulations and Guide.:ines System (CRGS), PRCPHIT (National Institutes of Health) 279 e <3 1 « a '£ 2 o - ? m o I = o c ic ^ i I •» ^ t* •* 8 ^ E > c o u > x> 2 e « c o c o 3 f *0 "o £ •• *0 u « S a — •> a c s. c . o c Z o t, 3 - P Z 2 3 * 8 U <9 • c s a S s •o > w II 1 ° *0 "o yt 3 u O a 0 41 3 il n i & £ To at 5 a. > u c & < ® ^ c v 2 E C 9 5 5* 2 £. 2r « o . ! .;i • M 3 « = 255 •» " a. = ^ K 0 I. > « a 11 I? S -Q 1- o ■5 s 5 2 c Z < S a c >i c 3 C I'j ^ n o « M 4» ■? 'I ^ u 2 (2 lis o ? sii 1 S s 2 -o s - c 5 (• jC I 5 li ^. li w. ^ i| = 5 5 * r t £ O H 5 — “ a i ‘ S| 2 ? c § 7 2 a E 3 . u Z o 3 _ o a 5 -5 C 9 I I > « 1 «• > £ .11 C • - n 5 • 3 . a E c • •o c ^ 2 « 2 ^ a> a. li .. o O ^ ^ H Z O 0 « C/) O Z « s c ^ « ^ 0 c 2 - - 3 *0 281 62 DCP Scope : The Directory of Chemical Producers: United States of America (DCP) is an annually published book with quarterly updates. It provides ready reference to commercial chemical manufacturers and products produced in the U.S.A. Commercial chemicals are defined as those produced in excess of 1,000 pounds or $1,000 value per year. Indexes of products, companies, and regions provide access to manufacturer names, locations, and products. Supplemental information, such as annual production volumes and company relationships, are frequently included. Data contained in the Directory are obtained from questionnaires returned from manufacturers, technical and trade journals, other contacts with manufacturers, and research. Sixteen hundred companies, representing 4,300 plant sites producing 10,000 chemicals, are reported in the volume. Each annual Issue of the book contains only one year's data. The book has been published since 1961. Access : The Directory of Chemical Producers: United States of America is dissemi¬ nated and produced by the Chemical Information Services Department, Chemical Industries Center, SRI-International, Inc., Menlo Park, California. Cost : The Directory of Chemical Producers is available on a subscription basis for $450 for the first year, and $300/year for subsequent renewal subscriptions. The subscription includes the book and quarterly updates. Sample Search/Output : Not applicable. 282 ECONOMIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS, Inc. SHARE-OF-MARKET AND SHIPMENTS REPORTS on U.S. manufacturing industries rhe story behind EIS reports Dm Immcdiata tourca of EIS reports is the EIS Business Data Base. This Data Base is a :omprenensive store of information on the Justness sector of the U.S. economy. II con- ams detailed records on the top 300.QUO Justness establishments with 20 or more em- jloyees that account lor 85% ul business tales—their names, addresses, phone num jers, types of business, number of employees jnd parent company ownership. In addition, the ElS Data Base can inter¬ lace with a unique body of information—EIS ‘input-output” ratios. These ratios enable us :o calculate the volume of sales and pur- :hases of virtually all products and services sought and sold by U.S. business establish¬ ments. A library of computer programs en¬ ables us to manipulate the information in the Data Base to produce selective marketing re¬ ports on many aspects of the economy. The accuracy and currency of the EIS Data Base derives from its structure, source ma¬ terial and maintenance/updaie proceoures. Founded in 1968, the Data Base was con- struclcd to parallol U.S Census Durcau rut- Ofds on business activity It incorporates all available information on business establisfi- rnonts and firms published m the classified sections ol U.S lelatthone direclones, state and industrial direclorios. annual leports and SEC 10K sti'iliMrii.'iil;; All Itiis Uiila it: reenn- ciled eacti year with the corresponding "cun- trol" totals publisned by the U S. Census Bureau lor industries and regions. Quarterly updating of the Data Base util¬ izes an accumulation of new information from published sources, plus feedback from EIS clients on new establishments, changes in plant size and other field-based findings. Many types of reports can be furnished from the EIS Data Base. Among them are; Shipments and Share ot-Mm hot Reports on Manufacturing tndustnes These reports an¬ alyze any manufacturing industry m terms of key producers and ownership structure Market Share Reports on "Non-Manutactur- mg" Industries These reports conccnltaiing on cornmercial/survice iridustnes, lUontily and rank by market share all tnatur compa¬ nies and their subsidiaries Sales Stiuctuie Rcpuils analyze inilividual companius in terms ol s3622 bell 1 HOwELL control prod DvI I 706 B0ST»ICK A VE BRIDGEPORT 0660S' ' 203>366 675 I ' 1—T 3622 ElECTROLOY CO 1010 ATLANTIC ST BRIDGEPORT 06604 203-335 3114 2.9 . 1 3 3622 electro MECh ov AMER CHAIN 10 RESEARCH DR STRATFORD 06497 203-576 0549 2 . 1 . 09 3622 HARREL INC 1 6 FITCH ST E NORWALK 068SS 203-966 2573 2 . 1 . 09 3622 BALOWIN-GEGENHEIMER CORP 401 SHIPPAN Ave STAMFORD 06902 203-325 358 1 4 . 1 . 19 36 22 REGENT CONTROLS INC 19 1 harvard Ave STAMFORD 06902 203-349 7734 3.3 . 14 COUNTY totals 15.2 HARTFORD 3622 ARROW hart 103 HAWTHORNE ST HARTFORD 06 106 203-249 94 7 1 49.2 2. 12 3622 CARDINAL CONTROL CO INC 26 1 KENSINGTON RO KENSINGTON 06037 203-928 6379 2.4 . 10 3fr22 COMBUSTION ENGR6 .pI>NTfU3L.9 OV 100 ADO 1 SON RP WINDSOR 06095 203-698 1911 - 4^ 0 .17 - 44. M ... - 284 - ECONOMIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS, Inc. LINE OF BUSINESS REPORTS on major diversified US. companies rhe story behind EIS reports rhe Ifnmsdial* sourc* of EIS reports is the EIS Business Data Base. This Data Base is a :ornprenensive store of information on the jusiness sector of the U.S economy It con- lams detailed records on the top 300.000 ousiness establishments with 20 or more em¬ ployees that account lor 85% of business sales—their names, addresses, phone num¬ bers, types of business, number of employees and parent company ownership. In addition, the EIS Data Base can inter¬ face with a unique body of information—EIS "input-output" ratios. These ratios enable us to calculate the volume of sales and pur¬ chases of virtually all products and services Dought and sold by U.S business establish¬ ments. A library of computer programs en¬ ables us to manipulate the information in the Data Base to produce selective marketing re¬ ports on many aspects of the economy The accuracy and currency of the EtS Data Base derives from its structure sourcfj ma¬ terial and maintenance/update procedures Founded in 1968. the Data Base was con¬ structed to parallel U.S. Census Bureau rec¬ ords on business activity It incorporates all available inlormaiion on business establish¬ ments and firms published in the classified sections of U S telephone directories, stale and industrial directories, annual reports and SEC 10K statemonis All Ihis data is mcon- ciled each year with the correspondiny "con¬ trol" totals published by the U S. Census Bureau for industries and regions Quarierly updating of the Data Base util¬ izes an accumulation of new information Irom published sources, plus feedback from EIS clients on new establishments, changes m plant size and other field-based findings. Many type* of reports can be furnished from the EIS Data Base. Among them are Shipments and Share ol-Markct Rcpuils on Manutactunng Industries. Tnese reports an¬ alyze any manufacturing industry m terms of key producers and ownursnip structure Market Share Reports on "Nun-Manulactui ■ mg" Industries These reports, concentrating on commercial/service industries, identify and rank by market share alt ma)or compa¬ nies and thoir subsidiaries Line ot Business Reports analyze individual companies m terms of sales, market share and diversity of operations Market Rotential Reports identity usiablish ments and firms that use any industrial prod uct or service, with estimates of the amoui,^y each one uses Market Penetration Analyses utilize your own customer lists to build a profile of your com¬ pany s share-of-market m each industry m which It operates Market Pro/eciion Reports forecast the growth trends of business markr;is for any ot your company's products or services For detailed information on these reports, and the full scope of EIS services contact Economic Inlormation Systems Inc tiy (Ui'me or mail. 285 LINE OF BUSINESS REPORTS The reports that analyze companies by sales, Tanking and plant ownership- in all the industries in which they operate. Example: ACF Industries, Inc, LINE OF BUSINESS REPORT INDUSTRIES IN WHICH ACF OPERATES ANNUAL PERCENT PERCENT RANKING SALES OF Acrs OF INDUSTRY IN EACH PARTI SIC J , DESCRIPTION 1 ($ MIL) 1 SALES 1 SALES 1 INDUSTRY 1 ACF'S RANKING ' 30* 1 ' HOSE AND BELTING ' ' 5 1.5 ' ' 9 . 02 ' ' 3 . 33 ' IN EACH industry 332 1 GRAY IRON FOUNDRIES 7.5 I . 3 I 0.17 120 IN WHICH 349* VALVES t FITTINGS 50.3 8.8 1 1.15 20 IT OPLHAILS 3533 OIL FIELD MACHINERY 36. e 6.42 0.75 39 37 14 MOTOR VEHICLE PARTS 93.7 16.42 0.32 30 3743 railroad equipment MFG 239.7 42.00 12.85 2 4743 railroad car rental 89.7 15.72 11.37 6 S084 INDUSTRIAL EQPT, WHOLESALE 0.8 0.14 -- -- S088 transportation eopt wholesale 0.9 0.16 — — TOTAL MANUFACTURING SALES 479.3 83.98 total nonmanufacturing sales 91.4 16.02 company total 570.7 100.00 LINE OF BUSINESS REPORT PART 2 PLANTS OWNED BY ACF IN EACH INDUSTRY IN WHICH IT OPERATES IN THESE INDUSTRIES... ACF OPERATES AT THESE THESE PLANTS ... ADDRESSES PHONE NUMBER OF NUMBERS EMPLOYEES (3041 hose and belt INC I 1 GAT HOSE 1350 maple NILES MI 49120| 416-683 22331 1 so 1 POCYMER CORP 2120 FAIRMONT READING PA 19603 215-929 5888 490 POUYPENCO OV ACF BLUEFIELO HWY •ytheville VA 24382 904-229 5423 39 3321 GRAY IRON FOUNDRIES »KM valve DV ACF 126 COLLINS RO RICHMOND TX 77449 713-342 881 1 218 3494 VALVES AND FITTINGS RKM MELLHEAO OV 1407 PENTECOST RO KILGORE TX 75642 2 1 A-994 0408 Sf •KM VALVE DV ACF 1650 S main MISSOURI city TX 77449 713-499 1811 1 .200 3533 OIL PIElO WACMl BREWSTER weLLHEAD 740 N MARKET ST SHREVEPORT LA 71143 318-222 3254 325 3714 motor VEHICLE PARTS CARTER AUTO POTS coolioge RD LAFAYETTE TN 37043 615-666 4656 200 CARTER CARBURETOR 2840 N SPRING AV ST LOUIS MO 63 107 314-997 7400 1 , 800 3743 railroad EQUIPMENT MFG AMCAR DV ACF 2B00 OE KALB ST ST LOUIS MO 63118 314-773 8870 1 , 500 AMCAft OV ACF 2N0 1 ARCH STS MILTON PA 1 7947 717-7*2 760 1 818 AMCAA OV ACF 2300 THIRD AVE hunt 1NGTON «V 25710 304-529 32 1 1 1 .411 4743 railroad CAR RENTAL SHIPPERS CAR line 750 Third av NEW YORK MY 10017 212-980 8600 1 . 800 $094 industrial EOPT •molesale ACF INDUSTRIES 612 smith HOUSTON TX 77002 713-236 092 1 20 POLYMER INC 777 S central eXPY RICHARDSON TX 75040 214-690 0987 20 so«9 transportation EOPT wholesale ACF INDUSTRIES 111 SUTTER SAN FRANCISCO CA 94 104 415-362 1143 20 ACF industries PORTER BlDG PITTSBURGH PA 152 19 • 12-391 9*94 20 COMPANY TOTAC 9,920 286 ECONOMIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS. Inc. MARKET SHARES REPORTS on mining, construction, transportation, utilities, trade and service industries The story behind EIS reports Th* lnim*diat« »oure« of EIS reports is the EIS Business Data Base. This Data Base is a comprehensive store of information on the business sector of the U.S. economy. It con¬ tains detailed records on the top 300,000 business establishments with 20 or more em¬ ployees that account lor 85% of business gales—their names, addresses, phone num¬ bers, types of business, number of employees and parent company ownership. In addition, the EIS Data Base can inter¬ face with a unique body of Information—EIS "input-outpuf ratios. These ratios enable us to calculate the volume of sales and pur¬ chases of virtually all products and services bought and sold by U.S. business establish¬ ments. A library of computer programs en¬ ables us to manipulate the information in the Data Base to produce selective marketing re¬ ports on many aspects of the economy. The accuracy and currency of the EIS Data Base derives from its structure, source ma¬ terial and maintenance/update procedures. Founded in 1968, the Data Base was con¬ structed to parallel U.S. Census Bureau rec¬ ords on business activity, it incorporates all available inlormation on business establish¬ ments and firms published in the classilied sections of U.S. telephone directories, stale and industrial directories, annual reports nnd SEC tOK statements. All this data is recon¬ ciled each year with the corresponding "con- trol” totals published by the U.S Census Bureau for industries and regions. Quarterly updating of the Data Base util¬ izes an accumulation of new information from published sources, pius feedback from ElS clients on new estabiishments. changes m plant size and other field-based findings. Many types of reports can be furnished from the EIS Data Base Among them are Shipments and Share-ol-Markel Reports on Manufacturing industries. These reports an¬ alyze any manufacturing industry in terms of key producers and ownership structure. Market Share Reports on “Non-Manufactur¬ ing” Industries These reports, concentrating on commercial/service industries, identify and rank by market share all maior compa¬ nies and their subsidiaries. Line of Business Reports analyze individual companies m terms of sales, market share and divorsiiy of operations Market Potential Reports iduniily establish¬ ments and firms that use any industrial prod¬ uct or service, with estimates of the amouns^ each one uses. Market Penetration Analyses utilize your own customer lists to build a profile of your com¬ pany's share-of-market in each industry in which it operates. Market Proieciion Reports forecast the growth trends of business markets tor any of your company's products or services. For detailed information on these reports, and the full scope of EIS services, contact Economic Information Systems, Inc. by phone or mail. V 287 MARKET SHARES REPORTS: The reports that identify and rank 'by nnarket share, all companies in key non-manufacturing industries Portion ol a typical EIS Market Shares Report—on SIC 537 7, Department Stores C- V , •• MinMIi PAREMT t.; BY wcr. SHAPED COMPANY «UiE BRANCHES OWNED BY PARBtTCO. IN SIC 5311 COMPANY AND BRANCH ADDRESSES (PHONE NO. OMtnEO)< EMPL ANNUAL MARKET' . SIZE SALES SHARE CODE (S MIL) (PEBCaU): IjePT STOseS 7. I ABRAHAM ( STRAUSS ;:V. , ABRAHAM ( STRAUSS A ( S, RECO PARK «U004flH«OALES *- 5. ;MROeN CITY /.-•■’••A. N.“ k.. j'.'AUWIEO STORES CORP OM READ CO . T OM READ CO , OM READ CO ' . ••my' ALMART ROMEROY.S ^'.*'hV'A««OClA.TeO ORY COCOS r 'k' ymV’V 6Ot.0WATERS ‘ Mo statutory requirement: Department of Inergy mandated by Public Law to collect this data Form of available reports and outputs: On-line computer Current regular users of data base: no known current users Users: IPa headquarter offices - Stationary Source Inforcement Division; Office of .Air Quality Planning and Standards; Office of Planning of Ivaloation; Office ^f Radiation Programs Confidentiality: Limitr on access within IPA and outside agency for some data Primary physical location of data: MCC/UNTVaC Form of data storage: Magnetic disc Data access: Commercial software System 2000 Contact - Subject matter: Bob Short (919) 5iI-5420 Contact - Computer-related: George Duggan (919) 541-5420 Contact - responsible EPA Office: Dr. Al Wehe (919) 5^1-5310 Charge for non-IPA use: yes Frequency of master file up-date: Other data base update terminated Related IPA data bases: Mational Imissions Data System (.MZDS); Storage and Retrieval of Aerometric Data (SaROaD) Person completing fora: Bob Short 292 DATA SOURCED; ECDIN ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMICALS DATA AND INFORMATION NETWORK Review Date: February, 1981 D.l BACKGROUND The Environmental Chemicals Data and Information Network (ECDIN) project was established to provide a data bank of environmental chemicals for European communities. ECDIN was begun in 1973 and is still in pilot phase. When the system is fully operational, it will provide information on chemical products of environmental significance. Eventually, the system is expected to include 20,000 - 30,000 chemicals. The finished ECDIN system will cover chemical identity, physical-chemical properties, chemical production, and health and environmental effects. D^ STATUS For the pilot phase, 4,000 chemicals were selected. From this group, a smaller list of priority compounds were chosen for data collec¬ tion. The identification category is completed for most compounds. About one half of the entered compounds include toxicity data, and more detailed information is present for an even smaller number of compounds. Whenever possible, ECDIN will answer questions directed to the system regarding chemicals and their effects. Users can gain direct access to the data bonk by contacting ECDIN. At this point, there are no charges for answering queries. DJ SCIENTIFIC PARAMETERS It is planned that ECDIN will have I 1 categories of data, some of which are further divided into more specific scientific parameters. The 11 scientific parameters can be roughly divided into eight general groups; o Chemical Identifiers o Physical-Chemical Properties o Analytical Methods o Manufacturing Information o Environmental Effects o Environmental Fate o Health Effects o Legal Implications 293 These brood groups ore explained in detail below. o Chemical Identifiers Identification In order to identify a chemical or compound, ECDIN provides the following scientific parameters; Preferred systematic name Synonyms, including foreign names and trade names CAS Registry Number Wiswesser Line Notation Chemical Structure Information In the proposed format of ECDIN, a chemical structure diagram is provided for each chemical. Since some toxic chemical structures are unknown, this may not be available for every compound. o Physical-Chemical Properties This section refers to the properties such as boiling point and molecular weight. Although at this time no further division of this category is made, ECDIN does state that more specific divisions of some categories are used. o Arxilytical Methods This field refers to the methods used to determine the chemical's presence in the environment. o Manufacturing Information Supply, Production ond Trade This field is divided into seven more specific areas. These are: Manufacturing process Producers Production Consumption Capacity Foreign trade Bulk displacements Transport, Pocking, Handling and Storage This category is primarily concerned with the hazards and safety recommendations relating to dealing with toxic chemicals during these activities. 294 Use and Disposal Most of the data in this field are unstructured and, by necessity, the category covers a wide variety of data types. o Environmental Fate Dispersion ond Transformation in the Environment This topic deals with the behavior of the chemical in the environment. It provides insight into where the compound might accumulate and what its by-products are. o Environmental Effects Effects of the Chemical on the Environment This category is concerned with environmental effects data. More specific types of data are contained in this category. They are os follows: Effects on ecosystems Effects on inanimate material Effects on plants o Health Effects Effects of the Chemical on Health This section includes all human and environmental toxicity data. The more specific categories are as follows: Human toxicity Animal toxicity data Terrestrial toxicity Aquatic toxicity Microorganism toxicity Effects on in-vitro systems Effects on reproduction (including teratogenicity) Carcinogenicity Mutagenicity Allergic and immunological reactions Odor threshold values Occupational Safety and Health The safety and health recommendations and hazards for the workplace and employees are included in this category. 295 o Legal Implications ECDIN provides these data in the form of a summary of the most important points. In order to find further detail regarding this section, the standard references must be consulted. DM ACCESSIBILITY ECDIN is accessible through EURONET although it is only in the pilot phase at this time. Since the data base is only in preliminary form, there is no user fee at present. D.5 DEVELOPMENT PLANS Several enhancements will eventually be required. These areas are understood by the data base developers, but at present, data are being collected and coded for the given fields only. D.6 REFERENCES I. ECDIN Input F ormat Manuel 296 Chemical Substances Regulated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration The following is a listing of those chemical substances regulated by OSHA. Physical agents are not included in this listing. Full documentation of OSHA regulations concerning the listed substances can be found in 29 CFR 1910. Acetaldahyda . Acetic eetd. . Acetic ifihytJrKje . Acetone . Acetonitrile.. Acetylene dichlofide. see 1. 2- Ochlofoethylene Acetylene lelrelyomide. Acroletn. Acrytanwle—Skin Akjrin—Skin. Allyl alcohol—Skin. Altyl chlondo. C AltytgtycKjyt ether (AGE) Altyl propyl disultkJe. 2-Aminoethanol, see Ethanola- mine . 2-AmifX)pyndine. Ammonia. Ammonium sullamate (Ammate) n-Amyl acetate. aac-Amyl acetate. ArHIlria—Skin. Amaidine (o. p-isomers)—Skin. Antimony and compounds (as Sb) ANTU (alpha naphthyl thiourea) Arsenic organic compounds (as As). Arsine... Alinphos-methyl—Skin. Barium (soluble compounds). p-Benzoouinone, see Quinone Bemoyt peroxide. Benryl chloride .. Biphenyl, see Ophenyl. Boron oxide.. C Boron triduoride. Bromine. Bromotorm—Skin. Butadiene (1. 3-buladiene). Butanethiol, see Butyl mercaptan 2-Butanone. 2-Butoxy ethanol (Butyl Cello- solve)—Skin. Butyl acetate (n-butyi acetate) sec-Butyl acetate. lert-Buty) acetate. Butyl alcohol. sec-Butyl alcohol. lert-Butyl alcohol. C Butylamine—Skin. C lert-Butyl chromate (as CrO.)— Skin. n-Butyl gfycKtyt ether (BGE) . Butyl mercaptan. p-lert-Butyltoluone . Calcium oxide . Camphor.. C^iberyl (Sevin*) . Carbon black. Carbon dioxxle . Carbon monoxide . Chlordane—Skin. Chkyinaled camphene—Skin Chkyinated diphenyl oxide C Chlonne Chlorine dioxide C Otorme liiWuoiide. C Chkxoacetaldehyde. a-Chloroaeelopherxjoe (phena- cyichloride). Chlorobenzene (monochloroberv rerre). o-Chlorobenrylidene maloiionitrite (OCBM). Chkxobromomethane . 2 Chloro-1.3-butadiene, see Chlor- oprene. Chlorodiphenyl (42 percent Chio- rme)—Skin. Chlorodipherryl (54 percent Chio- nne)—Skin. 1- Chloro. 2.3-epoxypropane, see Epichlorhydrin. 2- Chloroethanol. see Ethylene chlorohydnn. Chloroelhylene. see Vinyl chloride C Chlorolorm (trichloromelhane) 1 -Chkxo-1 -nitroproparre. Oiloropicrin. Chloroprene (2chloroethylene C Oichloroothyl ether—Skm Ochloromethane, see Methyien- echlorxJe Ochtoronronofluoromethano C 1.1-Olchloro-1-rMroattiane. 1 ■2-Dtchloropiopaiie. see Propy- leoedfchkjride. Oichlorotetrafluoroethane. Oieldrin—Skki. Dietliylamlrte. Oiethylamino ethartof—Skin. Diethylether. see Ethyl ether. Ofluorodibromomethane. C Digtyddyl ether (DGE). DIhydroxybenzene. see Hydro- quinone. Oiisobutyl ketone. DHaopropylamine—Skin. Dtmethoxymethane. see Methylal.... Dimethyl acetamide—Skin. Oknelhytamirte. DlmethylamirK)benzene. see Xyli- dene. Dimethytaniline (N-dimothy*- ani- Mne)—Skin. Dimethylbertzene. see Xylene. Dimethyl 1,2-dibromo-2.2-dichlor- oetnyl phosphate. (Dibrom). Dimettiytlormamide—Skin. 2.6-Difiiethytheptarx>ne. see Diiao- butyl ketone. 1,1 -Dimethylhydr az ifie—Skin. Dimethylph^late. Dimetti^sulfate—Skin. Oinitrobenzene (all nomers)— Skin. Dinitro-o-Cfesol—Skin. Onitrotoluene—Skin. Dioxane (Diethylerte dioxide)— Skin. Diphertyl. Diphenytmothane dksocyarwte. (see Methylene bisphenyl isocyarv ate (MDI). Dipropylene glycol methyl ether— Skin. Di-sec. octyl phthalate (Di-2- eth- ylhexylphthalate). Erxlrin—Skin. Epichlorhydnn—Skin. EPN—Skin. 1.2- Epoxypropane, see Propylerv eoxide. 2.3- Epoxy-1-propanol, see Glyci- dol. Ethanettilol. see Elhylmercaptan. Etharxilamino. 2-Ethoxyethanol—Skin. 2-Ethoxyethylacetate (Cello-solve acetate)-Skin. Ethyl acetate. Ethyl acrylate—Skin.. Ethyl alcohol (ethanol). Ettiyiamine. Ethyl sec-amyl ketone (5- methyl- 3-h6ptanone). Ethyl benzerte. Ethyl bromido. Ethyl butyl ketone (3- Heptarxine) Ethyl chlorldo. Eth^ ether. Ethyl formate . C Ethyl mercaptan Elhyl tMcale. Elhylerre ch lorohydrin—Skm. Ethylanedwrnne. C Ethylerte glycol dinibate and/or Nitroglycenn—Skin. Elhytene glycol nxmomethyl ether acetate, see Methyl ceNoaokre acetate. Ethylene imine—Skm. Ethylene oxide. EthylkJine chloride, see 1,1- Olch- loroethane. N-Ettiylmorpholine—Skm. Ferbam. Ferrovartadium dust. Fluoride (as F). Fluorine. FhjorotrichlororTrethane. Formic acid. Furfural—Skm. Furfuryl alcohol. Glyodol (2,3-Epoxy-1- propanol). Glycol nxmoethyl ether, eee 2- Ethoxyethanol. Guthron*, see Azinphosmethyl. Hafnium. Heptachlor—Skin. Heptane (rvheptane). Hexachloroethane—Skm. Hexachloronaphlhaleoe—SWn. Hexane (rvhexane). 2-Hexanone. Hexone (Methyl isobutyl ketone).... sec-Hexyl acetate. Hydrazine—Skm. Hydrogen bromide. C Hydrogen chloride. Hydrogen cyanide—Skm. Hydrogen peroxide (90%). Hydrogen selenide . Hydroquinone. C Iodine. Iron oxxle lume. laoamyl acetate . laoamyt alcohol. laobutyl acetate.. laobutyl alcohol. Isophorone.. Isopropyl acetate. Isopropyl alcohol. laopropylamine. Isopropylether. Isopropyl glycxfyl ether (IGE). Ketene.. Undane—Skin. Lithium hydrxJe. L.P G. (liquified petroleum gas) Magnesium oxxfe lume. Malalhion—Skin . Maletc anhydnde. C Manganese. Maaltyt oxide. Methanelhiol. see Methyl mercap¬ tan .. Methoxychlor. 2-MelhoxyethaiX)l, see Methyl cal- losolve . Methyl acetale. Methyl acetylene (propyne) . 297 Msttiyi acetylen# pfop«1*eng mw- lure (MAPP) . Methyl ecrylale—Skin Methylal (dimelhoxymethane) Methyl alcohot (methanol) Melhytamioe. Methyl amyl alcohol, see Methyl laotoutyl cartMooi Methyl (n-amyt) ketone (2- Hep- tanone) . C Methyl bromide—Skin . Methyl butyl ketone, see 2- Hei- anone . Methyl cellosolve—Skin Methyl cellosolve acelele—Skin Methyl chloroform . Methytcyclohexano Melhytcydohexanol O'Melhylcyclohexanone—Skin Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK). see 2- Butanone. Methyl formate Methyl KxMe—Skin. Methyl isobutyl carbinol—Skin Methyl isobutyl ketone, see Hexone. Methyl isocyanate—Skin C Methyl mercaptan . Methyl methacrylate. Methyl propyl ketone, see 2- Pen- tanorte. CHI Methyl styrene. C Methylene bispherryl isocyanate (MDI). Molybdenum Soluble compounds. Insoluble compounds. Monomelhyl aniline—Skin. C Monomethyl hydrazine— Skin . Morpholine—Skin. Naphtha (coaltar). Naphthalene. Nickel carbonyl.. Nickel, rrietal and soluble cmpds. as Ni.. Nicotine—Skin. Nitric acid. Nitric oxide. p-Nitroaniline—Skin. Nitrobenzene—Skin. p-Nitrochlorobenzene—Skin . Nitroethane.. C Nitropen dioxide. Nitrogen triduonde. C Nitroglyconn—Skin. Nitrorrtethane.. 1-Nitropropane. 2Nitropropane. Nitrotoluone—Skin. Nitrotnchloromelhane, see Chloro- prcnn. Octachloronaphthalene—Skin_ Octane... Oil rmst. mirreral. Osmium telroxido Oxalic acid Oxygen difluonde . . Ozone Paraouat—Skin Paralhion—Skin Peniaborane PentacNoronaphthalei le Skm Penlachlorophenol—Skm Penlarre. 2-Pentanone. PerchlororTtothyl rrrercaptan Perchloryl Duonde Petroleum dislillates (naphtha) Phenol—Skin . p-Phenytene dtamrre—Skin Phenyl ether (vapor) Phenyl ether t>iphenyl mixture (vapor) Phonylethytene. see Styrene Phenyl glycidyl ether (PGF) Phenylhydrazine—Skin Phosdrin (Mevinphos")— Skin Phosgerte (carbonyl chloride) Phosphine. Phosphoric acid. Phosphorus (yellow). Phosphorus peniachlonde . Phosphorus penlasulfxte Phosphorus tnchloTKle . Phthalic anhydnde Picnc aod—Skin. Prval" (2-Plvalyl f.3- indandione) Platinum (Soluble salts) as Pi . . Propane.. n-Propyf acetate . Propyl alcohol . n-Propyl nitrate. Propylene dichlonde. Propylene imine—Skin. Propylene oxide. Propyne, see Methylacetylene . Pyreihrum.. Pyndine. Ouirrone. Rhodium. Metal fume and dusts. as Rh. Soluble salts. Ronnel. Rolenorte (commercial). Selenium compourxis (as Se). Selenium hexafluoride.. Sitver. metal and soluble com¬ pounds . Sodium lluoroacetale (1060)— Skin. Sodium hydroxide. Stibirie. Stoddard solveni. Strychnine. Sollur dioxide. Sodur hexafluoride. Sullurlc acid . Sollur morxxhloride. Sollur penlafluorido. Sulluryl Duonde. Systox. see Demeton". 2.4.5T. Tantalum. TEDP-Skin. Tellurium. Tellunum hexafluoride TEPP-Skin C Terphenyls ', 1.1.2- T elrechloro-2.2- ditluoroelhane 1.1.2.2Teb ach tot o -1.2- dtfluoroothene. 1,1.2.2-Teb ac hluruetl^te—Skm. Tetrechlororrwthane. see Carbon letrachlorido. Tetrschkxonaphthalene—Skm. Tetraethyl lead (as Pb)—Skm Tetrahydroforan .. Tetramelhyl lead (as Pb)— Skm ... Tetramethyl soccmontlnte— Skm Tetranitromethano. Tetryl (2.4.6-trmrtrophetiyt- methyl- nitramlrte)—Skm. Thallium (soluble compounds)— Skin as Tt. TTxram. Tin (irtorganic cmpds. except oxides. Tin (organic cmpds) . C Toluerie-2.4-diisocyanate. o-Toluidkie—Skin. Toxaphene. see Chlonnaled cam- phene.. Trkjutyl phosphate. 1.1.1- Trtchloroethano. see Methyl chlorolorm.. 1.1.2- Trichloroethane—Skm. TKaniumdioxide. Trichloromethane, see Chloroform. Trichloronaphthalene—Skin. 1 .2.3- Tnchloropropane. 1.1,2-Trichloro 1.2.2-lri1)uoroeth- ane. Triethylamino. Trifluoromenc i bi o iiiometh a iie. 2.4.6- Trinlbopheri o ). see Picrtc acid. 2.4.6- Tttn»ophe o yltiie t ltyt- nitro- miria, see Tetryl. T nnitrotoluene—Skin. Triorlhocresyl phosphate. Tnphenyl phosphate. Turpentino. Uranium (sokXile compounds). Uranium (insoluble compounds) C Vanadium V,0, dust. V/3, fume. Vinyl benzene, see Styrene Vinyleydnido. see Acr^onitrile Vinyl toluene. Warfarin. Xylene (xyloO. Xytidirie—Skin. Yttrium. Zmc chkxide fume. Zirx: oxide fume. Zirconium compounds (as Zr). Benzene (Z37 40-1969). Beryihait and barykum cpm- poimds (Z3T 29-1970) Cadnxiae luma (Z37 5-1970)_ Cadnxum dust (Z37 5-1970) ..... Carbon dtauHIda (Z37 3-1906) Carbon tetra ch l u i xl a |Z37 17- 1967) Chrome add md chromaiea (Z37 7-197t) EOhAsno dbronxda (Z37 3t. 1970) Etiytona dchk xXl s (Z37 2t- 1960) Ekjortds as dual |Z37 26-1909) PormaldWiyda (Z37 16-1967)._ Mytkogait Huonda (Z37 26 - 1969) Ilytkogan siMa (237 2-1966) Meroey (237 6-1971) .. Methyl eieenda (237 l6-t969) Mslkyleiia chlonde (237 23- 1969) Ogeno lefcyf) mercury (237 30- 1969) Styrene (Z37 15-1969) Teeatiikjroethylerie (737 m. 1967) fokjene (Z37 12-1967) Tnchloroethyleoe (Z37 1 9-1967) 4-91trob)pheny1 . Alpha-naphthylaainr . •lathyl chloroisettiyl ether . J.S'-OlchlorobenzIdlne _ •li-chlorodethy) ether _ 6eta-tiaphthy1aa)ne . Benzidine . 4-Ani1nod1pheny1 . 6eta-propio1actone 2“*cety1aa1nofluorine . 4-0lMethy1aiiilno4Zobenzene . OlBethylanlnobenzene . i-n1trosod1iiiethy1aii!lne _ 91ny1 chloride . Coke oven eirlsslons . Inorganic arsenic .i lead .’ ” 1tZ-DIbroam-S-chloropropane Acrylonitrile . 298 Epidciiiioloutcal Stiulics Pr«ii;rjni Syslcin (I'SPS) HISI) #10-09 - Plirpuv: n\c [LSI'S iiids rescurtli in the healiit cflcci^ dI' pcsiicide producis hy piovidinc a compichcrisivc data bjsf '«! Iicjlili statisiifs lot p' iv'n% I'ximwd to vuiuuis po^licides. — Anmi.d Cost: (.lUnp'IItT Fcm >ninl Ci>ntract Support sjz.ooo S 25.000 S100.000 - Primary Users. The twelve ^•pIdcn1i<)l^.ei■.al Sn:i.K I’tujoci Groups, who are sponstMed under this l’r«»i:ram. use the data nic' to make lic.ilth ilti'ei' 'Unites - I)irscrip*i<»n: Till.-, Program has taken over and expanded the Pesticide Coinniunity Studies Data System. Tliis I’loyram lurnl- studies ol a reei' ''jl and i. iiti)i':il scope in such areas as. aciite pesticide poisonine. pesticide usage surveys, and Gnonic ettecls ol 'teMiciJe exposure. Tiiese study pioups use a vaoety of lechriiiiues, such as hcal'h esannnJimns. xamplin;! and liospital records in order lo develop and maintain a iiinniicr itf data l*aM*s- The avera)ie master IIU* has 3,(t00 to 5,^X)0 rcsajr.ts wilii a lai^v miiniter til individual entiies ^1j''v til the K*vatrds are medical iiisitiiies updated tver a peosnl vti time. - Opera thnr. The Mcalth HKecis Rianch t : i!ie Ofl'ice of Pesticides Progiam has begun lo cxcicise control over ihis data systems operation. Tapes conl.iininr the data from these iiidividuoJ projects arc hemp deiiveied lo the Hiaiicli lor llicir data ma'iipul.iiion. TTiis data is being used to review the Tindings »)f the field studies and to develop new statoiical analyses ami coirelalio.is. New sofiwaie standaids and data management ls'chnK|ues .ire ivmg developed lo beliei coordmaie ilie woik ol the 12 individual piojccts. - Responsibility; Syslcni Sponsor: August Vands'rmer 299 DRAFT D3404000002 Istablishineni Registration Support System Acronym: S^S .Hedia sampled to generate data: pesticide production data Type of data collection/monicoring; production information for pesticide products. Data base status: Operational/ongomg .A3STR.ACT: A centralized data base is used to support inspection plar*ning and case preparation for pestncide enforcers 'oy mamtaming a nationwide file identifying all pesticide producing estabiishments and tbeir r/pes and amounts of annual production. Data covers pesticide products as defined by the Federal Insecticide, F'ungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIJRa), identified by product registration numoers. Mo chemical ingredient data is included. Mon-pollutant parameters include: Compliance data Industry Location Production levels Ongoing study time period is 01/01/75 to 09/30/30 (present) Termination of data collection: Mot anticipated Frequency of data collection: annually Total estimated number of observations is 120000. estimated annual increase of observations is 20000. Data base includes; production volumes reported by producing estabiisbments. Total number of stations or sources covered is 3000. Mumber currently contributing data is 8000. Mumber of facilities covered is 3000. Geographic coverage of data base: International, include foreign product imports to U.S. Location identifiers of station/source for each record are; State County City Street address Z?A Ls tablisnment Mumber Facility identifiers include; Plant facility name Plant location Parent corporation name Parent corporation location Street address Z?A Istablisbment Mumoer Pollutant identification data have; pesticice registration aumoer cooes 300 DRAFT Data collection and analysis procedures: Sampling plan documented Collection method documented Lab audit: Data not based on lab analysis. Precision and accuracy estimates are not available Ho taown edit procedures exist. Data collected 'oy: Self reporting Data analyzed by: data not analyzed Compliance or enforcement is the primary purpose for data collection. Program evaluation is the secondary purpose for data collection. Statutory authorization is P L 95-396, Section 7 (Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act-FIFRa) 0MB form number: 158-R-0109 Form of available reports and outputs: Printouts on request Machine-readable raw data Current regular users of data base: 300 Users: S’A headquarter offices - Pesticides and Toxic Substances Inforcement Div., OP?, SPRD, BFSD. regional offices Other federal agencies, HIH, U.S. Congress Confidentiality: Limits on access within H’A and outside agency for some data Primary physical location of data: MCC/IBM Form of data storage: .Magnetic tape Data access: Z?A software .MIDSD system number: 3^0^000002 ^A hardware IBM 370/168 Contact - Subject matter: Carol Buckingham (202) 755-2647 Contact - Computer-related; Jean .Malachowski (202) 683-0885 Contact - responsible ZPA Office: Joan Martin (202) 755-1075 Charge for non-£?A use: yes Frequency of master file up-date: Weekly Related ZPA systems: Pesticides inforcement Management S 3 rstem. Person completing form: Tim Shaw/John Martin Office: ZPa/(0£)/(CGI)/(PTSZD)/ Address: Viar and Company 114 H. Columbus St. Al exa ndria, Va 2231'* Phone: (703) 632-0885 301 Bulletin'2070: DRAFT D3103000903 Eazardous Wasze Site Traciciiig System Acronym: STS Media sampled to generate data: No specific media: Inventory of hazardous waste ^ sites with gross amounts of chemicals round at site Type of data collection/monitoring: No monitoring data collection Data base status: Operational/ongoing .ABSTRACT: The data base contains an inventory of potential hazardous waste sites both active and inactive, of ^industrial facilit ies and orf-site. Major functions supported include: inventory and'identification, assessment, site inspection, hazards, hydrological analysis, and remedial and enforcement actions necessary. Non-pollutant parameters include: Compliance data Cost/economic data Funding data Inspection data Location Physical data Political subdivisions Population demographics Population density Site description Hazards Waste state Waste characteristics Remedial actions Ongoing study time period is 08/01/79 to 12/30/80 (present) Termination of data collection: Not anticipated Frequency of data collection: .as events (e.g. inspections) are done Total estimated number of observations is 20821. estimated annual increase of observations is 10000. Data base includes: Raw- data/observations Total number of stations or sources covered is 3000. Geographic coverage of data base: National Location identifiers of station/source for each record are: State County City Street address Coordinates La titude/Longitude Coordinates Facility identifiers include: Plant facility .name 303 DRaTT Plant location Parent corporation name Street address SIC code Dun and Bradstreet number MPDES Lab analysis based on ZPA-approved or accepted metbods. Lab audit: Data not based on lab analysis. Precision and accuracy estimates are not available Edit procedures used but undocumented. Data collected by: State agency - Every state environmental protection agency Regional office - Every Regional Office Contractor - Various contractors Data analyzed by: Regional office - Every Regional Surveillance and Analysis Division Contractor lab - Various laboratories Data base does act identify specific laboratory performing analysis. Compliance or enforcement is the primary purpose for data collection. Remedial action is the secondary purpose for data collection. Program evaluation is the third purpose for data collection. No statutory requirement: Data collection requirement is to aid in E?a tracking of hazardous waste sites Form of available reports and outputs: Printouts on request Current regular users of data base: 15 offices 3A headquarter offices - Hazardous Waste Task Force; SUPERFUND; Office of Solid Waste; Office of Enforcement EPA regional offices Confidentiality: Limits on access -within EPA and outside agency for some data Primary physical location of data: NCC/IBM Form of data storage: Magnetic disc Data access: EPa software Site Tracking System n*A hardware IBM 370 Contact - Subject matter: Margie Russell (202)426-7810 Contact - Computer-related: Bruce Rothrock (202)426-7240 Contact - responsible EPa Office: Hazardous Waste Task Force (202)^26-7810 Charge for non-ZPA use: no Frequency of master file up-date: Weekly Person completing form: Bruce Rothrock Office: Office of Enforcement .Address: 401 M St. 3W Washington, DC 20460 Phone: (202)426-7240 Pollutants included in data base: acetaldehyde 75-07-0 acetic acid 64-19-7 304 DRAFT D7301700901 Healrt and Invironinental Iff sets Data Analysis System Acronym: HZn)A Kedia sampled to generate data: toxicological end effects; structure-acti^iry relationship modeling Type of data collection/monltoring: literature and other agency health effects evaluation Data base status: Funded for development Projected operational date:09/00/S I ABSTRACT: This system is a mechanism for testing and evaluating various chemical structure/activiry relationship models to compare chemicals of hnown effects to chemicals of similar structure vith well-documented effects. It is the Office of Toxic Substances repository for known toxicological and environmental effects of chemicals. The data base contains evaluated health and environmental effects data obained from, inter alia, the GZNZTOX Program and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. It is still under development and will be operational with a limited amount of data early in 1981. Mon-pollutant parameters include: Biological data Chemical data Health effects Physical data mathematical models for structure/activity correlation Ongoing study time-period is 01/01/30 to 09/'30/80 (present) Termination of data collection: Mot anticipated Frequency of data collection: as needed file building/as funded Total estimated number of observations is 455. Istimated annual increase of observations is 300. Data base includes: evaluated data generated by expert groups Total number of stations or sources covered is 6. Mumber currently contributing data is 5. Mumber of facilities covered is 0. Geographic coverage of data base: International Facility identifiers Include: Mot applicable Pollutant identification data have: CaS registry number codes Limitations: Concentrations/levels of a chemical in a particular media are not included in r'ms data 'oase. Toxicity and physical-chemical data are included. Limits are proposed on access within E?A and outside agency for some data. Data collection and analysis procedures: Sampling plan doc-umented Lab analysis not based, on EPA-approved or accepted methods. 305 DRaTT Precision and accuracy estimates exist but are not incluaed in oata base. Edits on existing Health and Inviromnental Effects Data Analysis (HZEDa) data. Edit procedures for new data may rely on contributor editing. Some evaluation to be done in-house. Data collected by: Federal Agencies industry published literature Data analyzed by: Contractor - University of Pennsylvania (cooperative agreement) original HEZDa EPA headquarters - Assessment Division and .Management Support Divisioo/^ffice of Toxic Substances Data base does not identify specific laboratory performing analysis. Risk assessment is the primary purpose for data collection. Developnent of regulations or standards is tbe secondary purpose for data collection. Statutory authorization is P L 94-4b9, Section 10 (Toxic Substances Control Act 15 2609) Form of available reports and outputs; Unpublished reports format to be established Printouts on request On-line computer Current regular users of data base: unknown Users: E?A headqxiarter offices - Office of Toxic Substances Z?A regional offices Other federal agencies Confidentiality: Limits on access within EPA and outside agency for some data Primary physical location of data: Contractor Form of data storage: Magnetic disc Data access: EPA software MIDSD system number: 7500000904 University of Pennsylvania lEM-s^ill be moved to the Office of Toxic Substances December 20, 1980 Contact Contact Contact Subject matter: Charles Auer Computer-related: Tony Jover (202) 426-9819 (202) 426-^97 - responsible EPA Office: Paula .Miles (202) 426-2447 Charge for non-EPA use: no outside use/access permitted Frequency of master file up-date: system in transition Person completing form: Paula Miles Office: EPa/(QPTS)/(0TS)/(.MSD) Address: 401 M St. SW, Washington, DC Phone: (202) 426-2447 Pollutants included in data base: phenobarbital 50-06-6 acLtomycin c 50-07-7 oestriol 50-27-1 oestradiol-1Tbeta 50-23-2 d-lysergic acid diethylamide 50-37-3 306 51 r • i ^ Cn & ^5 EI £ 5 » ? J o € £ •is o> — o t> w II - i & ■o « o 2 ^ • r 3 5 ^°l e ; 2 §1 a S C * £ 5 1 ac a I > u c 8. < o E ^ K £, = = o j ^ ^ 5 8 3 '• C W c o c o i 5 r 9 III! CO rs •• UJ 5; ^ "".S 5 4» *0 ^ * - £ c 15 2 o-S « “• • 2 < • "* •2 ■? = 5 £ " 8 a •~ •• r 3 ? - - ^ ■- n C U Q els g iia 2 £ 1 3 w I ’3 > C 2 A — «• o & o T3 a> c £ 2 (0 E S " ^ o - 2 •" 155 f I « 0 3 M S S 'Q ° 3 I 2^5 = ^ C £ ? M w ^ Z S-oZ ■ “ j, > 5 £ S S'-a-o. = S - £ 30 _rt«-x o|o2>o§-J t-ExS^ioI I (O g i c o ^" i > » <0 at u tt 307 DRAFT D9055000903 Industrial Process Evaluations Acronym: None Media sampled to generate data: Effluents industrial Runoff limited in plant chemical process Type of data collection/monitoring: Point source data collection pulp and paper plants, chemical industry, and herbicide and pesticide manufacturers Data base status: Operational/ongoing ABSTRACT: Evaluation of specific industries and industrial processes regarding the formation of toxicants by (1) National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit or Clean Water Act, Section 308 request to industry or (2) EPA contractor. Toxicants beyond the 129 Consent Decree Priority Pollutants are covered. Initial work is dry lab paper study of industrial process followed by chemical and/or biomonitoring testing by facility. Most of the data (90%) supplied by industry. Non-pollutant parameters include: Biological data Chemical data Concentration measures Discharge points Disposal Geographic subdivision Industry Location Production levels Test/analysis method Treatment devices Ongoing study time period is 01/01/79 to- 09/30/80 (present) Termination of data collection: Not anticipated Frequency of data collection: as needed Total estimated number of observations is 4000. Estimated annual increase of observations is 600-800. Data base includes: Raw data/'^observations Total number of stations or sources covered is 200. Number currently contributing data is 90. Number of facilities covered is 60. Geographic coverage of data base: Selected federal region Region V Location identifiers of station/source for each record are: State County City Town/township 308 DRAFT Facility identifiers include: Plant facility name Plant location Parent corporation name Parent corporation location Street address SIC code NPDES Pollutant identification data are: Uncoded Street address Limitations: Evaluation for toxicants only (sometimes conventional also). Quality Assurance varies by facility. Data collection and analysis procedures: documented in quality assurance project plan Lab analysis based on EPA-approved or accepted methods. Lab audit is satisfactory for part of the data base. Precision and accuracy estimates partially exist for the data base. No known edit procedures exist. Data collected by; Self reporting Regional office - Surveillance and Analysis Division Contractor - Dr. Patterson and Associates Data analyzed by: Self reporting Regional office - Surveillance and Analysis Division Contractor lab - through Surveillance and Analysis Division Data base identifies specific laboratory performing analysis. Development of regulations or standards is the primary purpose for data collection. Statutory authorization is P L 90-500 as amended, Section 308 (Clean Water Act-CWA) Form of available reports and outputs: Unpublished repxsrts Individual undistributed reports Current regular users of data base: 40 Users; EPa headquarter offices - Effluent-Guidelines Division EPA regional offices States Confidentiality; Limits on access within EPA and outside agency for some data Primary physical location of data: Regional office Form of data storage: Original form (hardcopy, readings) Data access: Manually Contact - Sul> 3 ect matter: Glenn D. Pratt/Jon Barney (312) 353-2098 Contact - responsible EPA Office: Glenn D. Pratt/Jon Barney (312) 353-2098 Charge for non-EPA use: no Frequency of master file up-date; as completed Person completing form: Glenn Pratt Office: E?A/Region V/Enforcement Division Address: 230 S. Dearborn Chicago, Ill 60604 Phone: (312)353-2098 309 Yankelovich / Part 3 : Toward an ethic of commitment Savin gambles on a strategy for growth June 15,1981 310 DATA SOURCE C; IRPTC INTERNATIONAL REGISTER OF POTENTIALLY TOXIC CHEMICALS Review Date; January, 1981 C.l BACKGROUND Development of the International Register of Potentially Toxic Chemicals (IRPTC) was begun in 1977, and is under the auspices of the United Nations Environment Program (UNEP). The project is still in the planning stages. The IRPTC plan provides for much detail in reporting of physical-chemical properties and effects upon health and the environ¬ ment. STATUS C^ Currently, IRPTC is coordinating and incorporating data and instructions to develop the system. A total of 17 major categories of data are in the register, and these include information on the chemical, its manufacture, its heolth effects and its environmental effects. IRPTC is not currently available as a data base, either manually or in computer form, although Information on some sixty compounc^ used to test the proposed data contents and organization are available in published form. SCIENTIFIC PARAMETERS C3 IRPTC has 17 categories of data. Each consists of several scientific parameters. These 17 categories con be roughly divided into nine broad classifications: o Chemical Identifiers o Physical-Chemical Properties o Manufacturing Information Q Environmental Effects o Health Effects o Environmental Fate o Analytical Methods o Removal o Legal Implications Each of these categories is explained in further detail with examples to illustrate the format. 311 o Chemical Identifiers This section includes the following information: Chemical name Accession number (IKPTC NU) CAS number (CAS NU) molecular formula (MOLFM) molecular weight (MOLWT) structural formula (STRFM) Wiswesser Line Notation (WLN) definition (DEF) synonyms (SYN) Examples of the chemical fields are given in Figure E.C.I for the compound Acrylonitrile. o Physical-Chemical Properties This topic concerns the following information: melting point (MP) flash point (FP) density (DEN) boiling point (BP) flammable limits (FL) relative vapor density (RVDEN) vapor pressure (VP) adsorption coefficient (AOS) partition coefficient (PC) water solubility (AQSOL) additives (ADD) impurities (IMPUR) Figure E.C.I shows a typical entry for the chemicol Acrylonitrile. o Manufacturing Information This section deals with the following aspects of chemical production and use. Production/Consumption covers information relating to: geographic area quantity year reference A typical entry is shown in Figure E.C.2. 312 Production processes include information pertaining to the; process impurities reference A typical entry appears in Figure E.C.2. The Use category includes such information as: use geographic area quantity Figure E.C.2 shows a typical entry. o Environmental Effects The environmental effects category incorporates information on a substance’s effect upon the environment. The pathways into the environment are described by informa¬ tion such as: pathway and receiving medium - geographic area quantity time unit reference A typical entry appears in Figure E.C.3. Environmental concentration (residue) data include: medium geographic area - concentration analytical method date of sampling reference A typical entry is shown in Figure E.C.3. o Health Effects The health effects field is very brood in its coverage, and includes a variety of data items: Bioconcentration is the experimental determination that a higher concentration of a given substance is detected within an organism 313 than in the surrounding (experimental) environtnent. The scitrnlitic parameters given include: test conditions water concentration organism bioconcentration factor and time calculation basis reference An example of a typical entry appears in Figure E.C.4. The clearance time for aquatic organisms refers to the amount of time it takes for an organism to rid (depurate) itself of a substance after being placed in clean water. The information supplied includes: test conditions organism quantity cleared reference An example of a typical entry is given in Figure E.C.4. The mommolian metabolites section includes the following scientific parameters: organism metabolites reference A typical entry appears in Figure E.C.5. The mammalian toxicity array shows the toxic effects associated with a chemical substance in relation to the amount of exposure. The scientific parameters include: exposure concentration/dose exposure period route organism effect reference A typical entry appears in Figure E.C.5. Carcinogenicity data include; evaluation reference 314 Also entered as part of this category are experimental results including: organism route exposure concentration/dose exposure period effect reference Figure E.C.6. shows these types of entries. Mutoqenicity data cover the following experimental results: organism route exposure concentration/dose exposure period test results reference When a mutagenicity entry involves a microorganism or cell culture, the scientific parameters entered include: test system or organism test results reference Typical entries of both these types are shown In Figures E.C.7. Neurotoxicity and behavior studies determine if a substance affects nerve tissues or behavior performance. The scientific parameters included are os follows: o organism o route o exposure concentration/dose o exposure period o effect o reference An example of this type of entry appears in Figure E.C.8. Potentiation studies determine if a chemical's toxic effects are increased if combined with widely used drugs and other chemicals. The scientific paratneters provided include: organism chemical or drug reference 315 An example appears in Figure E.C.8. Primary irritation is characterized by the following entries: organism route effect reference Figure E.C.9 shows a typical entry. Reproduction data are entered os follows: organism route exposure concentration/dose exposure period effect reference A typical entry is shown in Figure E.C.9. Sensitization data ore entered as follows: organism route effect reference A typical entry appears In Figure E.C.IO. The scientific parameters on teratogenicity appear in the following format: organism route exposure concentration/dose exposure data effect reference A typical entry appears In Figure E.C.IO. Aquatic and terrestrial toxicity are included to provide information on the environmental toxicity of o substance. Each entry includes the following scientific parameters: organism or ecosystem exposure concentration/dose 316 exposure period route of exposure (when applicable) effect reference Typical entries for each of these fields appear in Figure o Environmental Fate The environmental fate field includes a variety of topics. Biodegrodation data are presented in the format: - source of microorganisms test conditions analytical technique and quantity - products and quantity produced reference A typical entry is shown in Figure t.C.I2. cnvironm^tol fate data concern the transformation and transport of a chemical in the environment. The scientific parameters entered irrclude: interphase or subcompartment geographic area quantity/time reference A typical entry is shown in Figure E.C.I2. Photodeqrodation data include the following: medium test conditions quantity of chemical that degrades products and quantity produced reference An example of this type of entry appears in Figure E.C.I2. Hydrolysis data include: medium and test conditions quantity hydrolysed products and quantity produced reference 317 A sample entry appears in Figure E.C.I3. Adsorption refers to the process whereby a chemical adheres (absorbs) to a surface solid (biotic and abiotic). The scientific parameters include; medium or adsorbent test conditions test method and quantity reference Figure E.C.I3 shows a typical entry line. Evoporation data include; - medium test conditions quantity evaporated reference A sample of this data is given in Figure E.C.I3. Loss describes the event where a decrease in the concentro- tion of chemical cannot t>e attributed to a single process. The scientific parameters include; medium test conditions qiKintity lost products and quantity produced reference An example appears in Figure E.C.I4. Model ecosystems are set up to experimentally study the various phenomena which occur in natural ecosystems. The scientific parameters included are as follows; type of model ecosystem reference Figure E.C.14 shows a typical entry. o Analytical Methods Samplinq/Preparat ion/Analysis describes the sampling methods, sample preparation, and analytical methods used to test for the environmental presence of various substances. If the report Is detailed, the scientific parameters selected include; 318 medium analytical method detection limit sample size reference If a less detailed description is given, the data appear in a section called Sampllng/Preparation which includes; medium analytical method reference o Removal This section is very brood and includes; Spills - entered as a free-text description of secondary documents prepared by expert committees on the handling of spills. Poisoning treotment - also entered as a free-text description. It is included to inform the user of the symptoms and treatment of various intoxications. Removal methods - describe the main procedures for substance removal. These methods include recycling, regeneration and ultimate disposal. o Legal Implications The Legal mechanisms/Recommendations section concerns the control of substances in the environment. The category is very broad and highlights regulations and guidelines from air quality to cosmetic quality. The scientific parameters include; geographic area or organization type of mechanism subject of mechanism description of mechanism levels with specified analytical method effective date reference C.4 ACCESSIBILITY IRPTC is not yet in published or computerized form. A manual is available containing sample entries of various chemicals. 319 C.5 DEVELOPMENT PLANS It is planned that IRPTC will be an on-line data base as well as in published book form. The data base would be continuously updated. IRPTC will also be available on comfiche-computer generated microfiche. C.6 REFERENCES I. IRPTC - Instructions for tl'ie Selection and Presentation of Data for the International Register of Potentially Toxic Chemicals with Sixty Illustrative Chemical Data Profiles. 320 KIRK-OTHMER Scope: The Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology is a reference text which covers virtually all major aspects of chemical technology and related topics: industrial products, natural resources, manufacturing processes, and chemical uses. The third edition will include topics such as energy, health, safety, toxicology, new materials, polymer and plastics technology, inorganic and solid-state chemistry, composite materials, fermentation and enzymes, coatings, phannaceuticals, and surfactant technology. Second edition volumes were sequentially published from 1963-1972. In the 25 volumes of the third edition, approximately 1,000 articles written by subject experts will appear. The third edition volumes are being issued at a rate of four per year; completion of the set is expected in 1983. Access : The Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia o f Chemical Technology is published by Wiley- Interseience, >4ew York (212) 86/-9200^ Cost: The third edition of the Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology is available by subscription for jyb per volume. Sample Search/Output : Not applicable. Introduction The DIALOG Information Retrieval Service, from DIALOG Information Services. Inc., has been serving users since 1972. Now, with more than 120 databases available on the system, the DIALOG Service offers unequaled subject balance and variety And the DIALOG searching capabil¬ ities and strengths make it the most powerful online system of its type The databases on the DIALOG system contain in excess of 45,000,000 records. Records, or units of information, can range from a directory-type listing of specific manu¬ facturing plants to a citation with bibliographic information and an abstract referencing a journal, conference paper, or other onginal source. The following chart groups the DIALOG databases in categones representing their pnmary topic coverage DIALOG System features are then described, and informa¬ tion on how to begin service is provided. Brief database descriptions follow, giving a clearer picture of not only the individual databases, but also of the scope of subject matter the DIALOG Service offers. A list of databases by file number is found at the end of the Catalog nie No. DATABASE (Supplier) A\\ ^ \ -k %\ ^ \ ^ \ > \ 102 MULTIDISCIPLINARY AND CURRENT AFFAIRS ★ ASI (Congressional Information Service, Inc.) . S90 15C 88 ★ BIOGRAPHY MASTER INDEX (Gale Research Company). 55 15 137 ♦ BOOK REVIEW INDEX (Gale Research Company). 55 15 101 CIS (Congressional Information Service. Inc.). 90 25 35 COMPREHENSIVE DISSERTATION INDEX (Univ. Microfilms Inc.). 55 12 77 CONFERENCE PAPERS INDEX (Cambridge Scientific Abstracts) . 73 20 135 ★ CONGRESSIONAL RECORD ABSTRACTS (Capitol Services. Inc.). 75 15 411 DIALINDEX™ (DIALOG Information Retrieval Service) . 35 na 200 DIALOG PUBLICATIONS (DIALOG Information Retrieval Service). 15 na 114 ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ASSOCIATIONS (Gale Research Company) . 55 15 20 FEDERAL INDEX (Capitol Services. Inc.) . 90 20 136 ★ FEDERAL REGISTER ABSTRACTS (Capitol Services. Inc.). 75 20 26 FOUNDATION DIRECTORY (The Foundation Center). 60 30 27 FOUNDATION GRANTS INDEX (The Foundation Center) . 60 30 66 GPO MONTHLY CATALOG (U.S. Government Printing Office) . 35 10 85 ★ GRANTS DATABASE (Oryx Press). 60 30 150 LEGAL RESOURCE INDEX (Information Access Corp.) . 90 20 47 MAGAZINE INDEX (Information Access Corp.) . 75 20 78 NATIONAL FOUNDATIONS (The Foundation Center) . 60 30 111 NATIONAL NEWSPAPER INDEX (Information Access Corporation). 75 20 211 NEWSEARCH (Information Access Corporation) . 95 20 911 NEWSEARCH (Information Access Corporation) subscriber . na na 49 PAIS INTERNATIONAL (Public Affairs Information Service. Inc.) 60 15 65 SSIE CURRENT RESEARCH (Smithsonian Science Info. Exchange). 78 20 110 SCIENCE AGRICOLA 1970—1978 (U.S.D A. Technical Information Systems) . $30 10« 10 AGRICOLA 1979-presenl (US D.A. Technical Information Systems) . 30 10 55 BIOSIS PREVIEWS 1969-1973 (Blosciences Information Service). 49 10 5 BIOSIS PREVIEWS 1974-present (Biosciences Information Service). 49 15 2 CA SEARCH 1967-1971 (American Chemical Society). 70 18 322 File No. DATABASE (Supplier) \ \ \ \ ^ \ \ ,\ < \ \ <3. \ " \ 3 CA SEARCH 1972-1976 (American Chemical Society) . $70 184 104 CA SEARCH 1977-1979 (American Chemical Society) 70 18 4 CA SEARCH 1978-present (American Chemical Society) 70 18 31 CHEMNAME'~ (Chemical Abstracts Service. DIALOG Information Retrieval Service). 70 20 30 CHEMSEARCHT“ (Chemical Abstracts Service. DIALOG Information Retrieval Service) 55 16 130 CHEMSIST«< 1977-present (Chemical Abstracts Service. DIALOG Information Retrieval Service). 70 20 131 CHEMSIST“ 1972-1976 (Chemical Abstracts Service. DIALOG Information Retrieval Service) 70 20 50 CAB ABSTRACTS (Commonwealth Agricultural Bureaux) 35 25 72 EXCERPTA MEDICA 1980-present (Excerpta Medica) 65 20 73 EXCERPTA MEDICA IN PROCESS (Excerpta Medica) 65 20 172 EXCERPTA MEDICA 1974-1979 (Excerpta Medica). 65 20 58 GEOARCHIVE (Geosystems). 70 20 89 GEOREF (American Geological Society) 65 20 12 INSPEC 1969-1977 (Institution of Electrical Engineers) 70 20 13 INSPEC 1978-present (Institution of Electrical Engineers) 70 20 76 IRL LIFE SCIENCES COLLECTION (Information Retrieval Ltd.) 45 15 152 * MEDLINE 1966-1974 (U.S. National Library of Medicine) . 35 15 153 * MEDLINE 1975-1979 (U.S. National Library of Medicine) 35 15 154 MEDLINE 1980-present (U.S. National Library of Medicine) 35 15 29 METEOROLOGICAL AND GEOASTROPHYSICAL ABSTRACTS (American Meteorological Society and NOAA) . 95 15 204 ONTAPtm CA SEARCH (American Chemical Society). 15 na 231 ONTAP^ CHEMNAME (American Chemical Society). 15 na 94 SCISEARCH* 1974-1977 (Institute for Scientific Information) subscriber 40 10 94 SCISEARCH* 1974-1977 (Institute for Scientific Information) nonsubscriber 130 20 34 SC1SERACH‘*' 197&-present (Institute for Scientific Information) subscriber 30 10 34 SCISEARCH® 1978-present (Institute for Scientific Information) nonsubscriber . 120 25 62 SPIN (American Institute of Physics). 35 10 52 TSCA INITIAL INVENTORY (Environmental Protection Agency. DIALOG Information Retrieval Service). 45 15 45 APPLIED SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY APTIC (Air Pollution Tech. Info. Ctr. & the Franklin Institute) $47 204 44 AQUATIC SCIENCE & FISHERIES ABSTRACTS (NOAA) . 35 15 112 AQUACULTURE (NOAA) . 35 15 116 AQUALINE (Water Reserach Centre). 35 30 96 BHRA FLUID ENGINEERING (British Hydromechanics Research Association) 65 15 23 CLAIMST^/CHEM 1950-1970 (IFI/Plenum Data Company) 95 15 223 CLAIMST^/UNITERM 1950-1970 (IFI/Plenum Data Company) 300 15 224 CLAIMStm/UNITERM 1971-1977 (IFI/Plenum Data Company) 300 15 225 CLAIMStm/UNITERM 197&-present (IFI/Plenum Data Company) 300 15 222 CLAIMSTM/CITATION (IFl/Plenum Data Company) 95 $50.00 124 CLAiMST“/CLASS (IFI/Plenum Data Company) 95 10 24 CLAIMSf“/U.S. PATENTS 1971-1977 (IFl/Plenum Data Company) 95 15 323 File No. DATABASE (Supplier) 25 CLAIMST“/U.S. PATENTS ABSTRACTS 1978-present (IFI/Pelnum Data Company) . $95 50t . 125 CLAlMSTw/U.S. PATENT ABSTRACTS WEEKLY (IFI/Plenum Data Company) 95 50 8 COMPENDEX (Engineering Index, Inc.) 68 20 60 CRIS/USDA (USDA) 40 10 103 •* DOE ENERGY (U S. Dept of Energy) . 35 15 69 ENERGYLINE* (Environment Information Center, Inc.) 90 20 40 ENVIROLINE* (Environment Information Center, Inc.) 90 20 68 ENVIRONMENTAL BIBLIOGRAPHY (Internatl. Acad at Santa Barbara) 60 15 51 FOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ABS. (Inti. Food Info Service) 65 15 79 FOODS ADLIBRA (K&M Publications, Inc.) 55 10 123 INPADOC (International Patent Documentation Center) . 95 20 74 INTERNATIONAL PHARMACEUTICAL ABS. (Am. Soc. of Hospital Pharmacists) 50 15 14 ISMEC (Cambridge Scientific Abstracts) 73 20 32 METADEX (American Society for Metals) 80 12 118 ★ NONFERROUS METALS ABSTRACTS (British Non-Ferrous Metals Technology Center) 45 20 6 NTIS (National Technical Info. Service, U.S. Dept, of Commerce) 40 10 28 OCEANIC ABSTRACTS (Cambridge Scientific Abstracts) 73 20 48 PIRA (Research Assoc, for Paper & Board, Printing & Packaging Indus.) . 55 15 41 POLLUTION ABSTRACTS (Cambridge Scientific Abstracts) . 73 20 95 RAPRA ABSTRACTS (Rubber and Plastics Research Association of Great Britain) . 65 15 117 ★ SELECTED WATER RESOURCES ABSTRACTS (U.S. Dept, of the Interior). 45 15 115 SURFACE COATINGS ABSTRACTS (Paint Research Association of Great Britain) 65 15 63 TRIS (U.S. Department of Transportation and Transportation Research Board) 40 10 99 WELDASEARCH (The Welding Institute) 65 15 33 WORLD ALUMINUM ABSTRACTS (American Society for Metals). 50 10 67 WORLD TEXTILES (Shirley Institute) . 55 10 9 SOCIAL SCIENCES & HUMANITIES AIM/ARM (Center for Vocational Education) . $25 104 38 AMERICA: HISTORY & LIFE (ABC-Clio, Inc.). 65 15 56 ARTBIBLIOGRAPHIES MODERN (ABC-Clio, Inc.). 60 15 64 CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT (Natl. Cntr. for Child Abuse and Neglect) . 35 10 1 ERIC (Educational Resources Information Center) 25 10 54 EXCEPTIONAL CHILD ED RESOURCES (Council for Except. Children) 25 10 39 HISTORICAL ABSTRACTS (ABC-Clio. Inc.) 65 15 36 LANGUAGE & LANGUAGE BEHAVIOR ABS. (Sociol. Abs., Inc.) 55 15 61 LISA (Learned Information Ltd.) . 50 10 71 MLA BIBLIOGRAPHY (Modern Language Association). 55 15 21 NCJRS (National Criminal Justice Reference Service). 35 15 46 NICEM (National Information Center for Educational Media) . 70 20 70 NICSEM/NIMIS (National Info. Cntr. for Special Education Materials) . 35 10 86 ★ MENTAL HEALTH ABSTRACTS (National Clearinghouse for Mental Health Information. National Institute of Mental Health) . 30 10 201 ONTAPTM ERIC. 1 15 na 324 ^\ \ -j \ ^ \ \ %\ %% \ 9. K " \ $55 154 55 10 65 10 65 15 70 10 55 15 65 15 65 15 35 10 $73 30C 95 25 75 20 60 $5.00 65 20 90 50 90 50 45 25 90 20 45 15 70 15 90 20 90 20 90 20 90 20 90 20 90 20 90 20 90 20 90 20 85 15 45 25 45 50 45 25 Fll* No. DATABASE (Supplier) 57 91 11 97 7 37 87 93 120 15 43 19 100 90 22 92 105 59 80 75 42 98 18 84 83 17 16 81 82 132 106 107 126 PHILOSOPHER’S INDEX (Philosophy Documentation Center) POPULATION BIBLIOGRAPHY (University of North Carolina. Carolina Population Center). PSYCINFO (American Psychological Assoc.) RILM ABSTRACTS (City University of New York. International RILM Center) SOCIAL SCISEARCH^ (Institute for Scientific Information) SOCIOLOGICAL ABSTRACTS (Sociological Abstracts. Inc.) SPECIAL EDUCATION MATERIALS (NICSEM) U.S. POLITICAL SCIENCE DOCUMENTS (Univ. of Pittsburgh. Cntr. for International Studies) U.S. PUBLIC SCHOOL DIRECTORY (National Center for Educational Statistics). BUSINESS/ECONOMICS ABI/INFORM (Data Courier. Inc.) ★ ADSEARCH (Corporate Intelligence. Inc.) CHEMICAL INDUSTRY NOTES (American Chemical Society) DISCLOSURE (Disclosure Incorporated) ECONOMICS ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL (Learned Information Ltd.) EIS INDUSTRIAL PLANTS (Economic Information Sytems. Inc.) EIS NONMANUFACTURING ESTABLISHMENTS (Economic Information Systems, Inc.) FOREIGN TRADERS INDEX (U.S. Department of Commerce) FROST & SULLIVAN DM* (Frost & Sullivan) LABOR STATISTICS (LABSTAT) (Bureau of Labor Statistics, U.S. Dept, of Labor). MANAGEMENT CONTENTS®' (Management Contents, Inc.) PHARMACEUTICAL NEWS INDEX (Data Courier, Inc.) PTS F&S INDEXES 1972-1975 (Predicasts. Inc.)* . PTS F&S INDEXES 1976-present (Predicasts, Inc.)*. PTS INTERNATIONAL TIME SERIES (Predicasts, Inc.)* PTS INTERNATIONAL FORECASTS (Predicasts, Inc.)* PTS PREDALERT (Predicasts, Inc.)* PTS PROMT (Predicasts, Inc.)* PTS U.S. FORECASTS (Predicasts, Inc.)* PTS U.S. TIME SERIES (Predicasts, Inc.)* STANDARD & POOR’S NEWS (Standard & Poor’s Corp.) TRADE OPPORTUNITIES (U S. Department of Commerce) TRADE OPPORTUNITIES WEEKLY (U.S. Department of Commerce) U.S. EXPORTS 1978-present (U.S. Department of Commerce) •After a fhre^morftn tnal period me rate per record TYPEd or PRINTed «ill increase fo 5M made Ihrougn Predicasts, Inc,. 200 university Circle Research Center, itOOt Cedar Ave,, Cleveland, OH 44t06 (2t6,795-3000) ★Forthcoming database 325 DRAxT D62Q3000I07 Multiimedia Assessment of the Inorganic Chemicals Industry Acronym: Mone Media sampled to generate data: Effluents manufacturing processes and waste treatment Emissions manufacturing processes and waste treatment Solid waste Type of data collection/monitoring: Point source data collection inorganic chemical manufacturing processes Data base status: Update terminated ■ABSTRACT: Information on high volume, industrial inorganic chemicals which are compounds of aluminum, boron, chromium, fluorine, iron, manganese, nichel, phosphorus, seawater, silicon, methane, alialie, sodium, sesquicarbonate, sulfur, titanium, barium, calcium, copper, lead, strontium, potassium, lithium, magnesium, arsenic, antimony, cadmium, cobalt, mercury, vanadium, and four industrial gases. Process description, energy requirements, raw waste description, pollution technology, and emissions after controls are also included. Occupational and health effects and research and development needs in pollution control are presented for each group of chemicals. Non-pollutant parameters include: Chemical data Compliance data Concentration measures Cost/economic data Discharge points Disposal Exposure data Flow rates Geograpnic subdivision Health effects Industry Location Manufacturer Political subdivisions Production levels Treatment devices Use Volume/mass measures Process description Control technology Residual emissions after treatment disposal practices Ongoing study time period is 01/01/75 to 08/'30/S0 Termination of data collection: Occurred 0S/30/S0 Frequency of data collection: 5 year period for data ccllecticn and update 326 DRaTT Zverv oiant used in ^he U.S. zo manufacture inorganic chemicals. ' * \ Data base includes; Sumniary or aggregate observations Reference data/citations Ivery facility manufacturing inorganic chemicals on an industrial scale Geographic coverage of data base: National Location identifiers of station/source for each record are: Facility identifiers include: Plant location Parent corporation name Pollutant identification data are: Uncoded rjjaitations: Limitation of data base is that representative manuf acturers were contacted and engineering estimates were made for others. Lab audit: Data not based on lab analysis. Precision and accuracy estimates are not available Ho joxown edit procedures eacist. Data collected by: Contractor - Versar, Inc. Springfield, Va Data analyzed by: I?A lab - Industrial Environmental Research Lab-Cinci Contractor - Versar, Inc. Springfield, Va D ata base identifies specific laboratory performing analysis. Anticipatory/research is the primary purpose for data collection. Technology development is the secondary purpose for data collection. Trend assessment is the third purpose for data collection. Ho statutory requirement: Data collection requirement is to develop long terra research and development program for Inorganic chemical industry xorm of available reports and outputs: Unpublished reports Multimedia Assessment of Inorganic Chemicals Industry. Printouts on request possible in a year Current regular users of.data base: 5 . Users: EP.a headquarter offices - Effluent Guidelines Division EPa regional offices federal agencies Occupational Saiety and Health Ac mlni stration Confidentiality: Ho limits on access to data Primary physical location of data: E?A lab Fora of data storage: Magnetic tape_ Data access: Commercial software SYSTEM 2000 ^A hardware Uni vac l 100 Contact - Subject aatter:.Mary Stinson (201) 340-66S3 Contact - Computer-related: Mary Stinson (201) 340-6683 Contact - responsible EPa Office: Industrial Environmental Research Lab-Cincin ;51wy 6S4>4481 Charge for non-E?A use: Hot Xnown at this time Ji*5quency of master file up-date: Annual update may be done State City Towii/township 327 drajt I D7205000002 Mational Electronic Injury Surveillance System Acronym: >JEISS Media sampled to generate data: sample is hospital emergency rooms vnich treat pesticide poisonings. Type of data collection/monitoring: monitoring of injuries (pesticide poisonings) treated in hospital emergency rooms. Data base status: Operational/ongoing ■ABSTRACT: NEISS consists of a listing of pesticide poisoning incidents giving information on type of pesticide, route of exposure, wnetner or not tne case was diagnosed as a poisoning by a physician, what symptoms, if any, were present, the brand name of the pesticide, and the EPa registration numoer of the product, if known. Non-pollutant parameters include: Exposure data Health effects Location Population demographics Sampling date Treatment devices pesticide type route of exposure physician diagnosis of poisoning symptoms present age i sex of patient disposition of case body part affected EPA regulation number Ongoing study time period is 01/01/79 to 09/30/30 (present) Terminatior' of data collection: Not anticipated frequency of data collection: Monthly reports by Consumer Product Safety Commission to EPA Total estimated number of observations is 21067. Estimated annual increase of observations is 18500. Data base includes: Raw data/observations Sunnary or aggregate observations Total number of stations or sources covered is 74. Humber currently contributing data is 51. Number of faci.lities covered is 74. Geographic coverage of data base: National Location identifiers of station/source for each record are: County 328 DRATT State (available to Health Effects Branch only) Paci 1^ty identifiers include: hospital identification number assigned oy Consumer Product Safety Coannission Pollutant identification data are: Coded with other coding schemes Limitations: Data base contains only those pesticides and RPaR chemicals that are no longer being sold but that may still exist in homes throughout the country. Data collection and analysis procedures: Sampling plan documented Analysis method documented Lab analysts not based on ZPA-approved or accepted methods. Lab audit: Data not based on lab analysis. Precision and accuracy estimates exist but are not Included in data base Idic procedures used but undocu men ted. Data collected by: hospital personnel Data analyzed by: Other federal agency - U.S. Consumer Product Safety Conmission (CPSC) Data base does .not identify specific laboratory performing analysis. Development of regulations or standards is the pinunary purpose for data collection. Trend assessment is the secondary purpose for data collection. Special study is the third purpose for data collection. No statutory requirement: Data collection requirement is to support Agency researwh into health effects of pesticides. Form of available reports and outputs: Unpublished reports Report of First Year Data-Interagency Agreement with the Consumer Product Safety Commission Current regular users of data base: 5 ysers: ZPa headquarter offices - Health Effects Branch, Office of Pesticide Programs laboratories Pesticide Incident Monitoring System (PIMS) Data Center, Miami FL. Confidentiality: Limits on access within E?A and outside agency for some data Primary physical location of data: Other federal agency Form of data storage: Magnetic disc ^ . Data access: through the Health Effects Contact with the Consumer .roduc- Sai--/ Comnission Contact - Subject matter: Mary Frankenberry (202)472-9310 Contact - Computer-related: Eileen Kessler, CPSC Contact - responsible E?A Office: Mary Frankenberry (202)472-9310 Charge for non-EPA use: No outside use/access permitted Frequency of master file up-date: Semi-annually report annually rlelated non-EPA data oases: reports from Poison Control Centers 329 DRAFT D2209000905 National Institutes of Health/Unvironmental Protection Agency (NIH/EPa) Chemical Information System Acronym: CIS Media sampled to generate data: Air Atmospheric deposition Blood Drinking water Effluents various Emissions various Ground water Mobile source emissions Noise Runoff various Sediment Soil Solid waste Surface water various Tissue various Type of data collection/monitoring: ambient, point and non-point sources Data base status: Operational/ongoing ABSTRACT: The NIH/EPA Chemical Information System (CIS) is a collection of scientific data bases available through an interactive computer program. No other publicly available information system can provide such diverse numeric, as opposed to bibliographic, data on so many (over 192,000) chemical substances. CIS has a unique linking system, the heart of which is the Structure and Nomenclature Search System (SaNSS). SaNSS allows the user, in a single operation, to search 66 different files including the TSCA inventory. CIS includes 6 major identification data bases (OHM-TADS; Mass Spectometry; Carbon 13 NMR; Organic Crystals: Single Crystals and Powder Defraction). Additional data bases cover toxicology, the Federal Register, and bibliographic files. Non-pollutant parameters include: Biological data Chemical data Collection method Compliance data Concentration measures Cost/economic data Discharge points Disposal Geographic subdivision Health effects Industry Inspection data Location Manufacturer Physical data Sampling date Site description Temperature 330 DRAFT Use Volume/mass measures ingoing study time period is 01/01/30 to 09/30/B0 (present) rerraination of data collection; Not anticipated Frequency of data collection: one time only daily weekly quarterly semi annually annually as needed Total actual number of observations is 192000 chemicals. Estimated annual increase of observations is 25000-50000. Data base includes: Raw data/observations Summary or aggregate observations Total number of stations or sources covered is 1000. Number currently contributing data is 66. Geographic coverage of data base: International Location identifiers of station/source for each record are: State County City Town/township Street address Coordinates latitude/longitude in Waterdrop data base Project identifier lab identifier Facility identifiers include: Plant facility name Plant location Parent corporation name Parent corporation location Street address SIC code Pollutant identification data have: CAS registry number codes Limitations; Quality assurance procedures vary by data base and source, rrequency of data collection varies for each data base and source. Data collection and analysis procedures: Sampling plan documented Collection method documented Analysis method documented QA procedures documented Lab analysis not based on EPA-approved or accepted methods. Lab audit: Data not based on lab analysis. Precision and accuracy estimates partially exist for organic crystals and 331 draft mass spectometry data Edit generally performed by contractor, some documented, and some not. Data collected by: Local agency - Texas, California and other Air Resources Boards State agency - Environmental Protection Agencies Regional office - Surveillance and Analysis Divisions (most regions) EPA lab - Environmental Monitoring and Support Lab-Cincinnati, OH EPA lab - Environmental Research Lab-Athens, GA EPA lab - Environmental Research Lab-Ada, OK EPA lab - National Enforcement Investigations Center Contractor lab - under contract to National Bureau of Standards, & Radian Lab under contract to EPA. Contractor - Betel, RTI and misc. others Other federal agency - National Institutes of Health Federal Drug Administration National Bureau of Standards EPA headquarters - Chemical Information System coordinator Universities, Data Center (England), Hungarian Academy of Sciences & others Data analyzed by: Contractor - Fein Marquart i Radian Corporation international data generators Data base identifies specific laboratory performing analysis. Development of regulations or standards is the secondary purpose for data collection. Compliance or enforcement is the secondary purpose for data collection. Trend assessment is the secondary purpose for data collection. Technology development is the secondary purpose for data collection. Risk assessment is the secondary purpose for data collection. Anticipatory/research is the secondary purpose for data collection. Program evaluation is the secondary purpose for data collection. development of single resource to link chemical files and literature. Purpose of use varies by user, is the primary purpose for data collection. No statutory requirement; Data collection requirement is to develop a support resource to coordinate and link all EPA chemical files with the literature i external files. Form of available reports and outputs: Publications articles in Qn- Line ; Sciences ; Industrial Chemical News ; Journal of Chemical Information and Computer Systems . mass spectra data (4 volumes and index) Current regular users of data base: 1000 EPA headquarter offices ■ - Office of EPA headquarter offices • - Office of EPA headquarter offices • - Office of EPA headquarter offices • - Office of EPA headquarter offices • - Office of EPA headquarter offices • - Office of EPA headquarter offices ■ - Office of EPA regional offices EPA laboratories Other federal agencies Planning and Evaluation Toxic Substances Enforcement Waste Water Management Solid Waste Research and Development Air, Noise and Radiation 332 DRAFT States industry, universities and 20 countries Confidentiality: No limits on access to data Primary physical location of data: Contractor Form of data storage: Magnetic tape Magnetic disc Data access: EPA software NIH/EPA-CIS MIDSD system number: 7500000900 EPA hardware DEC PDP-10 (NIH) Contact - Subject matter: Stephen R. Heller (202)755-4938 Contact - Computer-related: Stephen R. Heller (202)755-4938 Contact - responsible EPA Office: Stephen R. Heller (202)755-4938 Charge for non-EPA use: yes Frequency of master file up-date: varies from weekly to annually by data base Related EPA data bases: OHM-TADS, STORE! Related non-EPA data bases: Lockheed bibliographic data bases, National Library of Medicine data bases. System Development Corporation data bases. Person completing form: Stephen R. Heller Office: EPA/(0PM)/(QMAS)/(MIDSD) Address: 401 M St, S.W. Washington, DC 20460 Phone: (202)755-4938 Pollutants included in data base: acetaldehyde 75-07-0 acrolein 107-02-8 acrylonitrile 107-13-1 allyl chloride 107-05-1 benzyl chloride 100-44-7 bis(chloromethyl)ether 542-88-1 carbon tetrachloride 56-23-5 chlorobenzene 108-90-7 chloroform 67-66-3 chloroprene 126-99-8 dichlororaethane 75-09-2 dimethylnitrosamine 62-75-9 dioxane 123-91-1 dioxin 828-00-2 epichlorohydrin 106-89-8 ethylene dibromide (edb) 106-93-4 ethylene dichloride 107-06-2 ethylene oxide 75-21-8 formaldehyde 50-00-0 hexachlorocyclopentadiene 77-47-4 m-cresol 108-39-4 m-xylene 108-38-3 maleic anhydride 108-31-6 manganese 7439-96-5 methyl chloroform 71-55-6 333 o w 1 c ■o 0) m E > § w U > c g <0 •o > u c & < s • ll it & I > c I |15 |t|i s k t -s S o C ? s iE B 'Ul s ui b § .•I f I . 2 w I : al = 1 r . — c a o 3 "fi 5 f 5 il o a e E . *. £ J O 1 > M > o r “ a - s * n 3 ® - ir CM a iJi = 2>i 5 = ? e s 2 S € s - ^ -O 0 r £ o £ 2 c = i S S -n ■o 2 c - a £ = £ c J S M £ a ■g i "5 0 e It 41 c o 2 O "S . •« «5 _ 2 r S niri o I i s I 35 > O • c 'S - s s 334 «■^^** VH ■ I* ^ i ^ ^ ' NATIONAL ICCUPATIONAL HAZARD .>• \ '■''-V.T'/ ;, *'?,• ''. \'i : .'A . . * ' > SURVEY SURVEY SURVEY SURVEY SURVEY ,••. V ■ • ' 'I .O ■/'•■■• ' • . • ’' ■ ‘ ■*A, , s. '•''■'■• C' .. N ) ‘ ' ,‘.r .■‘. V'.. 'r*-', ^ o'*; v^y''-V . 1 • '! A , V .' C * V'* -C'-v< I * ^ ^ ^ ^. « r* ^ I • S ^ ■‘i'.‘ '"'v r- : ■■'; , •■ s - ■; O.' \ '.',' >’ ..«'•• v'- ,S . V - >v . '.• ■*.. i'",' '> .•- ' .f •..•<• yV .^ fc* ^-. *■. '• »1 . .. ■ v** - * • . • • V,-, - ■ ^ * '• v- V- ^ 'V ■ v*y ■ » . •V' \'J- vV.’ ' ( N . \ 1 • ■ . ■ - . ■ ■' > “ . , '> ; • 1. ' 'jj : > ‘ '■^/-.‘ \-s.' ' V-'. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH. EDUCATION. AND WELFARE PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE CENTER FOR DISEASE CONTROL NATIONAL INSTITUTE FOR OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH • I > \ '( ■ •• ■ , y » , \ • •.» lA' •» X • . V • . >' ■,v,;;,NA^raN^/.>..-s ,-,'^i6UP^TiONA!l;:< ■V'.Vr . ^■■'• v v ‘ . V:V ..•,'0 , '• 'V'Vs'' ' ' S'v ’ . ' • . 1 . ■ • SURVEY SURVEY URVEY URVEY SURVEY i <'■:• ;'ci< ' s-'" ■••V'-'l’- s' '•'■ ^ '• " - V *• ***• ^ \ ^ /.V! .A/ .■ V :-V Vs-. -: . ....‘ . •' ’•. .'.•s’,'-.' ' • -'/l . .' V’ s* '•’•■ r t':,'• V . - • ' , v •• .'.v"'-. >■ .Vv..'.s'' 'vV., "'N'"--':-,-.; •• r ^s'r' ••v*-, 'V :.\v. I V'-j-..,' ;,-.i ‘' '.'i ' 1 • ' * ‘ . ‘ •'- Data Editing and Data Base Development .' • s'-; , • t S N . s . • s f , ■ <'; V- •v, "s' • ' . ' .V •- '■ ' ■,i V ..S i. . .. . •. I*' '• •‘ ' •'-K » / • / '>' '■> O '. • ■ ■ 0-Os. •V'^- V -".' Vs'.' f' /*.• V > / ^ • T \ /' J. ' • I X U. S. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, EDUCATION, AND WELFARE Public Health Service Center for Disease Control National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health 336 o’ v^.'' . N j • -S • ' ; ^ ■ , ' ' SURVEY SURVEY URVEY URVEY SURVEY '‘l ■, _\'. ^'. Oh. k»* >.* • - «• ‘ i.. . > 1 VA|*» •'v"’ V *' ***»^^ '-V ’o ''^• '.••'^ n'-'.'' ■■,■;- o '*.'- ^ ■ >s-';TM-sV ■]:■:■ '^'■ '.: ’^ :.o ■'•(,' ■ v?' k'^ N* • * , »" ' ‘•\\'i’/.‘ ' ■'-;••■ ( O'v>-'o '"V' ' • a'•. ■•‘o'’ V--, //., -v ^' \' N'- A' • • »s \ • •( '\ • » (. • ^ ' 1 I.'.' .If, •"A '* ■ ' . ■ , 1.’, 'A',\ h' h' ' r;' '' j-./xv .sx-'!''■' >• • . A , .. ■ -,0 . V ‘. • V .. A .X 1 •. . A •.' ■ ,. ,'•. *• ►•■.' '■ ' -'.I ’ i'V • '-vv. ■ - V •- A*..•--•.*<> ' 1 ■» ^ »^ U. S. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH. EDUCATION. AND WELFARE Public Health Service Center for Disease Control National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health f . e' I 337 A A . ' • N. \ -.•o '.' 'A-’ a':v-v-xV^o,".-''\-a o £ ni 2 • -o a B II 111! S O 5 £ i § o> * 9 4» • !l = I o • u & ■gal i!i 2^8 “O C <0 II e > 2 -O > ? c ^ Ui o s Z S a 3 a. > u c & < o E I III 2 S, 5 a ^ M JS S 3 fl E c o z »> 8! C -D O « I 2 CM .£ ji 3 .2 C y C ■§» M <• ** .5 u 5 ? ;s o C a a •o c > TJ 2 £ a 5 2 >• c - c o * a -50? ® ^ S- s.i .5 1 K I 3 ? 'O tt O o a S o E v «) c 4) U O C a • M > 41 I - 5 ^ ia X (/) O z a? 2 i 3 <• 9 2 •< d 3 f 5 338 1 •> 3 £. r I ^ S 5 o) Z - 3 .£ I 1 • .!£ 3 Q» i I € 2 m > n c o E § > s ^ .2 C S> = a ! > • C ^ 8. o < 1 £ A »= .5? w • 5 S M ji, I 2 1.1 ■c "O ■ r • ^ 'S 5 o "o .c e . oi S 8 « S' ■s s e s ii=8 CL ^ « I r « C «.» V a» 3 l« *o 'o «■ 3 o a o t- t 3 S - 5 2 'D a > £ “ £ 5 * S z s R 3 & 2r C off III ^ i 5 ^ I H ° (j «> £ ^ « R a c ^ ; ? r I w • .s • I • c2 .£ & 6 ■o 2 at Z o "Is Sf® - g-® 2 X - O 00 l§ S ? ® J s • 3 s;; 5 9 5 § 52ol2 oi O £ C > ^ IEI - - 2 p “ - - !.R i 8 a u I -s « c ^ 8 5 •o I ? o c ^ 2 O - - o a "S 2 §1 ■? z X 8 £ a: < u. X ^ 4) .*£ U ^ > 5 Q. 5 i O •o > o i *0 ■o o 3 > o 5 ® 0 o j; u z a(£ * n • « £ 3 e « 8 • 2 o y « r 3 ■^2 5^0 •I S ■s S c > J • •i ^ 9 8 £ 3 11* 2 •“ I a o € C ® o :5 3 S € ? 111 = 2 5 a u ^1^ X (/) o M til • o J 5 O ai « S IllJi 339 dratt Dc3Q3000I06 Organic Chemical Producers Data Base Acronym: X?DB Media sampled to generate data: No specific media This data base lists organic chemicals, their properties, producers, and describes processes by which they are produced- Type of data collection/raonitoring: literature and personal contacts Data base status: Operational/ongoing .ABSTRACT: The data base includes almost 600 chemicals and their more than i .300 producers. Chemicals are described by Chemical Abstracts Serspces (CaS) registry/ number. Wiswesser Line .Notation (VLN), chemical uses, synonyms, to.xicity data, economic data, and producers. Locations of producers are described by city, state, I?A region, and river basin. The chemicals that are produced at each location are listed, along with nameplate capacities and emissions when available. Non-pollutant parameters include: Chemical data Cost/econoraic data Discharge points Geographic subdivision Industry Location • Manufacturer Political subdivisions Production levels Use toxicity data process descriptions Ongoing study time period is 02/01/^6 to 02/30/T9 Termination of data collection: Not anticipated frequency of data collection: as needed Total estimated number of observations is 2492. Data base includes: Raw data/observations Summary or aggregate observations Reference data/citations Total number of stations or sources covered is 1246. Number currently contributing data is 1246. Number of facilities covered is 1246. Geographic coverage of data base: National Location identifiers of station/source for each record are: State City Town/township Facility identifiers include: Plant facility name Plant location 340 DRaTT Parent corporation name Parent corporation location Program identifier Pollutant identification data have: CaS registry number codes Limitations: The data base includes high volume, organic chemical products are included, exclusively- Quality assurance aspects are not applicable. Data collection and analysis procedures: Collection method documented Analysis method documented Qa procedures documented Lab audit: Data not based on lab analysis. ■procedures used but undocumented. Data collected by: Contractor lab - Monsanto, Radian Data analyzed by: Contractor - Radian Data base does not identify specific laboratory performing analysis. Development of regulations or standards is the primary purpose for data colxec-ion Trend assessment is the secondary purpose tor data collection. Mo statutory requirement: Data collection requirement is To compile a -ist ot producers of major chemicals in order to facilitate EPa sampling programs and inventories. Form of available reports and outputs: Publications Unpublished reports Printouts on request Machine-readable raw data Current regular users of data base: 50 Users: Z?A headquarter offices - Office of Toxte Substances E?A headquarter offices - Office of Solid Waste EPa headquarter offices - Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards IPa regional offices ZPa laboratories Other federal agencies States local government agencies Confidentiality: Ho limits on access to data Primary pb>’sical location of data: HCC/TJNIVaC Form of data storage: Magnetic tape Data access: Commercial software System 2000 Contact - Subject matter: A. McBath (513) 634-**^! 7 Contact - Computer-related: A. .MeSath (513) 684-4417^ Contact - responsible ZPa Office: Z.Z. Ber^u (513) 634-^31 Charge for non-^A use: no Frequency of master file up-date: as .teeded Other pertinent data 'oases: Several are proposed 'yy this office — some or which should 'oe operational by 1982. 341 ,8 i Z • ; ! I iltf • • c « s § ^ M i 8 C 'Q • O ill I o I <* •o CL O c • S3* e-1 2 21 I 40 f s a 3 a. > o c 8 . < o E I ^ 1 » > i o - Z a 5 o c 2 s a - S 2 2 5 5 a^ =;: £ 2 = &i ; 2 5 * 1 5 5 J! IC 2 < S m •« u 5 i I «rt • !f c |i s • O • « V ® ^ J5 s2 " I i * 1 > 5 ^ * -2: ^ 1 = 2 = 8 = =i:^^5 s ■= - 5 “ TS i 5 5 i 1 I <3 I S < I j| > _ 5 8 o a *0 > C £ • a i 5 sL III w w « o S 3 <3 S j - S 3 I 2 8 1 I 51 5 5 ? S 5 a ^ S X 1 1| I 5 n i - H „ O (1) o I O c 5 0“ 3 C « O £ « tr i = 5 - i ^ 13 I (35 5 <8 £ (§ 342 Pesticides Analysis Rclriesal and Control System (PARC'S! HlSt) #10083 - Pufpo^«; The Olli.c «»f IVviicnk I'uffJim (OIT) is i.-spoiisihlc foi icpstratu»n ol’ all pcstieiiJes used m the na'ion. PARCS piovjJci a ccnltali/ed somcc ol iiiloimaiion or. all ol tlicw icpsietcd pesiicides. Oatj in ilie system arc iis/*d Uii lecistiainwi analysis, leseaifli. and repofiiiic. - Annual Cost: Computer Pent innri Cmiraet Support Sfew.ooo $.* 17,000 $75,000 - Primary Users: Hie system is used shielly to suppoil llie pesiindes rcnisiiaiion propraiii. Researeh on clieniieaU used in pesticides is alsti s 'r-,oi souice ior retrieval requests. - Descri ption : Curicntlv. information on .V..OOO pesticides l-.andled m iniei-taic commeicc ts contained in the PARCS system. Data in this system is hijilily encoded-, for case and manipulation, and all ness data requests arc controlled Hy i*nc central ollice. The PARCS system is used to leineve inlormation about pesiicides on a variets- oi caleporics. For example, the system can ansss-cr questions such as "list all disinlectanis and funcicidcs conlainmp nulalhion.” Tlte system maintains mformation on the name and address of producer, inpredients (both active and ineiK. and the iisape calepory of all pesticides. Retrieval soliss-are allows the data to he extracted, anaiy/ed. and formalt.-d Accident mvcsiipaiion mioimalion is tilso maintained as a sepjulc pail of the system. - Operation; PARCS runs on the OSl computer. Tlte iLita files are stored on-line, but accTis to them is limited to retrieval rccnicsts submitted to OIT. Retrievals ate currently Kinp iiin ahm.t .SOO times [sor sear, winch IS up sharply from previous ye.irs, Tlte worklo.id lo maintain the data i mcrcav j .R)-40-, this .ear due to new lepisJation rcquirinc that imra-siaic as well as iniet->ijie pesticides be rcpislcrcd. Input for chanpes to the da-a is d.me usinp WYl.bUR data sets. This input accounts for 407rof the annual costs Retrievals are mn m batch mode. Accident uiformation is maintained in a separate fi.e. Data entered by the Repons is edited and stored on di.d.. Requests for information on accidents average one per week. Siandaid summary icpotis arc pro-Juced monthly. - Rrsp«>nsibililiaou., School of Medicine-operates PIMS Other federal agency ZPa headquarters Data 'case identifies specific laboratory performing analysis. Trend assessment is the- primary purpose for data collection. Risk assessment is the primary purpose for data collection. Development of regulations or standards is the primary purpose for data collection. Special study is the primary purpose for data collection. Compliance or enforcement is the secondary purpose for data collection. 347 DRaTT Ancicipacory/research is the secondary purpose for data collection. Program evaluation is the secondary purpose for data collection. Statutory authorization is ? L 92-516 as amended, Section 3 (The Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act-FIJRA) CMB form number: 158-R-0008 Form of available reports and outputs: Publications summary reports Unpublished reports Printouts on request Current regular users of data base: 50 Users: E?A headquarter offices - Office of Pesticide Programs, Office of General Counsel, Office of Pesticides and Toxic Substances, Office of Enforcement EPA regional offices Other federal agencies States General Accounting Office Public Interest Groups various ones Confidentiality: Limits on outside access for all data Primary physical location of data: Contractor Form of data storage: Magnetic disc Original form (hardcopy, readings) Data access: University of Miami, IBM Series I Contact - Subject matter: James J. Boland (202)472-9310 Contact - Computer-related: Dr. Robert Duncan (305)547-6475 Contact - responsible EPa Office: Hazard Evaluation Division, Office of Pesticide Programs (202)472-9310 Charge for non-EPA use: Mo Frequency of master file up-date: daily Person conroleting form: James J. Boland Office: EPA/(OPTS)/(OPP)/(HZD) Address: Marfair Bldg., Washington, DC Phene: (202)472-9310 Pollutants included in data base: acrolein 107-02-8 acrylonitrile 107-13-1 carbon tetrachloride 56-23-5 chloroform 67-66-3 diehioromethane 75-09-2 ethylene dibromide (edb) 106-93-4 ethylene oxide 75-21-8 formaldehyde 50-00-0 m-cresol 108-39-4 methyl chloroform 71-55-6 o-cresol 95-48-7 p-cresol 106-44-5 p-dichlorobenzene 106-46-7 perchloroethylene 127-1 3-4 phosgene 75-**4-5 proplyene oxide 75-56-9 348 Volume 1, Number 1 March 1981 RIANDF 1(1) 1-96 (1981) ISSN 0272-4332 ♦aft \ rTfil fijTf w S' * 1 1 1 f • V < ■ n r 1 * 1 ^ i [1)11 rnlB s 1 r * CfilH rTTJTS m 1 T' 1 \ ” @^T»fnP3W ■**r? i ‘^^■ ■i'ri' SSfi 9 A 1 1 k. 1 i fLMm \ \ 1 Plenum Press • New York and London 349 3 U o *D £ % a w o ■D z c S 8 ■5 2 •ii 3 ■o .? • E c c 7 a> I !d I 11 c ; o w (-> n > ! e c o o •o s u fa •! C = O) 8 s <• -o ■ ?■ Z 5 o s, ^ < o £ fsi 9i 2 (0 2 C CD 8, 2 ^ s i r « OJ - U ^ S 5 2 o -5 £ & c . o c • O a, 5 - £ S 3 to s « |8-| ^22 f -S « ^0 = U 3 5 a 0 c ® ^ 5 3 2 ? *5 5 HI = a “ Uj O n o a. 3 a. > u c & < «I - I g-l > >1 12- C 8 £ > Ji o •“ s 8 i I ll§ lu c o 3 O. £ a o • Q. O * ? ^ e- I - : * c £ a c ■ ~ - 2 I E 5 01 5 * , c M = - I a ^ . ^ 3 V c S (b C o e '2 • ; ^ M P -i o ^ i c u I ? . 2 . C £ • .2 » * • S’ I o 2 l-s C 2 « c (A o c 3 *0 C V y» S i to O .? > o -3 . > M W - 2 . 2 .S £ -D .F c *0 s • • A 3 ^ i u 8 II ^ « f = - 5 O c c ^ a 2 I ? i o ® a r* 5 K 3 2 .£ & (A O) Ip’s "j H s = -j 5 s JK > OD ^ £ (A 350 RBIT A Ubrld of Informal ion COMPREHENSIVE Subjects range from the most technical aerospace topics to humor from the floor of the U S Congress TIMELY Over 45,000 new items are added to the files each week, through our fast, automatic update system. CONVENIENT You can access ORBIT in your own facility through a local phone number in many locations. EASY TO USE Interactions with ORBIT are m English, making it easy to learn and easy to use FLEXIBLE ORBIT lets you choose the entry mode that is most appropriate for your search problem. COST-EFFECTIVE You pay for usage only—no subscription charge or minimum fees WELL-SUPPORTED Technical staff members are available to answer your questions SDC Search Service a division of System Development Corporation 2500 Colorado Avenue 7929 Westpark Drive 122 East 42nd Street, Suite 1750 Santa Monica, CA 90406 McLean, VA 22101 New York, NY 10017 213/820-4111 703/790-9850 212/697-5120 625 N. Michigan Avenue, Suite 500 Chicago, IL 60611 312/944-2797 5680 S. Syracuse Circle, Suite 300 Englewood, CO 80111 303/770-3294 One Woodway Building, Suite 300 East 4801 Woodway Drive Houston, TX 77056 713/840-8093, 8095 or 8099 INFOMART Village By The Grange 122 St. Patric Street Toronto, Ontario M5T 2X8 Canada 416/598-4000 SDC Search Service Suite 301 BIS 28 Boulevard de Crenelle Paris, France 75015 33(1) 575-5775 Itelex: 20116F SYDECO System Development Corporation of Japan, Ltd. Kakuei Building 24-S, Sakuragaoka-Cho, Shibuya-Ku Tokyo, 150 Japan 03/461-5261 Telex: J2340S SDCJ Toil Free Numbers: 800/352-6689 (CA), 800/421-7229 (continental U.S. except CA) Telex: 65-2356—TWX: 910/343-6443 351 DATA BASE CONTENT DATA BASE SCIENCE & SOCIAL TECHNOLOGY SCIENCE ACCOUNTANTS INDEX AGRICOLA X APILIT X APIPAT X ASI X BIOCODES X BIOSIS & BI06973 X CAS77 & CAS7276 X CBPI CDI X CHEM7071 X CHEMDEX X CIN X CIS INDEX X CNI COMPENDEX X CONFERENCE PAPERS INDEX X CRDS X CRECORD X ENERGYLINE X ENVIROLINE X ERIC X FEDREG X FSTA X Geo Ref x GRANTS X INI-'ORM INSPEC & INSP6976 X ISMEC X LABORDOC LIBCON X LISA X MANAGEMENT- NEWSPAPER INDEX X NTIS X OCEANIC X PAPEHCllEM X P/E NEWS X PESTDOC X KjLLUTION /. PROMT PLYCII AilLTRAL'TL QUEBEC-ACTUALITE RINGDOC X SAE X SAFETY SCIENCE ABSTRACTS X SOCIAL SCIENCE CITATION INDEX SSIE X TITUS X TULSA X U.S. POLITICAL SCIENCE DOCUMENTS WFI X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X BUSINESS X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X PRICE LIST THE FOLLOWING IS A COMPLETE LIST OF ALL DATABASE CONNECT HOUR AND PRINT CHARGES. POSTAGE WILL BE CHARGED FOR ALL OFFLINE PRINTS. CONNECT OFFLINE PRINTS ONLINE PRINTS ($/HR) PRT/PRT FULL PRT/PRT FULL OR TAILORED OR TAILORED AGLIKE 105 .10/.10 AGRICOLA 40 .10/.15 APILIT SUBSCRIBERS 70 .15/.15 .05 NON-SUBSCRIBERS 100 .25/.25 .15 APIPAT SUBSCRIBERS 70 .15/.15 .05 NON-SUBSCRIBERS 100 .25/.25 .15 AS I 110 .25/.35 BANKER 90 .15/.15 BIOCODES 45 .10/.10 B10SIS/BI07A79/BI06973 65 .10/.20 .10 PRT TRIAL .05 PRT ISSUE CAS77/CAS7276/CAS6771 68 .20/.20 .10 CASS I 60 .20/.90 .12 CHEMDEX1 /CHEMDEX2/CHEMDEX3 125 .25/.25 .08 CIN 70 .20/.25 .10 CIS 110 .25/.35 COLD 95 .25/.25 COMPENOEX 95 .25/.35 .22 CRDS SUBSCRIBERS 100 .13/.13 CRECORD 120 .25/.25 OBI 45 .25/.25 EBIB 95 .20/.20 £06 45 .15/.25 (INTROOUCTORT OFFI ELCOM 45 .10/.10 ENERGTLINE 90 .20/.20 ENVIRONLINE 90 .20/.20 EPIA 95 .20/.20 ERIC 40 .10/.15 FEDEX 120 .20/.25 FEDREG 105 .25/.25 FSTA 65 .15/.25 FOREST 100 .20/.20 GEOREF 105 .25/.25 .10 GRANTS 70 .35/.35 INFORM 75 .30/.40 INSPEC/INSP6976 80 .30/.30 .10 LABOR DOC 105 .20/.20 LIBCON 120 .25/.25 353 LISA SO .10/.10 MANAGEMENT SO .25/.25 MONITOR 90 .15/.15 NOEX 90 .15/.15 NTIS 45 .10/.15 NUC/COOES 40 .10/.10 ORBIT/ORBCHEM/ORBPAT 40 NA P/E NEWS SUBSCRIBERS 105 .15/.15 .05 NON-SUBSCRIBERS 105 .25/.25 .15 PESTDOC SUBSCRIBERS 100 .13/.13 PIE 50 .10/.10 • POWER 40 .10/.10 PSrCINFO 65 .10/.15 RINGDOC SUBSCRIBERS 100 .13/.13 SAE 95 .20/.20 SAFETY 75 .15/.15 SPORT 70 .15/.15 SSIE 110 .25/.25 SWRA 65 .10/.10 TITUS 85 .20/.20 TROPAG 70 .20/.20 TULSA MAJOR SUBSCRIBERS 75 .15/.15 MINOR SUBSCRIBERS 125 .50/. 50 USCLASS 60 .50/.50 USGCA 105 .20/.20 USPA 100 .25/.50 .75 PRT HIT 1.00 PRT ALL USRFP1/USRFP3 115 .50/.50 USRFP2 115 .50/2.00 1.00 VETDOC SUBSCRIBERS 100 .13/.13 VOTES 90 .15/.15 WATERLIT 80 .15/.15 UPI SUBSCRIBERS 100 .15/.15 NON-SUBSCRIBERS 125 .25/.25 WPIL SUBSCRIBERS 105 .15/.15 PRT FAM OR FULL .26 PRT CODE OR TAILORED NON-SUBSCRIBERS 130 .25/.25 PRT FAM OR FULL .4S PRT CODE OR TAILORED - STORESEARCHES ARE CHARGED AT THE RATE OF S.05 PER TERH PER HONTH. - HETHORK TEUCOMHUKICATIONS CHARGES ARE M/HR, FOR EITHER TELENET OR TYNNET. (EFFECTIVE 1/82) 354 165 SYNORG Scope : Synth etic Oroanic Chemicals: United States Production and Sales (SYNORG) ■js a single volume annual publication of the Ll.S. International Trade Commission. It receives data from approximately 800 producers, and reports domestic commercial production and sales of synthetic organic chemicals and the raw materials from which they are made. Fifteen sections, organized by chemical classes, deal with: tar and tar crudes; crude products from petroleum and natural’aas for chemical conversion; cyclic intermediates; dyes; organic pigments; medicinal chemicals; flavor and perfume materials; plastics and resin material; rubber-processing chemicals; elastomers; plasticizers; surface-active agents; pesticides and related products; miscellaneous end-use chemicals and chemical products; and miscellaneous cyclic and acyclic chemicals. For each of these groups, three separate tables are provided. The first of these lists the total production and sales figures for those chemicals which there are three or more significant producers. The second table ists the manufacturers for all chemicals (in terms of a code), and the third table defines the manufacturers code. The Commission also publishes monthly statistics on 110 of the most significant of these chemicals. companion publication entitled "Imports of Benzenoid Chemicals ;, 19xx", is also available from the Commission. For this publi and cation, A the imported benzenoids are categorized in seven groups « Intennediates, finished products, dyes and pi gments, medicinals and pharmaceuticals, flavor and perfume, and all other finished products. tables are provided for various groups showing imported quantities by chemical invoice values by country of origin, etc. Through 1975, data were reported by producers for only those items where the volume of production exceeded 1,000 pounds or where the value of sales exceeded $1,000. Beginning in 1976, these limits were raised to 5,000 pounds and $5 000 for most chemicals and 50,000 pounds and $50,000 for plastics and resin wterials; the 1,000 pounds and $1,000 limits were retained for organic pigments, medicinal chemicals, flavor and perfume materials, rubber processing chemicals, and elastomers. Access : Available through the U.S. Government Printing Office. Cost: Cost varies with year of publication. Sample Search/Output : Not applicable. 355 Fora No. CD-Al Offlf of Managea*nc fc Bu3 03 O o o o O o o o O o o o o O o o o o o O O o o o O O O O o O O iT) m o m lOl m o m o m m m o tn o m tn o o m tn o o m tn o o O tn m u •H • m rn -T 4. rH tn » •—i vD »—f O vO lO O ^ vO n o cn »H c^ o cn o CM (y\ ON CM CM vO OX f ) o 1 CO vO 1 1 CO ? vO 1 ? rH m 1 1 C7> rn v£> CO o 1 i CO cn 1 CM 00 '£> in rH O cn 1 tO 1 O ro tn cn vO 00 \0 C7\ on vO in cn o o CM -3- cn tn vO CM o vO vO •3- vO CM ON r«4. CM CM -tr o O O o O O o o o o m o o o o o o o O o •H m o O in m m m o CN m m m in o m o tn m Vh • • -it •K • • • * -it •K -K • • -K • • • -it -it • • • -x • • -K • -it -it -K -K • Oh m vO vD tn m in lO vO m tn m m \0 \o v£> 00 1 m 1 vf 1 rn M 1 1 ^ o 1 1 00 m m 1 1 1 CN 1 00 1 O 1 m m 1 m vO \0 1 1 I3\ CN oo III <3- iH vO 1 I 1 CO vO tO 1 os NO 1 vO 1 cn z 00 iH 00 rn CN r-^ m m CN i-H t". O tTi cn rH r'. m rH iH CN ^ o CN CN o m CN tn rH CN i-H rH CM rH CN .its o O o o o o o o 5H o o o O O O o o O >4 >4 O o o o 1 o ■X 1 ??* ^ .t.« ?? ? ^? ??« .. ???.. O 1 ?4C ? rJ Z -K -K iJ z ? m tn m m m tn tn cn o tn rn rn rn tn rn m cn m O o cn CO tn rn rn m tn tn cn cn m tn tn tn rn tn m cn m m o o 1 ? o 1 ?? ?? ? g? ?? ??? o 1 ? ? z CO z w ? Oh f'- r>4 O r- p'. o o • o r-H rH t—i iH (U Pi ^3 U «0 N (0 X to TO 0) w •H > (U Pi 5 0) •H > (U Pi TO to N to M CO •H O tU O, CO •03 03 to •H > 03 Pi a 03 e 3 C3 03 B 3 C3 O •V 03 JC 4-1 O U 03 iJ O. to JS u to Ul 03 G G G o z a G .z Z Z z Q w o CJ hT-S >. Z Z •H G z z r-s Z G G Ph Ph W G z c G P4 G •H 00 03 30 00 •H W G Z T3 > U G •H Z z z G G Z 0) PH u Z Ph Ph > CO z W X •H G o Z 4H Z CJ o dS Z z rH Z 1 •r4 O O a» 0) > G o U Pi Q Jt! Z rH X G G Z w ••H Z tn Ph c G fl G Z Ph O rH O X Q o Ph Ph a G Ph z 03 u 03 CJ O z z 3 Pi 1 G rH CM G o CO G z iJ a C CJ 03 Z XJ •r4 z G Z X e a •H Z z •H O G G Ph Ph G G •H •fH Q z >% 0k 0k U) CO C u G U rH z Q Q H H G O O Ph G G 03 a a w CJ G G o o O o XJ G G -H Z •tH z H s >> C Z Z O. Z z rH to o G 01 z O •H •r4 xJ XJ rH G Z >. rH rH —4 3 U G C C G G z O O O Z z rH rH z G z G Q G G CO CO ct: G G z o >% rH Z C z O o O O O O Ph Ph Ph Ph 03 u >1 Vh G >, o •H G G CJ CJ x: N N (4 N M >, o a X Z z JO Z Z Z O O O O G G rH Q) Vh u z Jti z B W W zO X o- G G G G C U P4 u z u U Ph u PH Ph Ph Z Z Z Z > > 4H CJ O o 1—1 Z z B C G Ph cn CO co G G G G O 01 G o G CO G G 03 G G G z z z z G G < C < <; < c < < < c C < C M Z Z Z CO CQ Z PQ CJ o C_) CJ O CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ Z Z < < C < < < < < < < < < C C < < c < < < C c G G un CN vD r-H 1—1 z z z z < Q cu \ (M s CM s rn 360 X ♦H »H 1—1 O O O o o o o o o o o o O O 1 o o o o o o m m m m m in m m m m m m 1 m m m m in m • • -Ic • • • • • • • • • • • • 1 • • • • • ■ 1 m CM CM o cn -a CM 1 CM 1^ CM CM CM X 1 CM X 1 CM CM CM 1 CM 1 1 rH 1 CM CM CM CM CM cn rH rH o 1 '3- cn 1 iH 1 1 1 o rH 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 1 00 00 PQ CQ CQ CQ PQ PQ CQ PQ CQ PQ 1 CQ CQ CQ PQ CQ CQ CU CU CU X X X CU X CU X 1 CXi a, CU X CU CU (U V rl l-i X, ■SC -K -K -JC o o o o o o • • • * -sc lO ■sc o O O O • • \0 o o •sc -sc -sc -sc • O O I m o I ■sc -sc -sc • . I vO t>* I o o m o ■sc ^c ■sc • . ■sc m r>. 'a- CM 00 05 cn 'a’ • 1 1 1 1 1 i o o X cn cn •. H i>. f-^ X rH rH JiD X X o O O O o o i) j H -I 5 3 3 >5 • a d ’a CJ Q CJ (U d o X CO > 1 1 X X X o (U tj 5 o ea O >5 5 ■H X <0 (U C CO C TO V4 0) CO C rC iJ N CO Oi c cO O. CO X O 60 CO rH d O X >. CD^ X I—s o CA tU dj I CO O O » CO > > (A (U C3 • O CA a o CO U CO ■4 M o o CO CU X X o w (i) X CO CO (U >-l cu 3 CJ o X CA o X a o o (U Q CA CJ S-l •H v 00 X Vj o (U ca o M o (U X X o X ca o CA O d X X X X X X O tn G 4H X X o ca ca ca CA o a ca X X CO X X X X CA X w cx X >5 ca X o o o X X X > o •H ■H X X G o CJ 5_^ X (U cu < X CO CA X X X X ■H X G X CA G IS X Q Q Q T3 o H X ^ X W ■< •H d • d (d d CJ >5 CJ w X H a cu CA cr* a. X cu X Q •» 0) X X G o ca 1 o X X X G G G (0 G G G G o CJ d c ca -H d •H X ca > cu cu cx X X a o >5 o (U CJ u G O C G C •H G G W TJ O 3 ■H ■H (U CJ X CJ rJ ca H o c cd rH X oo u a. d a CJ X G X X G G G > G G d ■H O "O a a CA CJ N «H ■H o o X 1 CA o o o X G X X G X X X X , X X O rH ca X (U X X W c CM (U CJ X CA ■H X X o > O >5 >5 1 >5 Dd >, , >5 X o o M )-l X X ca ca 5^ ca X ca cQ X c X Q) ca H 1 X O X ■H c o G X G ■H X X X X X X d d a, X X X o o o o o o o o U >5 Q X ■H •H ■X ■H X X PXi X X X X X nH CJ CJ (J o CJ o CJ o CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ Q Q Q Q Q Q Q PJ u w U3 CQ U u EX pH <: <: < < < < < < < < < < iH CT5 cn X '—1 rM 50 50 CO CO CO O <35 Ln m '—1 X cn CO X X ON rH o C35 CM cn CO -M CM 50 05 m ro O o rH o '—1 ro o o o X X OQ CM o C'l O cvj ro •H o O X o ON O »H H X 1—1 rH »H rH O ■—1 X rH rH C'-J »H X (M X CM *—1 1—1 <5) CM rH -^4 CM X X X rH H i 1 1 1 1 1 I •—t 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 rH vO CO 00 X •H CO CM rH o i/n 00 00 fO 00 X CO cn X X vO CO C35 X 1 rO 1-^ 00 00 00 73 - 00 r-^ OO IM CO CM <'■» f-. s % N > X c (U a 3 CJ o X cu X X o X a (V a d CJ o Q u (U X CO X CJ CA X CO X (U X CJ X o <0 X X (A X < 0) X cu X cu cu > > CO CO X X (U cu 13 S II II s c 361 Pub r:o. Title GPO Stock No. Price NTIS Stock No. Price Price o o O o o o O O o o o o o O O o o o O o O O O o O O O O O O O m lO m lo m m to to lO tn m to to lO to m to tn m to to m to to to to 'O- '0- <3- 'O- -3^ -3 -3 •3 >3 ■3 3- -3 3 ^3 3- 3- 3- 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 O o o o o o o o o o o O o o O o O O o o o o o o o o o o o o o m o o lO o m to o to o iT) o o o o to to to to o to to to to o o o O to m o o C7\ i-H rn t-O o 3 rn a> m 4 *—< rH m o o 3 o nO NO 00 00 ro NO m CO rH o ro nO rH CM m rH rs. m NO rn 3 nO CM o m o ro o^ cr\ rH ON o CTi NO f-H r-^ CM o C7N CM CM C3N O rn as CM to 00 NO a\ OD 1 ? 1 ON 1 1 NO 1 m 1 1 m 1 tO 1 00 1 ? 1 CM 1 1 ? CM 1 00 1 rH 1 CO 1 ? 1 CM 1 CM 1 m 1 C7N 1 in 1 3 1 ? 1 •H ro o ON ON O m NO NO vD ro NO 1 HJ- m NO CM ro 1 1 r-x 1 ro 1 in nO m 1 ro 1 <• rsj ON CM CM CM 3 t—i CM NO CM C3N CM rs. CM CM CM CM •H CM CNI rH 1 CM 1 rH 1 . . r>. rH rH rH rH rH M rH fH »H rH rH fH rH rH o o o o o 2 : o O O o o o o o 60 (3 •H 0) O 4J •H >% iH 4J •H a •H a> ea 0) d CO C3 •H •H O .f~\ > Q ^ t3 •H »H (U CD 3 a 03 rH Vi 0) ca ca •H O O O a. 33 iH TJ u tH C3 3 •H Vi >t ca O 4J d ca fH CO (3 o CO ca N O 01 OJ o VI o ca C3 4-1 •H Vi 33 01 •H t3 Vi Cn O d iH fH O *3 iH I3 iH (U (U trt iw 0) O U3 (U ca fH ^3 S CO 4J U -H •H >. •H a w •H 1 > O 33 O 60 (U -H > 60 CM CU a 4J CJ C3 4J ca QJ (3 ^ p3 a >4-1 W •H CO -H 03 -H O 0) CO o u CU >t V iH •H CO •d o •d d »H >t d CO •d (U CO CU O rH C d *H M •H •H CO d 3 O CO 60 Q 4-1 •H -d 44 43 o O O CU o 43 ta Vi r-H d (U ta o 43 Vi V d V -H d ca O 'H *H a GOrH •H M O tn ta •d a O CU 0) oo CU O *4-1 o O d d V4 o jr tu ta rH d 60 •H d a CU CJ 43 d C a 3 rH 0) -H rH ta ta a o 43 u d 43 O V X •H o fH 4-1 w •H d fH 3 d 44 to <3 60 60 o d O CU 0) O 43 o o Vi C_) >t t c d o A <3 CL, 43 •H d O < y} d tn •H fH o >. O U > •H CU OJ 3 >4-1 u a to l-l M 00 »H >t 44 O CU CU tu f—1 •d 44 fH *H Vi 'O •d 4J d N 60 60 07* -H ca o (U CU d rC Vi rH rH tu rH r-H rH o rH 60 60 •H O 43 03 3 tH Vi d w ca o o O 44 N Vi a d ~ -H u 3 tn >. 1 4«.H a tn d (U •H •H o O (U fH d 44 a U-l O ca o V V Vi V d ca a o o 'd ■d 00 CU o 43 x: •• ca 43 ^ in Vi V to O ta ca H Vi >t N o 44 "d tu -d ■d CU 33 o a 44 ro ta oo rH Vi 44 j-i N—f 44 o o 4-1 U 44 44 •H H 60 V O 3 f-H ca >t >, >> "d to (U CU m rH CTl in o CM • 0 o ■-'1 <1- o CO O 00 NO -f •H -3- tO O 1— rH CTl rH rH -H fH CNl fH •H rH «H rH r—t rH o rH *-1 CtJ o tH •H •H rH rH rH rH CM rH --H o r—1 rH rH 1 1 1 1 o 1 1 1 1 1 1 + 1 fH 1 1 1 fH 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 rH 1 1 1 CTl OO cn 1—1 CO nd oo m tO oo rH 00 NO NO rH tO CO nO NO 00 nO C» rH CX5 nO 00 1 r-. 1 r^. 1 1 rs. N % 72 V cn cn 73 c 0) e 3 O O Q to ■H U (U U o 0} > > to to jC 0) (U **v* n n s 362 the Abstract (first chapter) of the document 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 •H m L-O m tn to m m m LO Ln m Lo m lO 10 LO lO lO 10 oj -j- <• j 1 04 04 CM ■{< d o ■H d JS u 0 ) H 0 ) d '+-I d 00 o d t'. iH pa rH m cn 0 LJ Ll • 1 1 1 1 1 1 Q 1 d CL 0 LO Em PM 0 00 CM PM W 2 : CO 2 vO < H 0 arS PM M pa fH CM CM fa fJ 2 : iH 0 pii 0 0 0 0 0 2 ; M 0 0 c ■K •K ? CL, ? ■ip 0 1 ■it ■K •jp •JC • 5 J •K •{< •K 0 1 0 1 ? 0 03 CLi HC ? Lj pa (X, pa pa pa CO CO 33 ra CO pa 0 pa pa pa CO CO CO o 3 fa 0 ? H 0 1 0 1 0 1 ? ? 0 M u > 0 1 CL, da Pr* p^ p^ 2 : w px^ • 0 rH 0 fH fH rH rM »H 2 : LJ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 d d d a d • • 3 d a CJ N 0 0 d /-N Li o 3 | "d d /f^ 3 CM pa a d o| cu d Li •H Ll 43 0 •d 0 > d d LJ •H d LW d •d -d d 0 p 3 •H Ll < 4 M d • Li 4 a 0 0 •H ca. * 0 ■d Li d 3 d iH Li d CO d J“S a 0 d 43 d CJ Li CO Ll 0 d CJ N 0 d d 0 0 X • • d d CL d LJ C >4 V.M d "d iH 33 d d iH CL 43 d Jo Lj > CL • d ■d rH 0 CO 43 CO 0 • 43 d d d fH •H LJ ■H ao ■d • ut 0 d w j-i a d CJ 0 > d d d d CO Oi d d •H d Li So d *.-1 •H 3 < Lj • d LJ d Co d ■d d d 0 (a 3 0 Em d 0 a CO )-i d > d 43 CL. d CO d 3 Ll d d CO v_^ 0 d CL ■d d d a CJ •H Lj 43 0 .. •H d d d /r-\ d CO d 0 CO d d 0 CJM PJ CL CO CO d > 0 d 0 L. CO d Lj •H d 0 CJ Q d •H d d d Li d S d d 43 d LJ 0 0 •H LM pa a CO •H cp: 0 d d i-l LJ d d d d "d CJM d Lj d d CO iH d fH rH d d d d d d 3 •H 0 CO >L-I •H 0 d •d d d CO fH •d 43 >^ d >> d 0 d d 05 'O •H d Lj 0 Ll d d 0 CO d •H PJ d 0 d 0 d Li •H fH 0 fC 3 d LJ CO d d Ll 0 0 d 4-1 'd "d d Xa 0 Jo 0 >> d 'd CO d d d 00 Lj Lj d Li L, CO CO 0 •H •H Li d ,—1 CO 0 fH 43 T 3 LJ *H d .d 43 a d •H CO A d ■u CL, CO Co Li X X U Lj 0 C •H 0 43 LJ LJ 4-1 d Li •d LJ LJ 3 *H Ll 4 a •H d < Li "d 0 0 < d Lj 1 •H CO 0 d d n 3 0 ) LJ 0 •H CO d CJ LJ PM 0 <3 Li CL, SO 0 ro *H •H H 0 s Q *H ♦H 0 0 rH d rH rH d "d uh 0 d 0 d 0 d •d ■33 Q Q 0 1 •H •H Li Li Li C 0 a 0 /"■ d *H 0 Q ■H - 3 - d d •H d •—1 -d •H Li d •H CM r-* • • d d Q H 0 0 0 ) •H 3 < CJ 33 -2 X Ll 0 43 43 0 d 43 d L, d cd a d Li Jm V-i CJ W d 1 rH fH 4-1 > *H d 6 CO C 4 M CLi PM Lj Lj •H 0 0 Cm d N 0 •H d d d d PM d rH d d d -t ,d 43 CO n 3 fH •H fH d d d 0 d d w >> -H -d J 3 •H d Li LW 4-1 Li 0 3 3 d 0 0 to Li fl 3 >> LJ d CJ •H LJ d d c /5 d 0 rH 4-1 d rH 'O >^rH rH rH pH i-f •»H ,—i fH CO rH •H •H 4-1 C d d d CO rH d Of LJ d CJ > > d) 4 a .d 0 05 d •H 0 4-1 d :3 d 0 0 Li Li 23 rH *H •H •H d >% •H 0 d a Q d d ■H Cm CL, CL, Oi nc: ppj CO CO CO CO CO CO •H H H H tM •H EM H cH 13 > > > > 13 CM a d a 43 43 H •d d « << < < c c < • 4 : C < < *< <3 =3 <3 •H h: < <3 < <3 d d Ll d d d > d d 0 3 : 'd- ■0 !— -"M ra 0 LO C 7 N rH CO rH 10 ro ro“> rx) <)■ • 0 0 C 5 N •M lO 0 CO •' 3 - •H u > LJ • cr> '•a CM Cn ca CM 0 rH •H rM ''M PO “H ' ^ P '1 CO CM pa 0 CM 0 -cr 'D 0 d f— 0 CO II II c -H —t ■—I CM rH rH rH ■—c rH rH rH rH C*I 0 0 rH 0 •— 1 Z> (M *—c rM »— 1 0 •H CJ d 1 1 i ( 1 1 1 1 -U 1 1 1 r -4 »H 1 f —4 1 •H 1 + + 1 1 1 d Ll ■H N 00 0 'O •- 1 lO c-> lO -0 rH fH ' 4 D 00 r-H rH 00 p^ m 'O Ll d • 43 < ja r*>. CO r-^ 00 P'. 1 1 p^ 1 P-^ px. p^ r-^ CL CO CO d CL, > fa pr^ 73 % CO N N 0 H 3 CO • d 2 ) S 363 available from GPO/Not currently available from NTIS. J 364 a a 4 H 9 t-i >4 Ol I 4 \ i I >• I (A 4 o X X o rvj V m o c if - V ►-• 1 u u If. c. o a 4/> ^ u. < o z < > UJ Ui X Q n o k. O' CJ a o o o I X o »s o r\i o o o c • » fVJ X i/> < o c > < < a <1 < o Cl c < < •-• < UJ , M I X 1 V. M N B B V B B UJ B UJ a i z ■ z , K ■ Z h- . ►- z z >- ►- O ►- -» 3 Q a UJ ; UJ I a 1 0 - 1 ^ Q. a a a a ■ a a a a a a a a r < >- 1 « u 1 /) >- 1 1 V) i 1 1 * i I o \ < ■ Q < •j o Q < c o 00 < _l i ( < X t < < 1 ( Ui , «« Ui u u X 00 a : < < ! • o < o Ui ' u) < ^ CO ■ O o X 4 /) tft tX CO LO z ' UJ UJ A I UJ UJ X c UJ UI . X J Ui , 3 X Ui o o i. 00 r o K* • 3 o • U 3 9 u UJ uJ 3 c 3 3 < ' u. -p u. c O uJ u. u. UJ o M . ! 5 00 , 3 Ui ■ J 3 «J a u/ U; o o u O < a a JD u o u CL X l-N (X z ' a ‘ a <»* o o 3 •—1 a 3 3 ►- >- ' < z ) r z X -j 2 , z O 00 H- Z <. c ►- < o r I O < 6 < O o , ^ 00 o c- lO u u to o u o oo o cx a 3 CL CL a UJ c I ^ o o o u/ UJ m» o Ui o •> u. a. z o z Z z X z z X Ui 3 ►1 z »-4 ’ u 1 X u X UJ UJ 3 o »»• 3 U-> . OJ < i l-l 3 3 3 »-« •-« 3 ■ K- ; 2 ! •> x •-H >- V Z •> z X < O (/) o oi ' X o UJ X X X o 3 UJ c o 3 a CD < 4 /> o lO ►“ ►- a. < 00 < a. Z »- J 3 UJ a < UJ a. uJ UJ X Ui iL UJ < uJ -1 < u < o X X u -J < 3 G X a O o • o o o o c< o r^ : (T- 1 ^ , r) c> O' U> o (T' OJ ro 1 ! f\i 4 f> Ui a fO 3 3 < »4 ! J 1 ►- , 1 2“ 1 ■ 1 * CO i , ^ U V) U > o c» ■ ' ' o c 3 U Z os a ' r ‘ ct 4 CD *4 f < 4 Ui B UJ 1 4 X (X o 1 - a u ^ 1 . z c, <3 O z Z ^ 1 _l - UJ • < t/1 - _J 1 iD M> < ^ ►- \ X UJ oJ c t O n 4 Ui <» •-• ’ o >• 3 u X cl o 1 — a o ''f X i c* u i C; .1 la a u UJ Ui u- a *4 ' Qj H- 2 Q Oj X *< X 3 ir O > ^ lA ' O < X 3 U4 •-U O a o — a. z 0 * X 3 u. X 3 3 a H CCi JO (Xl Ui u^ t a -1 iT) rsi X a( a 19 X Q ifi ro JO PO h- a i/> a h- CT* J' o <\l f^i a ® X X > >> > (T' a 2j ►- _i , « rvj ' (>J fVj rvj fNj rj (Oj Ai C ex J3 ' JO ‘ JO JO JO JO J> lO JO < o o <1 r 1-^ •*4 — •»• 44 X Ui Z a (z H- ! ex o , o o o o o o c U (X M UJ •-• u) ' o c a < O cr io Ui i u. o o o O <^ (> I OL • O >- ( 0) Oi »- c^ V • , -t Ch . ! i rvi i • ' Nw • h- , ui , o 1 * I -4 o u f i t- ' Qi c 1 a o a < 1 I } 1 V • 3 i j j , ® 1 o . < j V i 1 1 1 : i , ° 1 1 { . 1 X * ( 1 Q > C: 1 ! O , UJ • i , i 1 (/) O , 1 1 a 1 • , . lU ' ! ; ►- 1 1 j i ! i Z a 1 ( to 1 D ^ 1 1 1 ^ ; UJ o . t *-• t a o i 1 , 1 UJ x> 1 ; 1 ■ t/> 3 • i i 1 ; ! ; : 1 i ' O •J 0. < >«. > U4 i 1 z f a (/) 1 3 •-« i •*1 ' 1 ' I 2^ i I ►- ( a o. 1 ^ « iA C O o • o o o o : : 3 f o ui UJ u. a ^ to < ! o o UJ N V . aj ‘ a ' H- 2 1 2 -J ; a| 1 1 J 1 ♦ 1 o t a Ui I CL (/» Ui : o ; UI *- ■ 1 to ‘ i ' O o I -* ' < t/) < < ! ' a a a 1 >- • h- y i Uj UJ z I ►- UJ ►- aj 1 , ' *—1' o w o 1 uJ 0. UJ u UJ *• 1 2 o 2 z 2 UJ 1 Ui UJ -J UJ UJ UI a ! z r >- u 1 > >► V I- 1 ‘ z X T r Z ►- a ►- ►- >- a. ' UJ ►- UJ Ui UJ to , UJ O UJ o o o z ' o q: >- q: CL a o c o o < ' ^ 2 ►- X O X X X * to o m o u u i ■ n a a a UJ < cr UJ a 1 CL c> . CL V- O o O c o (\J o (Vi a 1 ; o IT o o M . o OJ (\J M 10 Q 3 3“ 15 I . <-> 1 jlti i I® i 1 < o) 03 ^ < o 5f2S UJ < 2j »- i ^ I q: U U> D -j -* 5 o O 23 • •H CL U) K «i LU to (J o t~ 1 ^ 3 -J ^ >. X • >- Of jj o o q! UJ >o cx n Q L> c a ^ UJ a i »« — •••#•«»• > CO a ; UI o ru O ►- t/i . O ■ o •i o O ot -• Z to * 3 ' ** 1 00 ^ N UJ UI £ t « GO N Z a oi Qj 1 , ^ 3 1 u> ‘ to a 1 o UI i — ◄ 1 o a Z t- _i • « ' Q a x . « < O o « ; X z 19 UI X a o »- a o lOi o u o: UJ ■-• to a lO UJ o u mmm 'S ’ uj ! a i o : >- a CO fVJ o o o 366 SI t 3 2 uj 1 a? n ui o 3 I i O H 1 i i ^ i i ui o ! c> 1 Q u bl O. ■s. X o . ^^ h- 1 X I ^ X o o c 9^ a Ui \ CL I a ! irt a z o u a > a I z 4 5 o •-» < o o * a - o UJ o c a < o z < > Uj l/> Z 3 Ui a 3 UJ 82 0. < M > •4 IT o o c \rt CVJ OD 1-^ ! ^ 3 O 3 Z cr o < z 3 O Ui < r ! Q. , o ' ^ < » a i u t 3 o * bJ < i 4/> ‘ a» ro o 0^ o o o o # o in c o a ui )L < X X o o i/> o o u St o o ! «/) j 1 iS o ! f- 1 z 2 3 . 3 1 (/) o 1 O o < O 1 UJ N. < V UJ UJ Ni X a u o 2 2 UI 3 (X UI - Z Q. a 1 ^ 1 a i ^ a iX 0. M >■ 1 1 . ^ 1 ! X * CL ! ' < ; < a: . CL i j o. Uk ■ i/> in Uj UJ a a X UJ X 2 UI n o UJ . I IS4 NJ 4.; u. -J < i AJ o > ' z a: Ul a X j < ’ < Cj < o H ' z> ' D ' >- UJ 3 o 3 ; X X o o ' UJ X u CL Uj z Ct D o » < < o J I— u U < 2 >- X lj i/I X D r o ^|4 X : -j a Q. ►- cr 3 • |BN o O UJ CL >- lA V) 1 Ui u. u X ►- a 1 I ® t ^ o n c o c ; ^ 1 o AJ o o 1 ^ o AJ c^ AJ M ' < I • n •9 a o u, o a o -i r u > X Ui X o Al c: rvj a. X , a a a CL o o o c o cr o in o Al , C in n *n • • • • • & o n Ui OD n >o >- r o a. o X o a o C^ aj Jl Z. X UJ o o CL o X o >- X o Ai * UJ I a ‘ X in UJ t to •-• ►-4 2 , < ’ 2 ■ 1 a X ’ u IL u ‘ u a ) Urf a o o ' a o u o u cn ! ^ h- C- c> UJ . 2 Ui u. < in in ►- Cj in U a -j < o a o Lj a ! o 4- AJ CT' AJ r> < iT <# # c O w m in uT e* o c c o o o o <^ * 367- ,\nwA^ UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460 OFricE OF FESTICIDES AND TOXIC SUBSTANCES Adapted from: BIBLICX^RAPHy OF PROTEXTIVE CDOIHH^ EATA April 28, 1982 Protective Clothing V?orking Group Office of Pesticide Programs United States Environmental Protection Agency Washington, DC 20460 Prepared by: Richard V. Moraski, Ph.D. Environmental Fate Branch Hazard Evaluation Division (TS-769) Office of Pesticide Programs (703) 557-7347 368 _, 1974. Occupational Satety and Health; Personal Protective Efevices, Federal Register , 39(121): 2121^-22211, June 21. _, 1979. U. S, Arrty Natick R & D Ocnroand Makes Protective Clothing for EPA, Pest Control y p 38, Dec. _, 1980. Draft Proposals for Poisonous Substances in Agriculture Regulations, International EnviroTioent Reporter , p 562-576, Dec. 10. Published b/ Ihe Bureau of National Affairs, Inc. _, 1980. Ocicupational Health and Safety Letter , 10(3): 1, 4, eind 5, Feb. 8. _ , 1980. IC^ C:ancellaticxi or Suspension the Expected EPA and California Decision, Pesticide and Toxic Chemical News, 8(30): 28, June 18. _, 1981. Protective Clothing Studies Reveal Wearer Preferen(ces, Agri(chemical Age , p 15-16, June. American Hoechst Corporation, 1981. Estimation of the Exposure of Applicator Personnel to Hoelon®^3EC Using Commercial Ground Dguipment, Preliminary Report, February. American Society for Testing and Materials, 1975. Standard Method of Test of Permeability of Vulcanized Rubber to Volatile Liquids, ASTM Standards , 37: 189-190, Designation; D 814 - 55 (Reapproved 1970). American Society for Testing and Materials, 1975. Standard Recotmended Practice for Determining Permeability of Thermoplastic Containers, ASry Standards , 36: 488-492, Designation: D 2864-73. Amsrid Foot Coverings-Their Value During Handling and Use of Pesticides. Special Panel Proceedings of the National Conference on Protective Clothing and Safety Equipment for Pesticide Woikers. Center for Disease Control, Atlanta, GA., M^, 1972. Arthur D. Little, Inc., 1979. Protective Clothing Against Carcinogens, Chemical and Engineering News , p 15, Apr. 2. 369 _, 1967. Respirators and Protective Clothing. International Atofnic Energy^ Agency, Safety* Series No. 22 , Vienna. _, 1971. OSHA Standards. Personal Protective Eiguiproent, Federal Register ^ 36(106): 10590, 29. _, 1973. Occupational Health Units Giving Closer Scrutiry to Toxic Chemicals, Pesticide Chemical News, p 7, Apr. 18. _, 1973. OSHA Standards Cover Protective Clothing for Farm VJorkers, Pesticide Chemical News, p 5, 2. , 1973. Role of I^IOSH, Pesticide Chemical News, p 2, Oct. 24. _, 1974. Role of Disposable Products in Protective Clothing, Industrial Safety , 20(11): 8-9, Nov. Barerklau, K.E., 1976. Tip)S for Gaining Acceptance of a Personal Protective Eg'diprent Prograir., Professional Safety , 21(3); 20-25, Mar. Barraclo'jgh, R.N.J. , 1976. Modem C:oncept£ of Respiratory Protection, Ann Occup B/g , 19(3/4): 351-355, Dec. Berger, M.R., 1976. Safety Clothing: A Matter of Personal Protection, National Safety News , 114(3): 63-67, Sept. Bennet, D.C. , 1981. Hand Protection, Hlth Saf Work, 3(9): 32-35, Mav'. Blatchford, O.N., Ed., 1976. Chemical Control: Pesticides and Fertilizers in Forestry. Entopath News (Supplement) October 1976 , published iy Alice Holt, Famham, UK, Forestry Commission. Branson, D., 1980. Factors Affecting the Penetration of Fabrics Pesticide Spr^s, Dept, of Human Environment and Design, College of Human Ecoloj^, Michigan State University, East Lansing, MI, Mar. Brindcman, D., 1976. I'Jational Pest Control Association, Inc. Letter to Robert Barghini, Dec. 16. 370 Calingaert, G. and H. Shapiro. 1948. Permeability of Protective Glove Materials to Tetraethyllead and Ethylene Brotnide, Industrial and Engineering Chemistrv, Industrial Edition, 40(2); 332-335. (liaprTian, A.C. and G. Miller, 1980. Fibres, Fabrics, and Finishes for FR Woi3cwear in EXirope, Journal of Coated Fabrics, 10: 26-34, July. Ciba-Geig^ Corporation. Galecron Use Guidelines. (No publication information available.) Clayton, F.H., 1935. Hie Measurement of the Air Permeability of Fabrics, Journal of the Textile Institute, Transactions, 26; T171. Coletta, G.C., A.D. Schwope, I.J. Arons, J.W. King, and A. Sivak, 1977. Development of Performance Criteria for Protective Clothing Used Against Carcinogenic Liquids. Contract No. 210-76-0130, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, A. D. Little, Inc., Cambridge, Mass. Crolej^, J. J., 1966. Protective Clothing—Responsibilities of the Industrial hygienist, American Industrial B/giene Association Journal , 27: 140-143. Curry, J.E. and M.D. McKinl^, 1973. Transient Permeation of Organic Vapors Hirough Elastomeric Membranes, Journal of Polv’^mer Science: Polvmer Ph>'sics Edition, 11: 2209-2225. Davies, J.E. and V.H. Freed, 1980. Miniitizing Occupational Exposure to Pesticides, University of Miaiti, School of Medicine, Miami, FL. Davies, J.E., V.H. Freed, H.F. Enos, 1979. Instruments for Ehxposure Assessment of the Pesticide Worker and the Role of Protective Clothing. Presented at IX International Congress for Plant Protection. Washington, DC, August 5-11. Davies, J.E., V.H. Freed, H.F. Enos, A. Barquet, C. Morgade, L.J. Peters, and J.X. Danaudcas, 1981. Hie Reduction of Pesticide Exposure with Protective Clothing. (No publication information available.) Davis, J.E., 1980. Minimi 2 ing Occupaticnal Exposure to Pesticides: Personnel Monitoring, Residue Reviev^^s, 75: 33-50. Davis, J.E. and E.R. Stevens, 1980. Hie Ebcposure of Workers Daring Seed Potato Treatment with Captan: Preliminary Report, 1980. Wenatchee Pesticides Research Branch, Envirorurental Toxicolog/ Division, HERl-PTP, Wenatchee, WA. 371 Deutsch, A.E. and A.P. Poole, E)ds ., 1972. .Kannal of Pesticide Application Equipment . Published hy International Plant Protection Centre, Oregon State University, Corvallis, OR. Dunlop, Ltd., GRG Div., 1979. Industrial Gloves and Gauntlets. Manchester, 1979. Douglas, D.D., 1978. Respiratory Protective Devices. Chapter 21 fror. Patty's Industrial B/giene & Toxicolocy , Vbl. 1, 3rd ed., G.D. aa-'ton and F.E. Cl^ton, Eds., John Wile^ & Sons, New York, p 993-1056. Durham, VJ.F., 1963. An Additional Note Regarding Measurement of the Exposure of Workers to Pesticides, Bulletin of the World Health Organizaticxi, 29; 279-281. Durham, W.F. and H.R. Wolfe, 1972. Absorption and Excretion of Parathion ty Spraymen, Archives of Environmental Health , 24; 381-387, June. Easley, C.B. , J.M. Laughlin, R.E. Gold, and D.R. Tupy, 1981. Metiyl Parathion Removal frxxn Denim Fabrics ty Selected Laundry Procedures. Dept, of Textiles, Clothing and Design, UniversiP^ of Nebrasca-Lincoln. Su'cmitted for p’ublication to Bulletin of Environmental Contamination and Toxicolcov'. Ellse/, S.E., Jr., W.J. Connick, Jr., G.L. Drake, Jr., and W.A. Reeves, 1969. Oil-repellent Finish for Cotton Based on Fluorir^ated Amines, Textile Research Journal, 39(9); 809-815. Fahm’, S.M.A. and K. Slater, 1977. The use of an Acoustic Test to Predict Fabric Comfort Properties in On Clothing Ccmfort; Interaction of Thermal, Ventilation, Construction and Assessment Factors . i;.R.S. Hollies and R.F. Goldman, Eds., Ann Arbor Science Publishers, Ann Arbor, MI, Chapt. 3, p 19. Federal Working Group on Pest Management, 1972. Proceedings of the National Conference on Protective Clothing and Safety Equipment for Pesticide Workers. Center for Disease Control, Atlanta, Gk., MaN'. F^eldmann, R.J. and H.I. Maibach, 1974. Percutaneous Penetration of Some Pesticides and Herbicides in Man, Toxicology and ^^lied Pharmacology , 28; 126-132. 372 Firiley, E.L., J.B. Graves, F.C. Hewitt, H.F. Morris, C.W. Hanton, F.A. Iddings, P.E. Schilling, and K.L. Koonce, 1979. Reduction of Methyl Parathion Residues on Clothing hy Delved Field Re-entry and Laundering, Bulletin of Envircyimental Contamination and Toxicology, 22(4-5); 590-597. Finl^, E.L., G.I. Metcalf, F.G. McDermott, J.B. Graves, P.E. Schilling, and F.L. Benner, 1974. Efficacy of Home Laundering in Itenoval of DDT, Methyl Parathion and Toxaphene Residues from Contaminated Fabrics. Bulletin of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology, 12: 268-274. Finl^, E.L. and J.R.B. Rogillio, 1969. DDT and Methiv’l Parathion Residues Found in Ctotton and Cotton-Polyester Fabrics Worn in Cotton Fields. Bulletin of Environmental Contaminaticai and Toxicolog/, 4; 343-351. Fothergill & Harvey Ltd., 1980. Aramid Fibre Fabric, Plast Rubb W^lv, (863): 1, Nov. 15. -- Frarklin, C.A., R.A. Fen^e, R. Greenhalgh, L. Mathieu, H.V. Denl^, J.T. Leffingwell, and R.C. Spear. A (3crnparison of Direct and Indirect Methods of Estimating Dermal Exposure to Guthion in (Orchard Workers. Environmental Health Directorate, Health and Welfare Canada, Ottawa. (No publication information available.) Freed, V.H., L.J. Peters, and F. Parveen, 1980(7). Itepellency and Penetration of Treated Textiles to Pesticide ^jra's. Dept, of Agricultural Chemistry. Oregon State University, (No publication information available.) Freeman, N.T., 1977, Protective Clothing - A Surv^*: Wool, Industrial Safety , 23(6): 10-11. Fuller, T.P. and C.E. Easterly, 1979. Tritiiin Protective Clothing. Cac Ridge National Laboratory Report , Ridge, Ttl, (3R^L/IM-6671, June. Gehlbach, S.K., W.A. Williams, and J.I. Freeman, 1979. Protecu^-ve Clothing as a Means of Reducing Nicotine Absorption in Tobacco Harvesters, Archives of Environmental Health, 34(2): 111-114, Mar./tor. Geiso.’, M., 1980. Keeping Warm, and Dry on a Mountain, I-^ew’ Scientist , 87(1214); 535-537, Aug. 373 Getchell, N.F., 1955. Cotton Quality Stuc^ III: Resistance to Soilirjg, Textile Research Journal, 25(2): 150-194. Gough, T.A. / K.S. Webb, and M.F. McPhail, 1978. Diffusicxi of Nitrosaitiines Itirough Protective Gloves in Einvironmental Aspects of N-!^itroso Corpounds, E.A. Walker, Ed., lyon, p 531-534. R.ROGM. 33L. Gunther, F.A,, Ed., 1980. Research Ck>nference and Workshop On: Minimizing Occupational Exposure to Pesticides, Residue Reviews , 75: ix-xi + 183 pp. Hansen, J.D., B.A. Schneider, B.M. Olive, and J.J. Bates. Personnel Safety and Foliage Residue in an Orchard Spr^ Prograir. Using Guthion and Captan. Chemical and Biological Investigations Branch, US ET'A, Beltsville, Hansen, J.D., B.A. Schneider, B.M. Olive, and J.J. Bates, 1978. Personnel Safety and Foliage Residue in an Orchard Spr^' Program Using Guthion and Captan, Archives of Environirental Contamination and Toxicology, 7: 63-71. Henane, R., J. Bittel, R. Viret, and S. Morino, 1979. Ihermal Strain Resulting from Protective Clothing of an Armored Vehicle Crew in Warm Conditions, Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine , 50(6): 599-603, June. Henry, III, N.W. , 1980. Permeability Resistance of lyv#:® Coirposites to Lannate®, Ha^ell Laboratory for Toxicolo^’ and Industrial Medicine, E.I. du Pont de I'Jemours and Conpary, Ha^ell Laboratory Report No. 969-80, Dec. 12. Henry, III, N.W. and C.N. Schlatter, 1981. The Development of a Standard Method for Evaluating Chemical Protective ClothLng to Permeation ty Hazardous Liquids, American Industrial Hygiene Association Journal , 42(3): 202-207, Mar. Hick^, K.D., 1981. Dermal and Respiratory Exposure of Orchard Airblast Sprier Operators to Bencnyl, Mancceeb and Etlylene Thiourea During Loading and Spr^ing. Research Agreement No. 801-15-73 with USDA. The Pennsylvania State University, Fruit Research Laboratory, Biglerville, PA. Hogs ted t, D. and R. Stahl, 1980, Sc in Absorption and Protective Gloves in Dynamite Woik, American Industrial Hygiene Association Journal, 41(5): 367-372, M^. I^att, E.C., 1976. Ftespirator Protection Factors. Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory, US ERTA, Jan. 374 Jacobs, v:.W. , 1980. Closed ^'sterns for Mixing and lading. Presented at Detenrination and Assessment of Pesticide Exposure Conference, Hersh^’, PA, Sponsored h/ tJJAES, USDA, US EPA. Jegier, Z., 1969. Pesticide Residues in the Atmosphere, Annals of the New York Acadeiry of Sciences , 160(Part 1): 143-154, June 23. Jegier, Z. and Brodeur, J., 1968. Exposure to Pesticides in Quebec, Canadian Journal of Public Health, 59: 229-232. Johnson, T.C. and W.D. Mercies, 1971. Permeation of Balogenated Solvents Through Drybox Gloves. US Atomic Energy^ Ccnmission , RFP-1608: 1-5, ;^r. 16. Kawar, K.S., F.A. Gunther, K.F. Serat, and Y. Iwata, 1978. Penetration of Soil Dust Through Woven and Wonwoven Fabrics, Journal of Environmental Science and Health, B13(4): 401-415. Laughlin, J.M. , C.B. Easl^, R.E. Gold, and D.R. Tup/, 1981. Methyl Parathion Transfer from Contaminated Fabrics to Subseg-uent Laundry and to Laundry Eguipment. Dept, of Textiles, Clothing and Design, University of Nebras'.a-Lincoln. Final Draft. (No publication information available.) Lavy, T.L. , 1980. Determination of 2,4-D Exposure Received ty Forestry ;^licators. Spring 1980. Final Draft to National Forest Products Association, Oct. Lavy, T.L., J.D. Mattice, R.R. Fynn, and M. Davis, 1982. Linking ;^licator Exposure to Pesticides, World of Agricultural Aviation , p 33-37, March. Lee, B.G., 1975. TWo memos regarding respirators. USEA, APHIS, May 30. Lillie, T.H., M.A. Hamilton, J.M. Livingston, and K. Porter, 1980. The Effects of Water Temperature on Decontamination of Pesticide ;^plicator Clothing, US Air Force Occupational and Environmental Health Laboratory, Brocks AFB, 'K, Report No. OEHI/-80-35, Sept. Linds^, I.S. and J.M. McAndless, 1978. Permethrin-treated Jackets Versus Repellent-treated Jackets and Roods for Personal Protech:ion against Black Flies and Moscjuitoes, Mosquito News , 38(3): 350-356. 375 yac3cintosh, C.A. and O.M. Lidwell, 1980. T^e Evaluation of Fabrics in Relation to Their Use as Protective Garrrents in Nursing and Surgery. III. Wet Penetration and Contact Transfer of Particles Tirough Clothing, Journal of Hygiene, Cambridge , 85(3): 393-403. Madc^, K.T., B. Barrish, 1979. Occupational Illnesses of Mixers and Loaders of Pesticides in 1978. Woricer Health and Safety Unit, Division of Pest Management, Environmental Protection, and Worker Safety, California Department of Food and Agricultuire, HS-672, Dec. 14. Madc^', K.T., B. Cusick, A.S. Frederickson, D. Richmond, F. Mazza, R. Beall, 1979. A Summary of Studies in California During 1978 and 1979 Concerning the Potential Hazard to Applicators and Other Perscns Exposed EXiring Field ^ Applications of Eth/lene Dibromide (EIDB). Worker Health and Safety Unit, Division of Pest Management, Environmental Protection, and Worker Safety, California Department of Food and Agriculture, HS-593, Nov. 15. Madc^, K.T., L. Johnston, B. Cusick, F. Scrhneider, T. Jackson, C. Ccxjper, A.S. Frederickson, 1979. A Stu^ in Scxjthem California in July 1979 of the Potential Dermal and Inhalation Exposure of Applicators and Other Persons Who Might Later Enter or Occxipx' Areas Treated with Chlordane Used Against Subterranean Termites Under Houses. Worker Health and Safety Unit, Division of Pest Management, Envirrcximental Protection, and Worker Safety, California Department of Food and Agriculture. Nov., HS-683. Maibach, H.I. and R. Felc3man, 1974. ^'stemic Absorption of Pesticides Through the Scin of Man. Occrupational Exposure to Pestici(3es , Milling, Ed., p 120-127. Maibacrh, H.I., R.J. Feldman, T.H. Milry, and W.F. Serat, 1971. Regicnal Variation in Perczutaneous Penetraticn in Man, Archives of Environmental Health, 23: 208-211, Sept. MzFee, D.R., 1964. Hew Well Do Gloves Proteert Hands Against Solvents? American Society of Safety Engineers Jcximal , Technical Section , IX(5): 11-16. Meares, P., 1965. Transient Perineaticn of Organic Vapors through Polymer Membranes, Jcximal of Applied Polymer Scienca , 9: 917-932. Merino, M., 1981. Laboratory Note; Personal Monitoring, American Laboratory , p 92, Aug. Mick, D.L., 1973. The Tractor Cab as a Protective Device EXiring Pesticide ;^lications. Presented at 1973 Winter Meeting American Society of Agricnil' tural Engineers, Chicago, Dec. 11-14. 376 T.H. , J.E. Davies, H.R. Wolfe, D.P. Morgan, E. Kahn, R.C. Spear, W.F. Serat, W.J, Popendorf, S. Wamick, J.F. McCarthy, W.F. Spencer, and K.T. Madc^, 1976. Woikshop F^roceedings. Pesticide Residue Hazards to Fanr, Vvodcers. US IHH;, PHS, CDC, NIOSH, l^?uJDSH, Salt L^.e City, UT, May. Monsanto Co., 1980. Response of June 20, 1980 to Diallate RPAR. Appendix C: Calculation of Maximum Lifetime ^^licator Exposure to Diallate. Monsanto Agricultural Products Co., St. Louis, MD. Final Report No. MSL-1150. P^licator Exposure Stu<^ for Avadex® Herbicide Under Actual Field Conditions. Monsanto Co., 1980. Response of June 20, 1980 to Diallate RPAR. /^spendix C: Calculation of Maximum Lifetime P^licator Exposure to Diallate. Monsanto Agricultural Products Co., St. Louis, MO. Final Report No. MSL-1155. Applicator Exposure Stuc^ for Avadex® E67 Herbicide Under Actual Field Conditions. Monsanto Co., 1980. Response of June 20, 1980 to Diallate RPAR. Appendix C: Calculation of Maximum Lifetime Applicator Ebcposure to Diallate. Monsanto Agricultural Products Co., St. Louis, MO. Interim Report No. MSL-1118. Applicator EOcposure Stuc^ for Avadex® EC'*’ Herioicide Under Actual Field Conditions: A Status Report. Monsanto Co., 1981. Applicator Exposure Stuc^ with Avadex® EStulsifiable Concentrate Herbicide Using Closed-^stem Tark Fills. Pinal Report. ^)ecial Report MSL-1454, Feb. 6, Monsanto Agricultural Products Co., St. Louis, MO. Monsanto Co., 1981. ^plicator rbcposure Stu^' with Avadex® BiC Qnulsifiable Concentrate Hervicide Using Closed-^stem Tark Fills. Final Report. Special Report MSL/-1468, Feb. 9, Monsanto Agricultural Products Co., St. Louis, MD. Mora^.i, R.V., 1980. Respirator Efficiency in CDFA Exposure Stuc^. US EPA, EFB, HED, OPP. Memo to SPRD, Aug. 25. Mora^i, R.V., 1981. Review of Catalog of Protective ClothLng/Safety Eiguipirient for the Pesticide ^splicator. US EPA, EIFB, HED, CPP, Memo bo BFSD, M^ 14. ?toreau, J.P., S.E. Ellze^s Jr., and G.L. Dr^e, Jr., 1967. Perfluoro Ester- aziridine Oil Repellent Finish for Cotton, American ix^estuff Reporter , 56(4) 38-42. Mourisiden, H.T. and 0. Faber, 1973. Penetration of Protective Gloves ty Allergens and Irritants, Transactions of St. John*s Hospital Dermatological Societ/ , 59: 230-234. 377 Mueller, W.J., 1957. 81(6): 982-987. PerTneability of Rubber to Organic Liquids, Rubber Age , IJational Agricultural Aviation Association, 1976. Safery Tips for Groand Crev^’s. World of Agricultural Aviation, 3(2): 12-15, Feb. National Pest Control Association, Inc., 1977. Respiratory Devices-II. Technical Release, Jan. 14. National Pest (Control Association, Inc., 1977. Respiratory Devices-III. Technical Release, Jan. 28. Nelson, G.O., B.Y. Lutti, G.J. Carson, C.M. Wong, and J.S. Johnson, 1979. Glove Peineation hy Organic Solvents, Lavnrence Livermore Laboratory, Livermore, CA., UC-UD 17758, Sept. 25. NIOSH, 1981. (Jfficial Record of the NIOSH Public Meeting on Charical Protective Clothing, June 3, 1981, Rockville, MD. US E£^, PHS, CDC, NIOSH-ALOSH, Mcrgantcwn, WV. Orlando, J., D. Branson, M. Henry, 1980. The Development and Evaluation of Protective Apparel for Pesticide Applicators. Presented at Extermination and Assessment of Pesticide Exposure Conference, Hersha', PA, Oct. Sponsored ty NJAES, USEA, US EPA. Orlando, J., D. Branson, G. Ayres, R. Leavitt, 1981. The Penetration of Formulated Guthion Spray Through Selected Fabrics. Journal of Environmental Science ard Health, B16(5): 617-628. Orlando, J., A. Hcvitt, and G. A/ers, 1979. Reduction of Dermal Ebcposure of the Operator in Pesticide Application Through the Developnent of Functicxial ;^parel. Proposal submitted to NCR Pesticide Iirpact Assessment Program, Nov. 1. OSHA, 1973. Occupational Safety and Health Standards. EJrergency Terrporary Standard for Exposure to Organophosphorous Pesticides, Federal Register , 38(83): 10715-10720, M^ 1. OSHA, 1973. Occupational Safety and Health Standards. Exposure to CJrganophosphorus Pesticides, Federal Register , 38(125): 11214-11216, June 29. OSHA/NIOSH. Draft Teclinic:al Standard and Supporting Docnumentation for Chlorinated Cairphene. (No publication infonration available.) Oxley, G.R., 1976. Protective Clothing in the Context of Health Protecrticxi Against Toxic Chemicals, Ann Occup IVg , 19(2): 163-167, Nov. 378 Pittiran, A.G. , J.I3. Roitiran, and D. Sharp, 1971. H^drophiliciP' in Flunro- chemical Stain Release Polyners, Textile Chemist and Colorist , 3(7): l''5-ie0. Pritchard, J.A. , 1976. A Guide to Industrial Respiratory Protection. h'lOSH Technical Information , US DHEl\, PHS, CDC, IJIOSH. HEW Publication Uo. (IIIOSH) 76-189, June. Peoples, S.A., K. Madc^, P.R. Detta, L. Johnston, C. Smith, D. Conrad, C. Cooper, 1979. Monitoring of Potential Exposures of MixerA^ders, Pilots, and Flaggers During Application of Tributyl Phosphorotrithioate (DEF) and Tributyl Phosphorotrithioite (Folex) to Cotton Fields in the San Joaquin Valley of California in 1979. Wobcer Health and Safety Unit, Division of Pest Management, Environmental Protection, and Worker Safely, California Department of Food and Agriculture, HS-676, Nov. 14. Peoples, S.A., K.T. Madc^/ C. Kahn, and P. Conrad, 1979. A Stuc^ of the Possible Exposure Hazards to Workers Associated with the Application of Sodium Arsenite to Grape Vin^ards. Worker Health and Satety Unit, Division of Pest Manageirent, Environmental Protecticxi, and Worker Safety, California Department of Food and Agriculture, HS-684, Nov, 6. Q'uinty, G.E. , K.C. VJalher, and W.F. Durham, 1958. Public Health Hazards Involved in the Use of Orrganic Phosphoms Insecticides in Cotton Culture in the Delta Area of Mississippi, Journal of Economic Entomology, 51(6); 831-838, Dec. Raven, P.B., A.T. Dodson, and T.O. Davis, 1979. The Ph/siological Consequences of Wearing Industrial Respirators; A Review, American Industrial H^^giene Association Journal, 40: 517-534, June. Raven, P.B., A. Dodson, and T.O. Davis, 1979. Stresses Involved in Wearing PVC Supplied Air Suits. A Review, American Industrial Hygiene Association Journal, 40(7); 592-599, July. Rohr and Haas Conpan.', 1981. Rohm anc Haas Conpary Rebuttal of Rebuttable Presunption Against Registration and Continued Registration of Pesticide Products Containing Ethylenebisdithiocarbamates. Volume XXIV, Section 57, Pesticide Aoplicator and Mixer—Loader Exposure Studies in Agricuj.turaa., Aerial and Ground Applications and in Heme Gardener Use, September. Rose, C., 1975. ANSI Z88 Subcanmittee on Pesticide Respirators. Minutes of meeting held at Crystal Mall 2, US EPA, Nov. 12—13. Russell, L.S., 1981. Catalog of Protective Clothing/Safety Equipment for the Pesticide Mitre Corporation under Contract No. 68-01-5944 and 69-01-5965, sponsored ly’ US ETA. 379 Sansone, E.B. and Y.B. Tewari, 1978. Penreaoilitry of Laboratory' Gloves to Selected IJitrosamines in Environmental Aspects of I<-!:itroso Ccrrpo-jnds , E.A. Walter, Ed., I^on, p 517- 529. R.'FOC^.. 23L. Sansone, E.B. and Y.B. Tewari, 1978. Ibe Penreability of Laboratory Gloves to Selected Solvents, American Industrial Hygiene Association Journal, 39: 169-174. Sansone, E.B. and Y.B. Tewari, 1978. Penetration of Protective Clothing Materials ty l,2-DibraTio-3-chloropropane, Ethylene Dibromide, and Acrylonitrile, American Industrial Eh'giene Asscxriation Journal , 39: 921-922. Sansone, E.B. and Y.B. Tewari, 1980. Differences in the Extent of Solvent Penetration Through natural Rubber and l^itrile Gloves from Various Manufacturers, American Industrial B/giene Association Journal , 41(7): 527-528, July. Sansone, E.B. and Y.B. Tewari, 1980. The Permeability of Protective Clothing Materials to Benzene Vapor, American Industrial B/giene Association Journal , 41: 170-174. Schiefer, H.F. and P.M. BOy'land, 1942. Iirproved Instrument for Measuring the Air Permeability of Fabrics, Journal of Research of the National Bureau of Standards, 28: 637-642. Schredc, C.E., D.A. Carlson, D.E. Weidhaas, K. Pos^', and D. Smith, 1980. Wear and Aging Tests with Permethrin-Treated Cotton-Polyester Fabric, Journal of Econcmic Entomology , 73(3): 451-453, June. Schrec3<:, C.E., K. Posey, and D. Smith, 1978. Durability of Permethrin as a Potential Clothing Treatment to Protect against Blood-feeding Arthropods, Journal of Economic Ehtcmolog/ , 71(3); 397-400. Schreck, C.E., N. Smith, D. Weidhaas, K. Pos^, and D. Smith, 1978. Repellents vs Toxicants as Clothing Creatments for Protection from Mosquitoes and Other Biting Flies, Journal of Economic Entomology , 71(6): 919-922. Schlatter, C. An Introduction to Permeation. Report for Becton Dickinson and Conpary. (No publication inforraaticxi available.) S(chulte, F., 1973. Personal Protetctive Devices. Ch. 36, The Industrial Environment-Its EX^aluation & Control, US DHEW, PKS, CDC, I^OSK, p 519-531. Schwope, A.D., 1979. Protective Clothing, Chemical and Engineering Ivg.-.'5 , p 4, M^ 14. 380 Serat, V,'.F., and A,J. Van Loon, 1979(?). Seme Factors Influencing the Design of Fabrics for Protective Garments for Pesticide Field Workers. State Dept, of Health, Beikel^, CA. Serat, W.F., R.J. Feldrran, and H.I. Maibach, 1973. Percutaneous Absorption of Toxicants, National Pest Control Operator NEWS, p 6, Oct. Sherman, P.O., S. Smith, and B. Johannessen, 1969. Textile Characteristics Affecting the Release of Soil During Laundering. Part II: Fluorochemical Soil-Release Textile Finishes, Textile Research Journal, 39(5): 449-459. Singer, J., 1980. Pesticide Safety. Guidelines for Personnel Protection. USEA, Forest Serv’’ice, Forest Pest Management, Methods Application Group, Davis, CA. Sco^nrondci, B.J., 1978. Personal Protective Eguipnvent for 1,2-Dibromo- 3-chloropropane (E6CP), Memo to F.C. Cmelia, Ag. Products Dept., Dow Chemicals, Mar. 27. SMC, 1982. Personal Protective Equipment and Clothing. Springborn Management Consultants, Inc. Enfield, Connecticut. Smith, D.J., 1980. Protective Clothing and Thermal Stress, Ann Occup B/g , 23(2): 217-224. Smith, J.G., R.W. Fischer, and H. Blark, 1961. The Epidermal Barrier: A Coiiparison Between Scrotal and Abdominal 9cin, Journal of Investigative Dermatology, 36: 337-343. Smith, S. and P.O. Sherman, 1969. Textile Characteristics Affecting the Release of Soil During Laundering. Part I: A Review and Theoretical CcHisideration of the Effects of Fiber Surface Energy and Fabric Construction on Soil Release, Textile Research Journal, 39: 441-449. Staiff, D.C., J.E. Davis, and E.R. Stevens, 1981. Evaluation of Various Clothing Materials for Protection and Woiker Acceptability During /plication of Pesticides. Presented at Division of Pesticide Chemistry, American Chemical Society Meeting, Atlanta, GA, Mar. 29-Apr. 3. Submitted for publication to Archives of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology . Staiff, D.C., S.W. Comer, J.F. Armstrong, and H.R. Wolfe, 1975. Exposure to the Herbicide Paraquat, Bulletin of Environmental Contaminaticxi and Toxicology , 14(3): 334-340. Stannett, V., and H. Yasuda, 1963. Liquid vs. V^r Permeation Through Polymer Films, Polymer Letters , 1; 289-293. 381 Tait/ E.J. , 1978. Factors Affecting the Usage of Insecticides and F'angicides on Fruit and Vegetable Crops in Great Britain: I. Crop-specific Factors. II. Farmer-specific Factors, Journal of Environmental Management, 6(2): 143-151. Ihomas, N.T., J. Spencer, and B.T. Davis, 1976. A Conparison of Reactions to Industrial Protective Clothing, Ann Occup Hyg , 19(3): 259-268, Dec. Urry, F.F.. , J.VA Southv;ick, H. Hilden, L. 'Ihoiras, and J. Baxter, 1978. Effectiveness of Chlorine Bleach in Removal of Selected Pesticides frcr. Two ior: Clothing Fabrics. Final Report. VJorx Unit E-24 of the US EPA, Utah Epiderriiologic Studies Project, Contract Uo. 66-C1-3264, Apr. US EPA, 1974. Farm, Workers Dealing with Pesticides. Federal Register , 39(48): 9457-9462, March 11. US EPA, 1974. Worker Protection Standards for Agricultural Pesticides. Federal Register , 39(92): 16888-16891, Ma’ 10. US EPA, 1976. Pesticide Use Ctoservations in Kent County, Eielaware, June 2-7, 1976. Office of Enforcement, National Enforcement Investigators Center, Denver. VJalker, E.A., M. Castegnaro, L. Garren, B. Pignatelli, 1978. Limitations to the Protective Effects of Rubber Gloves for Handling Kitrosamines in Environmental Aspects of N-Nitroso Conpounds , E.A. Vialker, Ed., Lyon, p 535-543. R.ROOM. 33L Warren, M.C., J.P. Conrad, J.J. Bocain, and M. Ra^es, 1963. Clothing Borne Epidemic, Journal of the American Medical Association, 184: 266-268. Wedcs, Jr., R.W., and B.J. Dean, 1977. Permeation of Methanolic Aromatic ATiine Solutions Through COTimercially Available Glove Materials, American Industrial t^giene Association Journal, 38: 721-725. We^s, Jr., R.W., and M.J. McLeod, 1980. Permeation of Protective Garment Material ty Liquid Benzene. Los Alairos Scientific Laboratory and US EPCA, Final Draft. We^s, Jr., R.W., and M.J. McLeod, 1981. Permeation of Protective Garment Materials ty Liquid Halogenated Ethanes and a Polychlorinated Bip^nv'l, US DHHS, PHS, CDC, IJIOSH. DHHS (NIOSH) Publication No. 81-110, Jan.^ Williams, J.R., 1979. Permeation of Glove Materials ty Physiologically Harmful Chemicals, American Industrial t^giene Association Journal , 40: 877-882. 382 Williains, J.R., 1980. Chemical Permeation of Protective Clothing, American Industrial Hvqiene Association Journal, 41(12): 884-887, Dec. VJolfe, H.R., 1972. Protection of Individuals Who Mix or ^^ly Pesticides in the Field. Frcm Proceedings of the Natior^ Conference on Protective Clothing and Safety Equipment for Pesticide Woricers , Federal Working Group on Pest Management, p 35-39, M^. Wolfe, H.R., 1973. Workers Should Be Protected Froc?. Pesticide Exposure, ^^eeds. Trees and Tuirf, 12(4): 12, i^r. Wolfe, H.R., 1976. Field Exposure to Airiome Pesticides in Air Pollution from Pesticides and Agricultural Processes , R.E. I^, Jr., Ed., Chapt. 5, p 137-161, CRC Press, Inc., Cleveland. VJolfe, H.R., 1968. Safe Use of Pesticides as Related to Human Health. Qrapt. 111. In yjashingtcxT Pesticides Application Handbock , ^iashington State Dept, of Agriculture, Olyirpia, p 14-18, Sept. Wolfe, H.R., J.F. ArmstrorQ, D.C. Staiff, and S.K. Oomer, 1972. Ihe Use of Protective Clothing and Equipment for Prevention of Exposure to Pesticides. From Proceedings of the National Conference on Protective Clothing and Safety Equipment for Pesticide Workers , Federral Working Group OT Pest Management, p 155-164, M^. Wolfe, H.R. , D.C. Staiff, and J.F. Armstrong, 1978. Exposure of Pesticide Formulating Plant Workers to Parathion, Bulletin of Environmental Contamination and Toxicoloq'v , 20; 340-343. World Health Organization, 1977. Engineering Aspects of Vector Control Operations. First Report of the WHO Expert Committee on Vector Biology and Control. Technical Report Series, World Health Organization , No. 603. Zweig, G. , J.D. Adams, and J. Blondell, 1980. Muniirizing Occupational Exoosure to Pesticides; Federal Reentry Standards for Farm, Workers (Present and Prooosed), Residue Revie^^’S , 75; 103—112. 383 . V:- - ■ fir.- • ' . ' i ,t4L.I ■ .'T ■ ■ * ^■.. . .I,.- - ^ »■•; .CfT .Wfc* i^Jft fl'.jii. . M" , .v A : .'■ ' . ■ 1 * T.' ; ' »V >o icAjLis -'-5 _ -•••-- • - ' r; ^ ■ - -■ -v-'ii .;^:-‘ r j.